^OJITVDJO^ 
 
 ^OFCAllFORto 
 
 ^Aavaan-^ 
 
 
 ^OFCAllFORfo, 
 
 ^Auvaan^ 
 
 
 ^OFCALIFORfc, ^OF-CAllF(%. 
 
 %U0NY'So# "^siHAiNfl-ii^ ^AavaaiR^ y 0A«vaaiH^ 
 
 ^rtE-UNIVB?% 
 
 •<(JUDNVS0^ 
 
 1/ 
 
 "SfclBAJNMK^ 
 
 ^S-UBRARYOc. 
 f 1 ll^^ 
 
 %ojnvD-jo^ 
 
 ^lUBRARY^ 
 
 OJIWDJO^ 
 
 .^EUMVERS/A 
 
 <A«UNIVER%. 
 
 <rjU3NVS0V«* 
 
 ■%bainm«^ 
 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 <&B3NVS0V^ 
 
 ^. ^lOSANGElfr^. ^OFCAIIFOB^ ^OFCAUFOfy* ^EUNIVER% 
 
 <ttl»S01^ 
 
 ^UJS-AMCElft. 
 
 "%MIHftV 
 
 ^lOS-AKElfife 
 
 s 
 
 ^/MAINIHV^ 
 
 ■^HlBRARYfl?. 
 
 <$HJBRARY0/ 
 
 ^OJIlW-jtf^ 
 
 ^OFfAllF0% 
 £5 
 
 ^aojnvDjo^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOS^ 
 
 y 0Aavaain^ 
 
 <^1E-UNIVFJ% 
 
 %1WW$ 
 
 ^EUNIVER%, 
 
 ^Aavaani^ ^todnvsov^ 
 
 ^lOS-ANCElfl^ 
 
 <tfHlBRARYQ<. ^EUBRARYQc. 
 
 %a3AiNniv^ 
 
 ^sWB-AMCHfl^ 
 
 %- 1 
 
 "vaiBAIIBHI^ 
 
 
 ^OFCAUFO/?^, ^OFCAllFORfc 
 
 ^Aavaan^ ^?Aavaan# 
 
 AtfEUNIVERy/A. 
 
 ^tji»so# 
 
 ^EUNIVERS^ 
 
 ^udwso# 
 
 ^clDS-ANCHQ^ 
 
 ^lOSANCEl^ 
 
 % 
 
 •I 
 
 ^E-UBRABYQc 
 
 ^•IIBRARY^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOR^ 
 
 ^OFCAUFOff^ 
 
 ^Aaviian^ 
 
 ^Aavaan^ 
 
 ^EUNIVERS^ 
 
 <fJUQNVSOV^ 
 
 ^tmNWiju 
 
 ^lOSANCElfr* 
 
 ^SfflAJHH^ 
 ^UKANGElfo. 
 
 CO 
 
 ^5%a3AINn 3V\V^ 
 
 <$U)BRARY0/> «$UIBRARY0/. 
 
 
 ^\EUNIVERy/A vjcWB-JWOlflu ^UIBRARY^K -otfllBRARY0 A 
 
 iPc/B l^i§ ivfT^I ivdAjf 
 
 ^ojuvdjo^ %witvd-jo^ %uDNVsm^ %a3Awn3\\v N ^ojitvdjo^ ^ojiivjjo^
 
 
 
 hi ! 
 
 v/jaJAiNIHttV 
 
 ^OFCAUFOfy^ ^OF-CALIFOfc 
 
 *%hvibiih& 5 ' ^AavaaiH^ 
 
 
 j.nFCAIIFOPy/. 
 
 Y0 A ^UBRARYQ^ 
 
 AWEUNIVER% 
 
 JO^ ^OJITVDJO^ <IJl3DNVS0l^ 
 
 ^VOSANCELCr- 
 
 ifofflAlNMI*^ 
 
 <$IUBRARY£ 
 
 
 <v 
 
 % 
 
 ORfc, ^OFCAllFOfy* 
 
 
 B^ "S&ahvmm^' 
 
 AtiEUNIVERS/A **IDS-Ah 
 
 
 CO 
 
 VfiPs I iSPl S^ 
 
 
 C> < 
 
 jjcUB-AHCEUfe 
 
 %BAIMn-»v 
 
 ^HIBRARY^. ^UIBRARYQ^ 
 
 m U LNo m 
 
 
 
 o- 
 
 ^lOS-WJl 
 
 
 ^I !G\ 
 
 ^OJITVD-JO^ 
 
 
 ^lOSANCElfj-- 
 */Sa3AIHQ-3«^ 
 
 ^OF-CAUFQRfc ^OFCAIIFO^ 
 
 C3- 
 
 #■ ^Aavaain^ "tftmwsov^ 
 
 
 ^OF-CAtlFOfifc 
 
 tsCl §(TG§ l\f 
 
 Y0 A ^UBRARYO^ 
 
 jo^ ^ojiivho^ 
 
 .^EUNIVEfiy/A 
 
 "^UONVSOV^ 
 
 v^lOSANCElfj; 
 
 "%1A]|M& 
 
 m 
 
 
 m 
 
 "^Pninui/fm^ 
 
 <3> 
 
 38^ ^OFCAIIFO^ 
 
 ^IHINIVEBS5&. 
 
 ^lOSANCElfr*. 
 
 ^tow-sav^ ^bajnihi^ 
 
 ^OFCAUFOR^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOSV 
 
 
 y <?A«vaani^ 
 
 "'JJUDHWOl'^ % 
 
 »%. AjcWS-ANCEiau, 
 
 ^lUBRARYQ^ ^UIBRARY^ <^IEUNIVE1% ^UB-ANGHSfe ^HIBRARYQ 
 
 
 V/smim^ 
 
 ^ojrrvDjo^ tyoum-iti* %imvN& "^hhainihW^ %oumiti* y 
 
 .itw.»urni>. 
 
 . nc.r«iicn».. 
 
 .rtt.rtiicnn. 
 
 rfUr.nuiv/cDr/^ 
 
 L.tnt.Aurfiri«. 
 
 . nffAiimD,.
 

 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
 FOR 
 
 THE EQUITABLE BUILDING 
 
 BROADWAY AND NASSAU STREETS 
 
 BETWEEN CEDAR AND PINE STREETS 
 
 NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. 
 
 E. R. GRAHAM, Architect 
 
 RAILWAY EXCHANGE BUILDING, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS
 
 
 
 b
 
 1\
 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
 FOR 
 
 THE EQUITABLE BUILDING 
 
 BROADWAY AND NASSAU STREETS 
 
 BETWEEN CEDAR AND PINE STREETS 
 
 NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. 
 
 E. R. GRAHAM, Architect 
 
 RAILWAY EXCHANGE BUILDING, CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 
 
 JULY 3, 1913
 
 1913 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Boilers 286 
 
 Carpentry and cabinet work 122 
 
 Cut stone 55 
 
 Elevators 271 
 
 Engines 292 
 
 Foundation and masonry 9 
 
 General conditions 1 
 
 Generators 298 
 
 Glass and glazing 141 
 
 Hardware 146 
 
 Hollow tile fireproofing 61 
 
 Lighting fixtures 153 
 
 Mail chutes 144 
 
 Marble and tile work , 133 
 
 Mechanical equipment 160 
 
 Ornamental iron and bronze work 89 
 
 Painting 157 
 
 Plastering 114 
 
 Plumbing, sewers, gasfitting, ejectors and refrigerating plant 163 
 
 Roofing and sheet metal 74 
 
 Steamfitting, steam heating and ventilating, stack and ceiling lin- 
 ing , 205 
 
 Structural steel 46 
 
 Terra cotta 69 
 
 Wiring 242
 
 SPECIFICATIONS 
 
 FOR 
 
 THE EQUITABLE BUILDING 
 
 BROADWAY AND NASSAU STREETS 
 
 BETWEEN CEDAR AND PINE STREETS 
 NEW YORK CITY, N. Y. 
 
 GENERAL CONDITIONS. 
 
 For the several dimensions, the arrangement and construction of 
 this building, particular reference shall be had to the accompanying 
 design prepared by 
 
 E. R. GRAHAM, ARCHITECT, 
 Chicago, Illinois. 
 
 consisting of all drawings necessary to fully explain the work in detail. 
 
 Definitions: 
 
 Where the term "Owners" is used it shall be understood to refer 
 to Equitable Building Company. 
 
 Where the term "Architect" is used it shall be understood to 
 refer to E. R. Graham, Architect, 1417 Railway Exchange Building, 
 Chicago, or his representatives. 
 
 Where the term "Contractor" is used it shall be understood to 
 refer to Thompson-Starrett Co., No. 51 Wall street, New York City. 
 
 Where the term "Sub-Contractor" is used it shall be understood 
 to refer to the individual or firm contracting with the Thompson-Star-
 
 rett Co., 51 Wall street, for the work covered by these plans and speci- 
 fications. 
 
 Drawings and Specifications: 
 
 The drawings, with such writings, interlineations and details as 
 may be upon them, shall be considered as part of and illustrations to 
 these specifications. 
 
 These specifications are intended to supplement the drawings, the 
 two being considered co-operative, and, therefore, it will not be the 
 
 PROVINCE OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO MENTION ANY PORTION OF THE CON- 
 STRUCTION WHICH THE DRAWINGS ARE COMPETENT TO EXPLAIN, and SUCh 
 
 omission will not relieve the contractor from carrying out such portions 
 only indicated on the drawings, and should items be required by the 
 specifications not indicated on the drawings they are to be supplied, 
 even if of such nature that they could have been indicated thereon. 
 Any items which may not be indicated on the drawings or mentioned 
 herein, or work and materials required by the New York City Build- 
 ing Laws, which are necessary to complete the entire work, as shown 
 and intended, must be supplied in place without additional cost. The 
 decision of the Architect as to the proper interpretation of the draw- 
 ings and specifications shall be final. 
 
 The Architect will furnish full size details for such portion of 
 the work as in his judgment require it to explain the design more 
 fully or govern profile, ornamentation and minor detail of design, and 
 all work shall be executed in strict accordance with said details. 
 
 The general character of the detail work is shown on scale details 
 in the General Drawings, but minor modifications may be made in the 
 full size details, and the contractor must not get out any part of the 
 work requiring details until the same have been furnished. 
 
 Figures shall have precedence over measurements, and details 
 over small scale general drawings. Should any discrepancies or am- 
 biguities be found in the drawings or specifications the same shall at 
 once be reported to the Architect for correction. 
 
 Designation of Materials: 
 
 As a general guide to the Contractor in the execution of the 
 work, the following colors are adopted to designate materials, although 
 all such materials may not be colored:
 
 3 
 Bine — Stone, Marble. 
 Red — Brick, Hardwood on Details. 
 Purple — Concrete, Fireproofing. 
 Yellow — Wood. 
 
 Green — Iron, Bronze, Sheet Metal. 
 Brown — Terra Cotta. 
 
 Liability Insurance: 
 
 The Contractor shall maintain such insurance as will adequately 
 protect itself and the Owner and Architect from all liability under 
 the laws of the State of New York, and from the claims for damages 
 for personal injuries arising directly or indirectly from operations 
 under the contract, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for 
 failure to maintain such insurance. 
 
 Personal Supervision: 
 
 The Contractor shall give its personal supervision to the work 
 and shall have at all times some competent person on the work to act 
 for it. 
 
 Public Ordinances: 
 
 The Contractor hereby binds itself to protect the Owner and save 
 it harmless from all damages arising from violations of the public 
 ordinances of any kind resulting from its operations during the erec- 
 tion of this building. 
 
 Protection Against Fire: 
 
 The Contractor and its men are strictly forbidden to smoke, or 
 light fires of any kind, in or about this building. 
 
 Protection Against Damage: 
 
 The Contractor shall use all care and diligence to protect its work 
 from damage resulting from carelessness or otherwise until the build- 
 ing is completed and accepted. 
 
 The Contractor shall also be responsible for any and all damage 
 to its work by reason of the action of the elements until the entire 
 building is complete and accepted.
 
 Hoisting, Staging and Runways: 
 
 The Contractor, unless otherwise specified, shall do all hoisting 
 of its materials, and shall provide and maintain proper staging, etc., 
 for the erection and completion of its work. When the Contractor 
 has completed its work it shall remove promptly from the building 
 all such apparatus. 
 
 Materials and Workmanship: 
 
 All materials and labor mentioned in these specifications under 
 the various subheads shall be provided and put in place complete. 
 
 All materials shall be new and the best of their respective kinds. 
 
 Should it become necessary to substitute material different from 
 that called for, the written consent of the Architect must be obtained 
 before the change is made, and the material used shall be equal in 
 every respect to that called for. 
 
 All work shall be executed in a neat and skillful manner exactly 
 as specified or detailed, and if not mentioned or detailed, then to the 
 approval of the Architect. In all cases the work shall be executed 
 to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 All rejected and condemned material shall be at once removed 
 from the premises and shall not be used in this work. 
 
 Sub-Letting : 
 
 The Contractor shall not sub-let any portion of its work without 
 the written consent of the Architect. 
 
 A list of all sub-contractors shall be submitted to the Architect 
 for approval before entering into contract with such sub-contractor; 
 however the General Contractor will not be relieved from any obliga- 
 tions under his contract, by the approval or disapproval of the names 
 of the sub-contractors. 
 
 Removing Scaffolding and Other Apparatus: 
 
 At the completion of the work, or at any other time the Architect 
 may direct, the Contractor shall remove any and all scaffolding appa- 
 ratus, and other temporary apparatus required during the building 
 operations, from the building, and should it neglect to do so imme- 
 diately after being notified, the Architect may have the work executed 
 at its expense.
 
 Patents : 
 
 The Contractor hereby agrees to protect and save harmless 
 the Owner from loss or damage cansed by suit or otherwise for 
 infringements of patents for materials or methods used in the construc- 
 tion of any work called for in the specification. 
 
 Signs: 
 
 The Contractor shall not place or maintain any signs, bills or post- 
 ers, in or about this building, except by written permission of the 
 Architect. 
 
 Watchmen : 
 
 The Contractor shall employ and maintain a corps of day and 
 night watchmen during the construction of the building, which shall 
 be under tbe direction of the Architect. 
 
 Electric Lights: 
 
 Wherever electric lights are found necessary in the progress of 
 the work the Contractor shall supply and maintain, such light as may 
 be required to properly execute the work. 
 
 Insurance : 
 
 All work is at the Contractor's risk until the same is completed 
 and accepted by tbe Architect. The Contractor is to furnish insur- 
 ance from time to time as certificates are issued, in a company or com- 
 panies acceptable to the Owner, same being made payable to the 
 owner for an amount equal to the certificates so isseud. This insur- 
 ance shall remain until the completion of the work and its acceptance 
 by the Architect. 
 
 Additional Work Ordered During Construction: 
 
 No claim for additional compensation, on account of extra labor 
 or materials furnished, will be entertained unless in each and every 
 instance said extra labor or materials are furnished upon written or- 
 der signed by the Architect. 
 
 In case of extra work ordered, the total compensation for which 
 is not previously agreed upon and stipulated in the order, the Con- 
 tractor shall report to the Architect at each daily meeting, the labor 
 and material expended in sucli extra work on the previous day and at
 
 the end of each week shall present for the approval of the Architect, 
 itemized bills covering said extra labor and material; otherwise no 
 claim for compensation on account thereof will be allowed. 
 
 Extras and Credits Due to Revised Drawings: 
 
 Whenever revisions, changes, alterations, additions or omissions 
 are made for which drawings and details have been prepared and sub- 
 mitted to the contractor, the contractor shall submit promptly to the 
 Architect an itemized statement of quantities and prices incident to 
 such revisions, changes, alterations, additions and omissions, to facili- 
 tate the checking of quantities involved and the prompt issuance of an 
 order covering the extra or credit as the case may be. 
 
 Barricades: 
 
 The Contractor shall properly barricade the work at all times and 
 erect proper shelters wherever necessary so as to properly protect the 
 work from damage. All such barricades shall be so arranged as to 
 insure the safety of the workmen and passers-by. 
 
 Office, Telephone and Stenographic Work: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish labor and materials and erect an 
 office on the grounds, as per plans and directions of the Architect, 
 and shall move this office at any time and to any place directed by the 
 Architect. 
 
 This office shall be kept clean of debris and shall be considered 
 the office of the building, in wbich the general drawings shall be stored. 
 This office shall be subject to the control and direction of the Architect. 
 
 The Contractor shall equip the office with a telephone and employ 
 a stenographer on the work to do the writing that may be necessary 
 for the Architect and his Superintendent. 
 
 Building Inspector's Office: 
 
 The contractor shall furnish the labor and materials and erect 
 an office on the premises for the exclusive use of the Society's In- 
 spector of Construction and his assistants. The office shall be made 
 and constructed as per plans and directions of the Architect. 
 
 The office shall be provided with telephone, chairs, desks, drawers 
 and plan tables for the proper accommodation of the plans and speci- 
 fications.
 
 During cold weather the office shall be hooked up with the steam 
 heating system of the building, keeping the office warm and habitable 
 at all times to give the inspector every facility for performing his 
 duties. All necessary wiring for the proper lighting of the offices 
 shall also be installed and provided with the necessary fixtures. 
 
 Models: 
 
 Furnish any and all models that may be required for the execution 
 of the ornamental and decorative work of every description for the com- 
 pletion of the building, employing for this work only the very best 
 and most skillful modelers and sculptors who may be selected by the 
 Architect at his option. 
 
 Photographs in triplicate of the models shall be submitted to the 
 Architect for his review and approval not executing any work until ap- 
 proval of same has been obtained. 
 
 Models shall be changed, altered or new models made until satis- 
 factory to the Architect in every respect. 
 
 Models shall be submitted in place should the Architect direct it to 
 be necessary for their proper inspection. 
 
 Samples: 
 
 Samples of the various materials entering into the construction of 
 the building as herein specified or as required shall be submitted to 
 the Architect for approval. The approved samples shall be filed in the 
 Architect's office and shall be taken as a standard for the materials 
 entering into the construction of the building. 
 
 Shop Drawings: 
 
 It is understood that before the manufacture or installation of 
 the work under this contract is carried forward, shop drawings shall 
 be prepared and prints in triplicate of same submitted to the Archi- 
 tect for approval, executing no work until such approval has been 
 obtained. 
 
 The Architects ' approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor 
 of responsibility for errors, as the Architects' approval of the drawing 
 is only general and is not intended to serve as a check, and does not 
 in any way relieve the Contractor from the necessity of furnishing the 
 materials and performing the work as required by the drawings and 
 specifications.
 
 8 
 
 All shop drawings previous to submission to the Architect for re- 
 view and approval shall be completely checked by the Contractor and 
 it must be distinctly understood that drawings which do not bear evi- 
 dence of such checking, or are incomplete will be returned without ap- 
 proval for correction and preparation to comply with these require- 
 ments. 
 
 Each consignment of drawings sent for approval must be accom- 
 panied by a letter of transmission giving a list of the number of the 
 drawings. Each drawing must be marked with the name of the build- 
 ing, and each series numbered consecutively for ready reference and 
 convenience.
 
 9 
 
 FOUNDATIONS AND MASONRY. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and material required to execute and install com- 
 plete the foundations, concrete work and masonry in accordance with 
 the accompanying drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 This contract includes the wrecking of such portions of the old 
 buildings and clearing of the site as hereinafter specified; the excava- 
 tion and back filling; all foundations, and retaining walls and all stone 
 and cinder concrete work of every description, plain or re-enforced ; all 
 column concrete enclosures ; all brick masonry of every description, 
 including backing of cut stone, ornamental iron, steel and terra cotta ; 
 all cinder filling and cinder foundations for floors and roofs ; all cement 
 floors and sidewalks ; all waterproofing or damp proofing of basements, 
 pits, walls, floors and sidewalks; and all other work of a masonry 
 nature shown upon the drawings or hereinafter specified. 
 
 Permits : 
 
 Take out the water permit necessary for the work included in this 
 contract, together with the sidewalk vaults and street obstruction per- 
 mits and any others that may be necessary to prosecute the work for 
 the entire building, assuming all responsibility and paying all costs. 
 
 The Owners will take out and pay for the building permit. 
 
 Time: 
 
 Time is of the essence of this contract. Therefore the Contractor 
 shall provide an adequate plant and shall employ as many men, wag- 
 ons and teams as practicable on the work of erection of the new build- 
 ing, and shall prosecute the work with the utmost dispatch, hastening 
 the same forward to completion as rapidly as possible consistent with 
 good work. 
 
 Structural Steel Drawings: 
 
 A careful study should be made of the foundation plans in both 
 Steel Diagrams and General Drawings. Any work of a concrete or 
 masonry nature required by the Steel Diagrams which the General
 
 10 
 
 Drawings do not show shall be executed by the Contractor the same 
 as though shown by General Drawings. 
 
 Wall Bearing Beams: 
 
 All steel beams and girders resting on concrete or brick walls 
 shall be provided with bearing plates and anchors which shall be 
 bedded in cement mortar on the wall, bringing them to proper levels 
 to receive the beams, building the beams and their anchors solidly and 
 securely into the walls. 
 
 Sidewalk angle guards, size as shown by the drawings, shall be fur- 
 nished, be accurately located and built in with the sidewalk concrete 
 and cement construction as the work progresses. 
 
 Grounds and Anchors: 
 
 All grounds, bolts and anchors which it may be necessary to build 
 into concrete or brick masonry for the placing and anchorage of all 
 subsequent work shall be furnished, located and disposed and built into 
 the masonry in a solid and secure manner. 
 
 Waterbars : 
 
 Waterbars for all window frames shall be set and bedded in cement 
 mortar in the waterbar raggles as the frames are placed in position. 
 
 Slots and Chases in Walls: 
 
 Build all slots, chases, recesses and openings in concrete and brick 
 walls, piers and foundations which are required for the proper instal- 
 lation of subsequent work. 
 
 Examine the plumbing, heating and ventilating and other dia- 
 grams to secure a full understanding of what will be required in this 
 respect, as slots and openings are not in all cases shown on the general 
 drawings. 
 
 Grade : 
 
 All beights shall be figured from an elevation 35.62" above New 
 York City datum, the inside grade of the sidewalks at the intersection 
 oT the building lines at the corner of Broadway and Pine Street, as 
 shown on Architects' drawings, which level shall be known as "Grade" 
 in this specification.
 
 11 
 
 Allowance for Settlement: 
 
 Make all due allowance in construction for such settlement as is 
 likely to occur in the work, so that after it has taken place the various 
 points will be at the elevations figured on the drawings. The amount 
 of such allowance must be approved by the Architect. 
 
 Foundation Work. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The work covered by the drawings and this specification includes : 
 
 1. All general excavation and disposal of excavated material for 
 all basements, vaults and retaining walls as shown, including the re- 
 moval of all rubbish, old walls, footings, or other construction still 
 remaining, and also any back-filling which may be required in any part 
 of the work. 
 
 2. All sheeting, shoring, bracing and protection required in mak- 
 ing all excavations. 
 
 3. All excavation, concrete or other work required to construct: 
 
 (a) A continuous cofferdam and foundation wall around the 
 outside of the property. 
 
 (b) A retaining wall between the high and low level of the 
 general cellar excavation. 
 
 (c) All foundation piers for all interior columns and, if re- 
 quired and called for later, additional piers or founda- 
 dations for safe deposit vaults, etc. 
 
 (d) A reinforced concrete curb wall around the entire prop- 
 erty as shown on drawings. 
 
 4. All work necessary to maintain, safeguard and restore to orig- 
 inal condition: ' 
 
 (a) All adjoining streets. 
 
 (b) All constructions contained in said streets. 
 
 (c) All neighboring buildings, insofar as same may be af- 
 fected by reason of work done under this contract. 
 
 5. All pumping required for the execution of this work. 
 
 6. All temporary work such as fences, sidewalk bridges, plat- 
 forms, runways, staging, scaffolds, derricks, concrete forms, sheet pil-
 
 12 
 
 ing, shores, bracing, temporary buildings, conveniences, etc., etc., 
 as may be required for the proper execution of this work. 
 
 7. Furnishing and placing all steel reinforcement shown in the 
 drawings or as called for in these specifications. 
 
 8. Placing and grouting all anchor bolts, and the four columns ex- 
 tending into cassions as shown on drawings. 
 
 9. Payment of all charges for water, electric current or other 
 service incurred for this work. 
 
 10. Obtaining all street permits, other than vault permit. 
 
 11. Kemoval and disposal of all excavated material and of all 
 rubbish incident to this work. 
 
 12. Furnishing all labor, tools, machinery, derricks and other 
 appliances or equipment of whatsoever description necessary and to 
 the extent required for the prompt and proper performance of this 
 work. 
 
 13. Removal of all temporary work as soon as the necessity for 
 it has passed and the shifting and adjustment of braces and other tem- 
 porary work as may be required for the execution of all work. 
 
 Wrecking of Old Buildings on Site: 
 
 All old buildings on the site to the level of the basement floor, with 
 the exception of curb walls and sidewalks and such portions of the 
 outer walls of the buildings as support sidewalks have been wrecked 
 to the basement floor. Take the work at this point and execute all 
 further wrecking, clearing the site of all obstructions preparatory to 
 the erection of the new structure as shown and required by the draw- 
 ings. 
 
 Contractor's Liability: 
 
 The Contractor shall assume all responsibility in regard to the 
 proper shoring-up, underpinning, bracing and protection of the ad- 
 joining or neighboring structures, and all liability for injury and dam- 
 ages to said structures and their premises arising out of any operation 
 connected with this contract. 
 
 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and save it harm- 
 less from all loss or expense and from all damages for which it may 
 become liable in consequence of such injury or damage to adjoining
 
 13 
 
 or neighboring structures and their premises, and in case the Owner 
 is sued the Contractor shall defend such suit or suits at its own ex- 
 pense, to final decree, judgment or compromise. 
 
 Repairs to Adjoining Property: 
 
 Execute all repairs to the adjacent, adjoining and neighboring 
 structures and their premises that may be necessitated by any opera- 
 tion connected with this contract and leave said structures without ex- 
 ception in as good condition as they were at the commencement of this 
 work. 
 
 Compliance With Law and Protection for Workmen: 
 
 The Contractor's attention is called to the requirements of the 
 law as to safeguarding men employed to work in compressed air. 
 The Contractor will be required to comply with the provisions of the 
 law. If a hospital lock is required it shall be arranged to accommo- 
 date at least two patients at the same time and shall be furnished 
 with double entrance doors arranged for the ingress and egress of 
 attendants without affecting the pressure carried in the hospital cham- 
 ber. This lock must be ready for instant operation at all times when 
 work under air is in progress. 
 
 The Contractor shall observe all state and municipal laws and all 
 Building Department and Sanitary Department rules and require- 
 ments. 
 
 Day and Night Work: 
 
 If necessary, all work covered by this specification shall be pros- 
 ecuted continuously day and night, working double shifts of men until 
 the completion of same, except that it is optional with the Contractor 
 whether it works or not on Sunday or holidays, but if the Contractor 
 elects not to work on Sundays or holidays it shall not be held in any 
 way to relieve it of the obligation to finish the work within the con- 
 tract time. 
 
 Survey and Marks: 
 
 The Owner shall furnish the Contractor with a copy of the sur- 
 vey of the property showing lot lines and the location of the necessary 
 bench marks for levels, and the location of two main axis lines. The 
 Owner shall have permanent marks established at the site from which
 
 14 
 
 the building and property lines may be located, and also a permanent 
 bench mark or marks for determining the levels of the building. The 
 Contractor shall verify and work from these and shall be held en- 
 tirely responsible for the accuracy of the placing of the work; to this 
 end the Contractor shall employ a licensed surveyor or city engineer 
 acceptable to the Architect to establish and verify all lines and levels 
 in connection with this work. The approval of the engineer selected 
 to do the work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility as to 
 the correctness of the location and levels of the finished work. Re- 
 ports of surveyor so employed shall be furnished in triplicate to the 
 Architect and the Owners' Consulting Engineer for their information. 
 
 In case any doubt should arise as to the accuracy of the surveys 
 and levels made by the above mentioned surveyor, the Architect re- 
 serves the right and privilege to call in another surveyor to verify all 
 previous work and make such additional surveys and levels as may 
 in his judgment be necessary to establish beyond doubt all points 
 in question. The expense of such additional surveys shall be borne 
 by the Contractor. 
 
 Checking Measurements: 
 
 The Contractor before commencing work shall carefully check the 
 survey of the lot and all other measurements controlling his work, and 
 shall inform the Architect of any discrepancies. 
 
 Examination and Photographs of Adjacent 'Work: 
 
 The Contractor before commencing operations shall carefully ex- 
 amine the condition of all neighboring structures, and shall take levels 
 on the front of all buildings facing the proposed building and shall 
 make a record of any existing cracks, settlements or defects in same, 
 and a copy of this record shall be filed with the Architect. The Con- 
 tractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility of supporting and 
 maintaining any neighboring building by reason of any defect existing 
 in same. 
 
 Photographs of the facades of the adjacent buildings facing the 
 Equitable Building site shall be prepared by the Contractor, furnish- 
 ing a complete set of prints properly mounted and bound, to both the 
 Architect and the Owners for their files and records.
 
 15 
 
 Excavation: 
 
 The Contractor shall take over the premises in the condition ex- 
 isting, and shall remove all old footings, walls or other construction 
 remaining on the site and such portions of the sidewalk and vault con- 
 struction as is necessary for the execution of the work, make all exca- 
 vation necessary for the construction of all work covered in this speci- 
 fication, and as required for all vaults, vault walls and vault floors 
 and for all basement and boiler room floors, as indicated on the draw- 
 ings. 
 
 Cut and cap or otherwise take care of all street connections en- 
 countered in excavating on the street or curb line and mark the loca- 
 tion of same so that they can subsequently be located and reconnected 
 as required. 
 
 Perform all excavation as shown by the drawings required to ex- 
 ecute the work and remove from the premises all surplus earth and 
 debris. 
 
 The entire area within the curb retaining and the cofferdam 
 walls to be occupied by the building shall be excavated to the vari- 
 ous levels of the bottom of the cinder foundation for the concrete 
 floors, as shown by the drawings. All trenches shall be excavated 
 to such sizes as to admit of the installation and construction of 
 the foundation and shall be left level on the bottom to receive the con- 
 crete work. No trenches shall be excavated deeper than required to 
 receive the footings, as no filling under footings will be permitted, and 
 if the excavation is carried too deep the depth of the concrete work 
 must be correspondingly increased without extra charge. 
 
 If any quicksand pockets or other soft spots are encountered be- 
 neath foundations, piers, walls or footings, the same shall be exca- 
 vated and filled in solidly with concrete to meet the approval of the 
 Architect. 
 
 Timber 'Work and Bracing Excavations: 
 
 In prosecuting the excavations for this building the Contractor 
 shall do all timber work, shoring and bracing necessary to retain the 
 earth banks and prevent caving in and displacement of the adjacent 
 streets and soil, furnishing all necessary braces, timbers, wales, crib- 
 bing, planking and sheet piling for the purpose. 
 
 All earth banks and the sides of all pits, trenches and other ex-
 
 16 
 
 cavations shall be most thoroughly braced and protected in a manner 
 to prevent any settlement whatsoever. 
 
 All timber used, whether for caissons, sheeting, timbering, bra- 
 cing, platforms or for temporary work, shall be sound, merchantable 
 material suitable for the purpose for which it is intended. 
 
 Bailing and Pumping: 
 
 Perform all bailing and pumping necessary to drain and keep all 
 excavations, pits, trenches, column foundation wells, and the whole 
 basement entirely free of water during the progress of the work under 
 all circumstances and contingencies that may arise, using such means 
 as may be best adapted to conditions and approved by the Architect. 
 
 Sheeting, Bracing and Protection of Street: 
 
 The Contractor shall drive wood or steel sheet piling on the line 
 of the curb to a sufficient depth below the bottom of the excavation re- 
 quired for the vault wall. 
 
 This sheeting, if of wood, shall be of new, sound, long leaf yellow 
 pine, not less than 3" thick, tongue and grooved and driven close, 
 plumb and true to line. If required, a power hammer shall be used 
 in driving same. 
 
 This sheeting shall be well braced, and the bracing shall be so ar- 
 ranged, and if necessary shall be shifted, so as not to interfere with 
 the sinking of the caissons nor the placing of the steel work, the con- 
 struction of the vault wall or any other operation of this or other 
 branches of work. 
 
 In case any vault wall now in position is permitted to be utilized 
 in the new building, the Contractor shall brace and maintain same. 
 
 When the shoring and bracing is no longer required, the Con- 
 tractor shall promptly remove same from the work. 
 
 Subway on Broadway: 
 
 The Contractor's attention is called to the existence of a subway 
 on Broadway and the necessity of maintaining and safeguarding same 
 not only against settlement, but also against fire, water or other mis- 
 chance.
 
 17 
 
 Curb Wall: 
 
 The Contractor shall construct a vault or curb wall around the 
 entire property with recesses where necessary for catch basins, hy- 
 drants or other street constructions. Otherwise the outer face of the 
 wall shall be flush with the curb, and shall have a uniform thickness 
 of three feet down to the footing. The top of wall will conform to the 
 street gi'ade and be finished approximately one foot below curb level 
 and ready to receive the curb and sidewalk beams. The bottom of the 
 3' 0" wall will be at an elevation plus 8.000'. The wall shall be built 
 of Class "B" concrete, reinforced with J" square deformed or twisted 
 bars, set vertically 4" back from the inner face of the wall and spaced 
 9" center to center. 
 
 Interior Retaining "Wall: 
 
 The Contractor shall construct an interior retaining wall as shown 
 on the plans, extending from Column 123 on the Pine street front north 
 to Column 89, thence east to Column 91, thence north to Column 7 on 
 the Cedar street front. This wall and its footing shall extend from 
 elevation plus 3.000' down to elevation minus 16.0', except that over 
 the piers for Columns 105, 89, 90, 91, 75, 59, 43 and 25 the footing shall 
 extend down to the concrete around the grillages on these piers. 
 
 This wall will be composed of Class "B" concrete. Any required 
 openings or recesses shall be formed in this wall or in the curb wall, 
 and- the Contractor shall, if required, set in these walls pipes, ducts, 
 anchors or other connections, same to be furnished by other contract- 
 ors. 
 
 Cofferdam Wall and Foundations, for Exterior Columns. 
 
 The outside cofferdam wall, surrounding the entire property, shall 
 consist of four corner caissons and connecting walls, 6' 0" thick (con- 
 crete size), and shall be constructed in sections, each section to be of 
 length as hereafter determined. 
 
 All sections shall consist of concrete piers. The ends of adjoin- 
 ing sections shall subsequently be connected for their entire height 
 by concrete joints, so as to form a complete and substantially water- 
 tight cofferdam, continuous around the entire lot and extending from 
 the cut-off levels shown to solid rock and making therewith a satis- 
 factory joint. All piers forming this cofferdam wall shall be con- 
 structed by the pneumatic method. In sinking the caissons for the
 
 18 
 
 cofferdam the cutting edge must in all cases be carried down until a 
 satisfactory joint is made with the hardpan or rock. If satisfactory 
 joint is made in hardpan, the sinking of the caisson may be discon- 
 tinued, but the excavation shall be continued of the full width until 
 satisfactory rock is encountered. The bottom of the excavation shall 
 then be carefully inspected, all loose or decayed rock shall be removed 
 and the surface of the rock cleaned, and if necessary leveled or stepped 
 off as directed to receive the foundation concrete. 
 
 Pneumatic Caissons: 
 
 Caissons shall be so constructed that no wood remains in the fin- 
 ished piers or walls. 
 
 Working chambers may be built of wood, steel or reinforced con- 
 crete. 
 
 The lower edge of the working chamber walls must be provided 
 with a steel shoe and cutting edge, securely attached to the bottom of 
 the wall. 
 
 Side walls, if of concrete and forming part of the finished pier or 
 wall, shall be reinforced with steel to the satisfaction of the Architect, 
 and must not have inclined surfaces showing in the working chamber. 
 Any changes in the thickness of the walls must be by horizontal offsets 
 or steps. 
 
 Side walls, if of wood, must not encroach on finished size for the 
 concrete pier. 
 
 No timber cross braces, wall timbers or nailing strips will be al- 
 lowed to remain in the finished concrete. 
 
 Caisson Roofs: 
 
 The roof of the working chamber, if of timber, shall be entirely 
 removed before completing the filling of the working chamber. 
 
 The roof of the working chamber, if of concrete, shall be rein- 
 forced, and all forms must be entirely removed before filling the work- 
 ing chamber with concrete. The under surface of the roof must be 
 smoothly and accurately finished to facilitate filling the working cham- 
 ber. In all cases where the roof extends more than 4 feet hori- 
 zontally from the working shaft, it shall be formed with steps having 
 a vertical drop of not less than 3 inches for each 2 feet of horizontal 
 distance.
 
 19 
 
 Vent or Grout Pipes: 
 
 In all caissons the roof of which is not removed, provision shall 
 be made for grouting any voids which may be left after filling the 
 working chamber. To this end the Contractor shall provide vertical 
 vent or grout pipes not less than 3 inches inside diameter, extending 
 from the roof of working chamber vertically to the top of the pier or 
 wall. There shall be at least two of these grout pipes for each 
 wall caisson, and one for each of the small cylindrical or square piers. 
 These vertical pipes shall connect at the level of the working chamber 
 roof with horizontal or inclined ducts or chases formed in the roof 
 concrete, so arranged as to provide passageways for the grout. 
 
 The number, size and location of these grout ducts and the loca- 
 tion and arrangement of the vertical pipes to be subject to the ap- 
 proval and direction of the Architect. 
 
 Forming : 
 
 The concrete forming the main body of the pier or wall above the 
 roof level may be placed inside of a crib or cofferdam, or it may be 
 cast in removable forms. 
 
 In all cases the construction must be square and true to line and 
 size and in correct relation to the working chamber, and the exterior 
 surfaces must be smoothly finished without projections or roughness 
 to interfere with the smooth sinking of the structure. 
 
 The planking, joints, parts, sections, etc., of all concrete forms or 
 of construction in which concrete is to be cast shall be tight against 
 any leakage of water from the concrete and all surfaces used as re- 
 movable forms shall be papered, waxed (not oiled) or otherwise pre- 
 pared so that the concrete will not adhere to them. 
 
 Special care shall be taken Avherever concrete is used in the con- 
 struction of these piers and walls to produce a structure as nearly 
 monolithic as possible. The deposition of the concrete must be as 
 nearly a continuous operation as possible. The forms or enclosing 
 structure must be strong enough and high enough to allow a section 
 of 20 feet height of wet concrete to be added in one continuous op- 
 eration. Upon the completion of a section the upper surface must 
 be leveled, or if required a key depression formed in the upper surface 
 before set has commenced. Before starting a new layer on a con- 
 crete surface which has set for over one hour the surface shall be
 
 20 
 
 scrubbed with stiff wire brooms and water and a layer of thin cement 
 mortar not less than \" thick shall be spread over the entire surface. 
 
 Design of Caissons: 
 
 The Contractor must submit to the Architect for his approval, 
 drawings showing the proposed dimensions, construction and reinforce- 
 ment of the caissons and piers. 
 
 Position of Joints: 
 
 Submit a drawing showing the proposed length of caissons form- 
 ing the cofferdam wall and the location of all joints ; and detail draw- 
 ings showing the caissons, piers, method of forming joints, reinforce- 
 ment of caissons, and piers, etc., subject to the approval and ac- 
 ceptance of the Architect. 
 
 Reinforcement : 
 
 In all cases where the concrete forming the pier is placed before 
 the caisson is in its final position, the concrete in the body of the pier 
 shall be reinforced as follows : 
 
 First Vertical Reinforcement: 
 
 Vertical reinforcing composed of 1" square or equivalent area 
 of deformed steel bars shall be set on the four sides of each cais- 
 son forming part of a cofferdam wall. These bars shall be spaced 
 24" center to center, except as otherwise shown. All of these bars 
 shall be set three (3") inches from the face of the concrete. Each 
 line of reinforcement shall be continuous or if necessarily in sec- 
 tions then the sections shall be lapped or connected so as to de- 
 velop the strength of a continuous bar extending from the level 
 of the cutting edge to the top of the finished pier. 
 
 Second Circular Reinforcement: 
 
 Spliced or continuous circular horizontal reinforcing rings 
 shall be placed concentric with the opening for the working shaft. 
 The rings shall not approach such opening closer than 4" and 
 shall be spaced not more than V apart vertically, and shall have 
 sufficient cross section to safely provide for the internal pressure 
 due to the pressure of the air, figured at 25 lbs. per square inch 
 on the shaft opening.
 
 21 
 
 Third Horizontal Reinforcement: 
 
 All caissons forming the cofferdam wall shall be reinforced 
 by horizontal bars 1" square (or of equivalent area) laid parallel 
 to the long sides of the caisson as follows : 
 
 (a) Above the roof four bars, two on each side of the shaft 
 opening 2' shorter than caisson length. 
 
 (b) Four bars, six inches below the top and four bars six 
 inches above the bottom of each build up or section of concrete. 
 These bars to be one-half of the caisson length. In case the depo- 
 sition of concrete in forming any section is interrupted for any 
 reason for more than one hour, four additional bars shall be used 
 as soon as the concreting is resumed. 
 
 Position of Caissons: 
 
 All caissons must be sunk as close to position and to the perpen- 
 dicular as possible. To this end the Contractor must provide well 
 braced guides and sliding blocks. No caisson will be accepted if it is 
 more than 6" out of plumb in any direction or if more than 6" out 
 of position at any point or level. If on completion any caisson does 
 not come within such limits the Contractor shall without additional 
 charge of compensation supply such additional construction or do such 
 additional work (even to the removal and replacement of the caisson) 
 as may be required by the Architect to rectify the matter. 
 
 Acceptance of Bottom: 
 
 When the excavation for a caisson has reached a satisfactory bot- 
 tom, acceptable to the Architect, he shall issue to the Contractor a 
 written acceptance of the bottom, and a signed record of the depth of 
 excavation. 
 
 The filling of the working chamber shall not be commenced before 
 the bottom is accepted. 
 
 Filling Working Chamber: 
 
 In all cases provisions shall be made for filling all voids in work- 
 ing chamber with concrete. 
 
 The Contractor shall afford the Architect all possible assistance 
 and information in order to insure the best possible results. 
 
 The Contractor may dump soft concrete until the working cham-
 
 22 
 
 ber is filled to within two feet of the roof. If the Architect so directs, 
 the Contractor shall hold air on the caisson until this concrete has fully- 
 set before continuing the filling of the working chamber, which shall 
 be done by benching and ramming concrete against the roof or as 
 otherwise directed. If required, leave a sump for observation directly 
 below the shaft. 
 
 After the completion of the operation of filling the working cham- 
 ber (except for the sump or observation chamber) the Contractor un- 
 der the direction of the Architect shall fully and completely grout 
 the voids (if any) remaining in the working chamber and for this 
 purpose shall provide suitable grout mixing machines in duplicate 
 so as to permit of a continuous supply and a grout pump capable of 
 producing a pressure of 100 lbs. and delivering no less than 50 gallons 
 per minute, and shall provide suitable connections to the grouting or 
 vent pipes hereinbefore specified. 
 
 During the operation of grouting there shall be, if required, a com- 
 petent man in the observation chamber to observe the results, and if 
 possible to direct the flow of the grout. 
 
 The operations of placing concrete under the roof and of grout- 
 ing may be carried on before air is taken off the caisson or the Archi- 
 tect may direct that air pressure be taken off before these operations, 
 in which case the Contractor shall, if necessary, keep the shaft and 
 sump free from water. 
 
 After the completion of the filling of shaft and the grouting of 
 same the Contractor shall bring the concrete forming the pier or wall 
 to finished grade. 
 
 All cofferdam caissons shall be constructed of Class "A" concrete. 
 
 Joints for Caisson Wall: 
 
 Each caisson forming part of the continuous wall around the lot 
 must be provided at its ends with vertical grooves or chases corre- 
 sponding to similar vertical grooves or chases in adjoining caissons. 
 These grooves and the spaces between the adjoining caissons must be 
 filled solidly with concrete, the concrete to extend without break for 
 at least the central 75 per cent, of the full width of the wall and for 
 the full distance between caissons, and it must extend vertically from 
 top of the wall down to the rock.
 
 23 
 
 The excavation for this joint must be done by some method which 
 will exclude all water and permit of the inspection of the work. 
 
 No timber will be permitted to remain in the joint and the con- 
 crete forming the joint must connect with the concrete forming the 
 ends of adjoining caissons, and must completely fill the grooves or 
 chases thereof. 
 
 Forming Pockets and Chases in Face of Cofferdam Wall: 
 
 Where required the Contractor shall, without charge, form chases 
 or pockets in the concrete forming the cofferdam for the reception of 
 work to be subsequently done as herein specified. 
 
 Cntting Pockets in Face of Cofferdam Wall: 
 
 The Contractor shall, after the completion of the cofferdam wall, 
 cut pockets for the reception of beams, girders, etc. Each pocket will 
 be 30" high, 12" wide and 12" deep. 
 
 General Excavation and Interior Pier work: 
 
 The Contractor may defer commencing the foundations for interior 
 columns until after the completion of the cofferdam wall. The Con- 
 tractor has the option of using the pneumatic caisson method or other 
 methods subject to the approval of the Architect for these interior 
 piers. 
 
 The Contractor shall defer that portion of the general excavation 
 below elevation plus 13 feet until after the completion of the coffer- 
 dam and the interior piers and until the steel columns and floor con- 
 struction for the basement floor have been erected. The Contractor 
 must provide cofferdams extending from the various cut-off levels 
 up to elevation plus 13 feet for all exterior and interior piers and 
 also pits for the cantilevers at the 4 corners, so as to permit of the 
 convenient erection of the steel. It must also thereafter and when 
 permitted complete the general excavation promptly in such a way as 
 to pei'mit of the erection of the steel work above the basement floor 
 level. It must also supplement the bracing effect of the basement floor 
 by temporary braces as may be necessary and be responsible for the 
 sufficiency of the operation and the means of bracing the cofferdam 
 wall until the completion of all work. 
 
 The Contractor must assume all responsibility for the safeguard- 
 ing of the work, and the installation of structural steel or other per-
 
 24 
 
 manent construction will not relieve it from responsibility for the 
 bracing and maintenance of all walls and banks. 
 
 Interior Piers: 
 
 The interior piers will consist of rectangular piers and square or 
 circular piers, having areas as indicated on the plan. The piers will 
 have the cross section shown by the solid lines on the plan down to 
 the point at which the bell commences. If hardpan of good quality 
 and of considerable thickness is encountered, the bell will start one 
 foot (1') below the top of hard pan and flare with a slope of ^ horizon- 
 tal to 1 vertical until the required area indicated by dotted lines on 
 the drawings is reached, below which point the excavation will con- 
 tinue of the same dimensions for a depth of 6". 
 
 If for any reason the Architect decides to carry the excavation 
 to rock, the bell will be reduced or entirely omitted. The Con- 
 tractor may be required to carry all these foundations for the in- 
 terior columns down to rock, in which case the excavation in the 
 hardpan will be substantially of the same size as the top of the pier 
 or with a relatively small bell. In any case the Contractor must 
 provide substantial curbing or lining for the excavation down to and 
 connecting with the hardpan. This curbing or lining must be of 
 such dimension and so arranged as to provide for the construction of 
 the entire pier of the dimensions shown, including the bell or the ex- 
 tension to rock as a monolith, and a method providing for the deposi- 
 tion of all of the concrete required for the complete pier in a contin- 
 uous operation will be required. 
 
 Interior piers shall conform to the same specifications as pre- 
 viously given for the piers or caissons forming the exterior wall so 
 far as care to be taken in sinking, conformity to correct size and 
 position, workmanship, etc. 
 
 All interior piers shall be constructed of Class "A" concrete. 
 
 Pipes and 'Wires in Ground: 
 
 Support, shore up and protect all water, sewer and gas pipes and 
 electric light, telephone and telegraph wires and conduits encountered 
 in this work and immediately notify the proper officials or the persons 
 or corporations owning same and allow them or their agents entrance 
 and opportunity to take such additional measures as they may deem 
 necessary.
 
 25 
 
 Fire Hydrants and Lamp Posts: 
 
 Shore up, protect and maintain in condition for use all fire hydrants 
 and street lamps that may be on or aboui the premises, and allow the 
 Department of Public Works access to same at all times. 
 
 Hydrants shall be kept at all times free and clear of all obstruc- 
 tions that would interfere with their use by the Fire Department. 
 
 The chambers in which the hydrants are set, where coming within 
 the curb wails, shall be rebuilt with masonry of sewer brick laid in 
 mortar, composed of one (1) part Portland cement and two (2) parts 
 of sand, in the manner below specified. 
 
 The circular wall and arched bottom of chamber shall be nine (9") 
 inches thick, of two rings of brick laid with full joints, the walls begin- 
 ning IS" below the top of the finished basement iloor. The drain from 
 this chamber shall be cleaned and the inner ring of brick in the bottom 
 and eight courses on the sides shall be laid in hot asphalt mastic. The 
 lower part of the hydrant sball be coated to the same heigbt with 
 asphalt mastic. 
 
 Back Filling: 
 
 Execute all back filling required after installation of column foun- 
 dation piers and other foundations, footings, walls, piers and pits, 
 to bring the earth to proper level and grades for subsequent work. 
 All filling shall be well flooded and solidly tamped in layers, to pre- 
 vent settlement. 
 
 Repairing Pavements: 
 
 Carefully repair any and all damage to the street and avenue 
 pavements adjacent to the premises that may have resulted from any 
 operation connected with the erection of this building, including repairs 
 necessitated by the making of service connections to sewers, water and 
 gas mains and other public utilities. 
 
 Repairs shall be made with first class materials in a manner to 
 place the streets without exception in as good condition as that in 
 which they were at the commencement of the work, and to the approval 
 of the city authorities having control. 
 
 Temporary Enclosure Shelter and Sidewalk: 
 
 fcuild a temporary wood construction enclosure, sidewalk and 
 shelter surrounding the premises along the street fronts as a protec-
 
 26 
 
 tion for the public, maintaining the same during building operations 
 and until the Architect consents to their removal. 
 
 The enclosures and shelters shall be of wood construction built 
 in accordance with details shown by the drawings, substantially erected, 
 firmly and solidly braced, and so located and arranged as to afford 
 proper protection from falling material and debris. All exposed por- 
 tions of the wood work forming the sidewalk passages shall be con- 
 structed of surfaced lumber, and after erection shall be treated to two 
 coats of white lead and linseed oil, color as directed. 
 
 The roof and the posts supporting the shelter shall be strong 
 enough to carry a load of 600 pounds per square foot, so that all con- 
 tractors on the building may use it in handling their materials and to 
 work from. 
 
 The passage ways shall be properly wired by the Contractor 
 for electric lighting and provided with lamps spaced not to exceed 12 
 feet apart, or as approved by the Architect, and the Contractor shall 
 furnish all current and maintain such lighting as long as the sidewalk 
 shelters remain in place, keeping the lamps lighted after dark through- 
 out the night. 
 
 At completion of the building, and when approved by the Archi- 
 tect, the shelters shall be taken down and removed from the premises, 
 the materials becoming the property of the Contractor. 
 
 Temporary Water Closets: 
 
 Build an approved temporary water closet enclosure in basement, 
 eighth, sixteenth, twenty-fourth and thirty-second stories for the use 
 of all workmen engaged on the building, and move same from time to 
 time during the progress of the work as may be necessary in the judg- 
 ment of the Architect, and when no longer needed take down and remove 
 from the premises. 
 
 Lights : 
 
 Furnish, install and maintain, as long as required, a sufficient 
 number of arc or incandescent lamps to illuminate the premises to 
 permit working a force of men over the entire area throughout the 
 night, to advance the work in the contract. The number and location 
 of lamps shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. All ex- 
 pense in this connection, including cost of current, shall be included 
 in the contract.
 
 27 
 
 Concrete Woek. 
 
 Extent of Stone Concrete Work: 
 
 All cofferdam walls, column foundation caissons and other founda- 
 tions, footings, piers, retaining walls, curb walls, dwarf walls, pits and 
 similar work below grade, the filling between and encasing of all grillage 
 beams, girders and steel work in foundations, and all spandrel beams 
 and girder concrete enclosures in walls and cornices, the encasing and 
 fireproofing of beams, girders and columns not enclosed with brick or 
 fireclay tile, the reinforced concrete floor and sidewalk construction and 
 the filling around pipes and conduits through floors, the base for all 
 granolithic sidewalks, the concrete foundations for the bedding of cut 
 stone and terra cotta work and all other work shown stone concrete on 
 the drawings shall be executed with stone concrete. 
 
 The furring and pitching of the surfaces of all roofs, decks and 
 gutters, and such other work as is so shown by the drawings shall be 
 executed with cinder concrete. 
 
 Forms and Centers: 
 
 Furnish and place all necessary forms and centers, moulds, brac- 
 ings and supports for the execution of the stone and cinder concrete 
 work throughout, together with all necessary ties, rods, bars, bolts, 
 nuts and washers, to properly secure, brace and anchor the forms and 
 prevent their springing and giving way. 
 
 Forms and centers shall be provided in sufficient quantity to per- 
 mit the work to progress as rapidly as required without the necessity 
 of removing the forms from the concrete before it has properly set. 
 
 All forms shall be made of surfaced, matched lumber put together 
 in a most rigid and substantial manner, well braced, bolted and tied 
 together wherever necessary to prevent springing, set plumb, level or 
 inclined, true to the lines and radii required to produce in the fin- 
 ished concrete work the forms, sections, outlines and profiles, and to 
 have it in the position and of the thickness required by the various 
 plans, elevations and details. 
 
 Extraordinary precautions shall be taken to insure that forms 
 are securely bolted, clamped and anchored to prevent bulging or giv- 
 ing way while the concrete is being deposited.
 
 28 
 
 Concrete : 
 
 Stone concrete for all work in this contract shall be made of Port- 
 land cement, sand and broken stone in the proportions hereinafter 
 specified. For cinder concrete work cinders shall be substituted as an 
 aggregate in place of broken stone. 
 
 Cinders : 
 
 All cinders for concrete work shall be clean, black cinders from 
 which all clinkers have been removed, free from all vegetable or other 
 unsuitable matter. 
 Sand: 
 
 All sand shall be clean, silicious sand, free from clay, loam, or 
 other deleterious material. It shall pass a J" screen and not more 
 than six per cent. (6%) shall pass a sieve having 100 meshes per linear 
 inch. 
 
 Stone : 
 
 Crushed or broken stone shall be clean granite, trap or limestone 
 free from pyrites or other deleterious impurities and except as other- 
 wise herein specified, of a size that will pass through a 2" screen. The 
 run of the crusher may be used but all dust must be extracted. For the 
 filling of the working chamber and elsewhere as required the Con- 
 tractor shall furnish small size stone. 
 
 Gravel : 
 
 Gravel for concrete shall be clean washed quartz gravel varying in 
 size from V to 1\" in greatest dimensions and shall be free from sand, 
 loam or other impurities. 
 
 Water: 
 
 All water used in mixing concrete shall be from the city water 
 Bupply. 
 
 Cement: 
 
 All cement for concrete work must be the best quality of Amer- 
 ican Portland cement, of a manufacture that will meet the tests here- 
 inafter specified. 
 
 All cements shall be delivered on the premises in original pact 
 ages, bearing the brand and name of the manufacturer.
 
 29 
 
 Inspection and Testing of Cement: 
 
 All Portland cement shall be subject to inspection, the Architect 
 reserving the right to take samples for testing, say, six (6) samples 
 from each carload lot. Tests shall be made representing one hundred 
 barrels of cement. Sufficient cement shall be kept on hand in suitable 
 store rooms, well protected against dampness, to allow for seven days' 
 tests without interfering with the progress of the work. 
 
 All rejected lots shall be at once removed from the work by the 
 Contractor . 
 
 The tests shall be made by a responsible and experienced labora- 
 tory engineer selected by the Architect, and shall conform in all re- 
 spects to the recommendations of the Committee of the American So- 
 ciety of Civil Engineers on a "Uniform System for Tests of Cement." 
 
 All expenses incurred in making tests shall be borne by the Con- 
 tractor. 
 
 Specific Gravity: 
 
 The specific gravity of Portland cement, thoroughly dried at 100 
 degrees C, shall be not less than 3.10. 
 
 Fineness: 
 
 It shall leave a residue of not more than 8 per cent, by weight on 
 the No. 100, and not more than 25 per cent, on the No. 200 sieve. 
 
 Time of Setting: 
 
 It shall develop initial set in not less than thirty minutes and must 
 develop hard set in not less than one hour nor more than ten hours. 
 
 Color: 
 
 Color shall be uniform throughout. 
 
 Tensile Strength: 
 
 The minimum requirements for tensile strength for briquettes one 
 inch square in section shall be within the following limits, and shall 
 show no retrogression in strength within the period specified :
 
 30 
 
 Neat Cement. Minimum 
 
 Age. Strength. 
 
 24 hours in moist air 150-200 lbs. 
 
 7 days (1 day in moist air, G days in water) 450-550 lbs. 
 
 28 days (1 day in moist air, 27 days in -water) . . . 700 lbs. 
 
 One Part Cement, Three Parts Sand : 
 
 7 days (1 day in moist air, 6 days in water) 200 lbs. 
 
 28 days (1 day in moist air, 27 days in water) 300 lbs. 
 
 The sand in these tests shall be the kind intended to be used in the 
 actual work. Cement failing to meet the seven-day requirements shall 
 be held awaiting the results of the twenty-eight day test before rejec- 
 tion. 
 
 Constancy of Volume: 
 
 Pats of neat cement about three inches in diameter, one-half inch 
 thick at the center, and tapering to a thin edge, shall be kept in moist 
 air for a period of twenty-four hours. 
 
 (a) A pat shall then be kept in air at normal temperature and 
 observed at intervals for at least twenty-eight days. 
 
 (b) Another pat shall be kept in water maintained as near 70 
 degrees Fahr. as practicable, and observed at intervals for at least 
 twenty-eight days. 
 
 (c) A third pat shall be exposed in any convenient way in an 
 atmosphere of steam, above boiling water, in a loosely closed vessel 
 for five hours. 
 
 These pats to satisfactorily pass the requirements shall remain 
 hard and show no signs of distortion, checking, cracking or disinte- 
 gration. 
 
 Sulphuric Acid and Magnesia: 
 
 The cement shall not contain more than 1.75 per cent, of anhy- 
 drous sulphuric acid (SO,), nor more than 4 per cent, of magnesia 
 (MgO). 
 
 Composition of Concrete: 
 
 Concrete for the various purposes shall be mixed in the following 
 proportions :
 
 31 
 
 Class "A" concrete shall be composed by volume of one part of 
 cement, two parts of sand and four parts of broken stone or gravel. 
 
 Class "B" concrete shall be composed of one part of cement, two 
 and one-half parts of sand and five parts of broken stone or gravel. 
 
 Class "C" concrete shall be composed of one part of cement, three 
 parts of sand and five parts of broken stone or gravel. 
 
 Class "D" concrete shall be composed of one part of cement, three 
 parts of sand and five parts of crushed hollow tile or brick. 
 
 Class "E" concrete shall be composed of one part of cement, 
 three parts of sand and five parts of clean cinders. 
 
 The above proportions are by volume, the cement measured com- 
 pacted as in original packages. 
 
 In proportioning the concrete four cubic feet shall be considered 
 the equivalent of four bags or one barrel of cement, 95 pounds of ce- 
 ment shall be furnished in each bag. 
 
 All concrete shall be mixed in a revolving batch mixer. Materials 
 shall be measured accurately in boxes, if required. Sufficient water 
 should be added to make a plastic mixture. 
 
 For all caissons and cofferdam walls Class "A" concrete shall be 
 used. 
 
 For all curb walls and interior retaining walls Class "B" con- 
 crete shall be used. 
 
 For filling between and encasing grillage beams, girders, and other 
 steel in foundations, the concrete shall be Class "A" concrete, stone of 
 a size to pass a f" mesh. For bedding grillage beams use a grout of 
 one (1) part cement to one (1) part sand. 
 
 For filling of columns enclosed in hollow tile masonry, the con- 
 crete shall be Class "D." 
 
 For the concrete base for all cement, marble, quarry and ceramic 
 tile floors, Class "E" concrete shall be used. 
 
 Mixing: 
 
 The concrete for this work shall be machine mixed, using for this 
 purpose rotary mixers of a type permitting the definite proportioning 
 of the materials before they enter the mixer, and which makes a suffi- 
 cient number of revolutions per minute to thoroughly mix and incor-
 
 32 
 
 porate the entire mass. The mixers must be of sufficient capacity to 
 insure rapid handling of the concrete work. The mixing must continue 
 until the mass is thoroughly worked, the grout evenly distributed 
 through the stone, and each stone thoroughly coated therewith. 
 
 The concrete shall be deposited in the forms immediately after 
 mixing, before it has begun to set, and no more shall be mixed at one 
 time than can immediately be used. 
 
 Retempering Concrete: 
 
 Under no circumstances will the Contractor be permitted to re- 
 temper and use concrete or grout which has taken an initial set. All 
 such concrete will be rejected and shall at once be removed from the 
 premises. i 
 
 Depositing Concrete: 
 
 The concrete shall be deposited in the forms, evenly distributed 
 and sufficiently worked to ensure a compact and homogenous body. 
 It shall be deposited quite wet so as to require no tamping. In close 
 quarters, especial care shall be taken to work the concrete into all voids 
 and cavities and between and around beams and reinforcements, to 
 prevent lodgment, secure perfect contact with the metal and obtain 
 a mass of uniform density free from voids and cavities. Concrete 
 shall not be thrown into the forms from a height but deposited care- 
 fully in a manner that will not cause a separation of the stone from 
 the grout. 
 
 Depositing shall be continuous and uninterrupted as far as prac- 
 ticable and in case of any suspension of the operation the surface shall 
 be properly protected, and before depositing is resumed shall be made 
 clean, dampened and slushed over with a grout of neat cement to insure 
 the adhesion of the fresh concrete. 
 
 As far as possible all concrete shall be deposited in a continuous 
 operation. The trough method of distributing or conveying concrete 
 will not be permitted. 
 
 Concrete Surfaces: 
 
 All surfaces of concrete which are to be plastered shall be left 
 rough to receive the plaster. Other surfaces of concrete shall be fin- 
 ished smooth.
 
 33 
 
 Steel in Foundations: 
 
 Set and bed all grillage beams and girders in grout on tbe con- 
 crete foundation and fill between and enclose beams and girders witb 
 concrete so tbat all portions of the steel work will be completely im- 
 bedded in concrete witb tbe concrete in no case less tban four inches 
 beyond the edge of the metal. 
 
 The caissons and walls which are to receive the grillage beams 
 and sboes shall be brought to proper elevations and made perfectly 
 level and true, and the steel members shall be blocked up and set 
 to the correct levels for grouting, which sball be executed witb a one 
 and one cement and sand mortar as hereinbefore specified. Great 
 care must be taken to insure that all the shoes and beams have a full 
 and perfect bearing below and a level surface on top, and that they 
 are set accurately to proper levels. 
 
 Filling and enclosure of the beams and girders on foundations 
 shall be executed in a most careful manner to insure a uniform contact 
 between steel and concrete. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "A" stone to pass §" mesh. 
 
 New Connections Through Walls: 
 
 At such points in the exterior walls and curb walls as shall be 
 deemed proper by the Architect, the Contractor shall build openings 
 or furnish and build in suitable sleeve pipes for the admission through 
 the wall of water, sewer and gas pipes, electric and other conduits. 
 These openings shall be temporarily closed with brick, laid dry, and 
 finished on the outside with asphalt. 
 
 Dwarf Walls: 
 
 Build dwarf walls in basement wherever necessary to retain earth 
 at the meeting of a higher and a lower floor level. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "B" stone to pass 2" ring. 
 
 Footings: 
 
 Footings of concrete for all walls throughout which rest on ground 
 shall be built as shown, of size, form and section as indicated by the 
 drawings. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "B" stone to pass 2" ring.
 
 34 
 
 Pits and Trenches: 
 
 Build all trenches and all pits for elevators as shown and required. 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "C" stone to pass 2" ring. 
 
 Conereete Fireproofing : 
 
 Wherever so shown by the drawings the steel beams, girders, 
 and other structural members, including spandrel steel work, shall 
 be filled in, encased and fireproofed with concrete, which shall be de- 
 posited with great care, to insure perfect contact between concrete and 
 metal. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "C" stone to pass a £" mesh. 
 
 Encasing of Columns: 
 
 All columns so shown shall be fireproofed with stone, the concrete 
 work finishing square or circular, or of irregular form as designated. 
 
 Where so shown or required for the installation of vent pipes, the 
 outline of the concrete fireproof enclosure shall follow the section out- 
 line of the steel columns, leaving chases between the column flanges for 
 the installation of pipes and ducts. 
 
 The surfaces of column fireproofing shall finish straight and plumb, 
 true to the form indicated. 
 
 Where the column enclosures are shown to be of concrete, carry 
 the concrete enclosure entire height of story. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "C" stone to pass f" mesh. 
 
 Beam and Girder Encasing, Spandrel Concrete Work: 
 
 Steel beams, girders, channels, angles, and other members, which 
 are to be fireproofed with concrete, shall be provided with proper 
 anchors and shall have the lower flanges or the entire beam surrounded 
 with No. 18 wire cloth, or expanded metal lath, as may be necessary 
 to properly secure the concrete to the steel, which shall be placed in 
 position before the concrete is deposited around same. Great care 
 shall be taken in depositing the concrete to see that the wire cloth re- 
 tains its position and is thoroughly embedded in the concrete in a 
 manner to give the greatest efficiency. 
 
 The concrete for the soffit protection of beams shall be run in place 
 wet, poured from one side only, and not applied in the form of made- 
 up slabs.
 
 35 
 
 Execute all concrete enclosure work with care, in strict conformity 
 with details, and in a manner to thoroughly and completely fireproof 
 the members throughout. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "D" aggregate brick or crushed 
 tile. 
 
 The concreting of beams and girders in 1st floor spandrels shall be 
 executed as ahove and as the drawings indicate, with the concrete 
 brought to the proper levels for the bedding of brick, terra cotta and 
 other work, and where so shown the concrete shall be filled in between 
 beams and girders, brought to the proper levels for the bedding of the 
 cut stone and other materials as shown. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "C," the stone being of a size to 
 pass a \" mesh. 
 
 Pipes and Ducts Through Floors: 
 
 After the installation of the telephone, telegraph, electric lighting 
 and other conduits in shafts, and of thimbles and ducts through floors, 
 fill in the openings through floors around conduits and ducts the entire 
 thickness of the floor with concrete, bringing same to the proper level 
 for the marble floors or the cement floor finish hereinafter specified. 
 
 Wherever individual pipes of any character pass through floors, 
 fill in all voids around same, so as to thoroughly fireproof all struc- 
 tural members. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be Class "D." 
 
 Sprinkler Pipe Enclosure: 
 
 This Contractor shall enclose all horizontal sprinkler pipes with 
 a Class "D" concrete. 
 
 The enclosure shall be made so as to completely encase the pipes 
 with concrete over and around all pipes. 
 
 Bedding and Backing for Other Materials: 
 
 Bring all concrete walls, concrete enclosures, spandrel and other 
 concrete work to correct heights for the proper bedding of the cut stone, 
 brick work, terra cotta, ornamental iron, and other inaterials, and back 
 6ame up in a solid and workmanlike manner, as shown by the drawings.
 
 Grounds in Concrete Work: 
 
 All grounds, bolts, anchors, sleepers, etc., required to properly se- 
 cure wood trim, and other work will be furnished as specified under 
 Carpentry, and where same engage or are to be built into concrete 
 work, will be installed or so disposed that they will be built into the 
 concrete, thus making the anchorage solid and substantial. 
 
 Reinforced Sidewalk and Floor Construction: 
 
 The sidewalks on the four street fronts shall be of reinforced con- 
 crete construction, carried by the steel beams as shown by details in 
 the general drawings and steel diagrams, which shall be strictly fol- 
 lowed as regards constructive details and reinforcement. Similar con- 
 struction as detailed shall be employed for the floors over the elevator 
 shafts in elevator machine rooms and pent houses and for any other 
 floors shown to be reinforced concrete. 
 
 All reinforcing rods shall be of the sizes called for by the details, 
 located and spaced as shown, hooked over beams or otherwise an- 
 chored wherever possible. 
 
 Cement grout shall be used for that portion of the slabs below 
 the reinforcing rods and concrete for the balance of the slabs. The 
 concrete shall be carefully deposited so that the reinforcing rods will 
 retain their proper position in the concrete and become thoroughly 
 embedded in a manner to give the greatest efficiency. 
 
 All steel beams occurring in reinforced concrete construction shall 
 be encased with concrete as shown by the details and hereinbefore de- 
 scribed under the head of "Beam and Girder Encasing." 
 
 All slabs shall be of the thickness shown, made level on top to re- 
 ceive the asphalt waterproofing course hereinafter specified finished 
 on top with a one and one-half inch (1-J") cement finish as hereinafter 
 specified for floors to give the thickness of slab as shown by the draw- 
 ings. 
 
 The reinforced slabs in floors over elevator shafts shall have a 1" 
 cement finish as herein specified for floors. 
 
 Concrete mixture shall be class "C," stone to pass \" mesh. 
 
 Reinforcing Rods: 
 
 All rods and other reinforcing material for reinforced concrete 
 sidewalk and floor construction, reinforced concrete walls, and where-
 
 37 
 
 ever shown or required, shall he of medium steel of ultimate tensile 
 strength 56,000 to 64,000 pounds and of the several sizes shown by the 
 various details. 
 
 Reinforcing rods shall not he painted, hut shall be cleaned and 
 freed from scale and rust before embedding in the concrete. 
 
 Cinder Foundation for Floors in Sub-Sub and Sub-Basement, 
 Cinder Fill: 
 
 All floors in the sub-sub and sub-basement resting on the ground 
 shall have a cinder foundation or bed not less than 6" thick. 
 
 The Contractor shall first see that all sewers, pipes and other 
 ground work are in place, execute the back filling and bring the earth 
 to proper subgrade, and shall then spread in place a layer of clean 
 black cinders free from all vegetable and other unsuitable matter, 
 which when solidly tamped shall be no less than the thickness shown 
 by the details. 
 
 All slopes to drain shall be provided for in the formation of the 
 cinder bed so that the concrete base will be uniformly of the required 
 thickness. 
 
 In lieu of cinders, clean coarse gravel may be substituted subject 
 to the Architect's approval and if used the gravel layer must be of 
 the same thickness as shown for cinders. 
 
 Concrete Base for Floors: 
 
 Furnish in place cinder concrete base for all cement floors, the 
 ceramic and quarry tile, and marble floors throughout. 
 
 For the cement floors the concrete shall be deposited on top of 
 the cinder foundations, tile arches or concrete slab construction, as 
 the case may be, in layers of the thickness required by details, with 
 the upper surface parallel to and one (1) inch below the finished floor 
 line preparatory to the cement finish hereinafter specified. 
 
 For the marble, the ceramic and quarry tile floors the concrete 
 shall be deposited on the tile arches or concrete slab construction and 
 brought parallel to and within two (2) inches below the finished floor 
 line. 
 
 For the quarry tile floors in the engine and pump rooms the con- 
 crete shall be deposited on the cinder foundation and brought parallel
 
 38 
 
 to and within two inches of the finished floor surface, thickness as 
 shown. 
 
 For the brick paving in the boiler room the concrete shall be 
 brought parallel to and within (3" of the finished floor surface, thickness 
 as shown by drawings. 
 
 The Contractor shall study carefully the details of the various 
 floor constructions and execute the work in accordance therewith. 
 
 Concrete mixture for this purpose, Class "E." 
 Concrete Base for Sidewalk: 
 
 For the cement sidewalks the concrete shall de deposited on 
 top of the asphalt course over the reinforced slab construction, bring- 
 ing same parallel to and within one and one-half inches of the finished 
 sidewalk surface, all preparatory for the cement finish. 
 
 Cement Finish: 
 
 The top finish or wearing surface for all cement floors shall be 
 composed of two (2) parts of Portland cement and three (3) parts 
 of sand, cement and sand as specified for concrete work, thoroughly 
 mixed dry, screened and wetted to the proper consistency, using no 
 more water than is necessary. The sprinkling of dry cement on the 
 surface while troweling will not be permitted. 
 
 The finish shall be one (1) inch in thickness unless otherwise 
 shown or specified. It shall be spread on the concrete immediately 
 after mixing and before the concrete has commenced to set, and floated 
 and troweled to a perfectly smooth, hard and even surface, finishing 
 neatly against all walls, columns, bases, etc., to make a first class job. 
 
 The floor shall be divided up in sections approximately four feet 
 square, the joints cut clear through the cement dressing finish after 
 which the exposed top edge of joints shall be smoothed over and fin- 
 ished perfectly flush to present a floor without joints. 
 
 All floors shall be neatly finished against all walls, columns, etc., 
 engaging with the plaster wall surface, and preparatory for the wood or 
 cement base as the case may be. 
 
 All joints shall be run with an approved jointer. 
 
 Granolithic Finish: 
 
 The top finish or wearing surface for all sidewalks, the sub-sub 
 and the sub-basement floors, except where otherwise shown or specified,
 
 39 
 
 shall be composed of two (2) parts Portland cement as specified for 
 concrete work and three (3) parts perfectly clean granite screenings, 
 commonly known as No. 5, thoroughly mixed dry, wetted to the proper 
 consistency and applied in the manner herein specified for cement 
 finish. 
 
 Floor Gutters: 
 
 Gutters shall he formed in the cement floor of the sub-sub and sub- 
 basement along the inner side of the exterior walls, properly pitched 
 and connected to drains as shown by details. 
 
 Roof Furring: 
 
 All roof surfaces shall be furred with cinder concrete, forming all 
 counter-roofs, saddles, slopes, hips, valleys and pitches to downspouts 
 as the drawings indicate; and before the concrete has begun to set 
 it shall be finished with a cement top dressing the same as above speci- 
 fied for cement floors, but one-half (i) inch in thickness, troweled 
 smooth to receive the tile roofing work. 
 
 Concrete mixture "E" cinder aggregate. 
 
 Gutter Furring: 
 
 The "built in" gutters the offset between the exterior building 
 walls at the 36th floor and wherever so shown or required by the draw- 
 ings shall be furred, pitched and graded to downspouts with Class "E" 
 concrete as indicated by the details and finished with cement top dress- 
 ing as above specified for roofs, preparatory for the copper lining 
 specified under Roofing and Sheet Metal Work. 
 
 'Waterproofing of Sidewalks: 
 
 Three and one-half (3-}) inches below the finished sidewalk surface 
 on the reinforced concrete construction lay a five-ply membraneous 
 water-proofing of a type and character satisfactory to the Architect, 
 carrying same in a continuous sheet over the entire surface, flashed and 
 properly connected at walls in a manner to absolutely prevent leakage 
 of surface water into the basement. 
 
 Waterproofing of Basement: 
 
 The Contractor shall waterproof in a most thorough and complete 
 manner all portions of the basements below street grade, carrying the
 
 40 
 
 waterproofing through all walls, floors, sumps, pits and trenches so 
 as to make the entire basements watertight and moisture proof. 
 
 The waterproofing shall be accomplished by methods and with 
 materials satisfactory to the Architect. The Contractor will be re- 
 quired to furnish a satisfactory written guaranty warranting the work 
 against all leakage for and during a period of ten (10) years from 
 and after completion and acceptance of the work, as evidenced by the 
 final certificate, and binding himself to repair and make good at his 
 own expense any and all leaks that may develop in the waterproofing 
 within said period. 
 
 Brick Work. 
 
 Extent of Brick "Work: 
 
 All backing for cut stone, marble, terra cotta, iron and steel and 
 all piers, walls, spandrels, arches, column enclosures, fireproofing and 
 similar work not shown or specified to be of concrete or fire clay tile 
 shall be executed with brick of the various kinds indicated and herein- 
 after specified. 
 
 Terra Cotta Work: 
 
 All terra cotta for this building will be furnished and set as herein 
 specified under Terra Cotta. Back up all terra cotta and build in all 
 anchors, making the work absolutely solid and substantial. 
 
 "Wood Centering: 
 
 Arched openings in brickwork shall be turned on wood centers, 
 furnishing all centers required, which shall be strongly constructed, 
 made to fit accurately to the work, well supported and rigidly braced 
 so as to carry all loads until the brickwork is set. Centers shall not be 
 struck until the Architect approves. 
 
 At completion of the work remove all centers from the premises. 
 
 Pressed Brick: 
 
 The exterior wall surfaces of all street fronts, courts, and pent 
 house walls except where terra cotta, granite and marble are shown, 
 shall be faced with a standard size, impervious, vitrified pressed brick 
 of a color as selected by the Architect, for which purposes samples shall 
 be submitted to Architect for approval.
 
 41 
 
 All parapet walls shall be faced on the side toward the roof with 
 pressed brick as above specified. 
 
 The exposed wall and column surface of the boiler room shall be 
 faced with a vitrified impervious pressed brick, color as selected by 
 the Architect. 
 
 Enamel Brick: 
 
 The exposed wall and column surfaces of the engine room shall 
 be faced with the 4"xl2" size enamel brick, of color approved by the 
 Architect. Use 2" radius brick at all outer corners. 
 
 All enamel brick shall be uniform in size, even and perfect in 
 surface finish and color, free from cracks, craze, spawls or other im- 
 perfections, and the enamel shall be guaranteed for a period of ten 
 years not to craze or spawl off. All brick that develops defects within 
 (5) five years from and after the completion and acceptance of the 
 work shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. 
 
 Hollow Brick: 
 
 The inner four inches of all exterior brick walls, except where 
 indicated as filled with tile or expanded metal lath and plaster, shall 
 be laid up with a first-class hollow brick, equal to brick manufactured 
 by the Delaware (Ohio) Hollow Brick Company. 
 
 Paving Brick: 
 
 The boiler room floor shall be paved with hard vitrified paving 
 brick, the brick costing not less than $30 per M. The brick shall be 
 bedded on the concrete foundations on a two-inch sand cushion, well 
 tamped into place with the joints reduced to a minimum and after the 
 brick are laid, the joints shall be grouted with a Portland cement grout, 
 flush with the top surface. Floors when finished shall be absolutely 
 level and sound. 
 
 Common Brick: 
 
 All work tinted or cross-hatched in red on the drawings, or other- 
 wise indicated to be brickwork, which is not shown or specified to be of 
 pressed or hollow brick, shall be laid up with a selected first quality, 
 sound, hard, common brick of a make approved by the Architect.
 
 42 
 
 Samples : 
 
 Samples of all the various kinds of brick herein mentioned shall 
 be submitted to the Architect for approval and the samples selected 
 and approved shall be filed with the Architect and taken as a stand- 
 ard of the materials which are to be furnished for this work. 
 
 All brick brought on the premises for the work must be equal in 
 every respect to the approved samples. 
 
 Mortar: 
 
 Furnish all mortar necessary for all masonry work of every de- 
 scription. 
 
 The mortar for all hollow and common brickwork above grade, 
 except as otherwise specified, shall be composed of one (1) part of 
 Portland cement of same brand as used for concrete work, and four 
 (4) parts of clean, sharp, coarse sand thoroughly mixed dry in a box, 
 wet to the proper consistency, tempered with 6 % lime paste (Limoid) 
 to make it work smoothly and immediately used. No pump sand shall 
 be used for making mortar. 
 
 Below grade the mortar shall be as above specified, omitting the 
 lime paste or limoid. 
 
 The mortar for all terra cotta work, enameled and pressed brick 
 work and for the brick backing of granite and marble work shall be com- 
 posed of one (1) part Portland cement as specified for concrete work, 
 one (1) part lime putty and two parts fine, sharp, clean, white sand of 
 the very best quality, the sand and cement mixed dry and wetted to 
 proper consistency and the lime putty then added. 
 
 "Where required the mortar shall be colored with mineral pig- 
 ments to match the materials. 
 
 For the backing up of granite and marble work the mortar shall 
 be made of non-staining cement, brand as approved by the Architect. 
 
 All lime putty used in mortar for pointing shall be screened 
 through a very fine sieve to remove all lumps 
 
 No more mortar shall be mixed at one time than can immediately 
 be used. The retempering of mortar which has commenced to set will 
 not be permitted. All such mortar which has frozen in the box shall 
 be thrown out and not used in the work.
 
 43 
 
 Bricklaying: 
 
 All brick work shall be laid to the proper lines, each pier and i'all 
 kept plumb, each course level, with the joints accurately kept, all brick 
 well bedded with full mortar joints throughout. 
 
 All common and hollow brick shall be laid with shove joints on 
 full mortar beds, all interstices being thoroughly filled with mortar; 
 whole brick shall be used and all brick shall be well wetted before 
 being laid except in freezing weather. 
 
 A header course of whole brick shall be laid every sixth course the 
 whole length of the wall and lapped through the wall in every case; 
 hollow brick, where used, shall be built in and bonded with the com- 
 mon brick in the regular manner. 
 
 Where necessary to level brick courses to meet face brick work, 
 chipped courses shall be used if the difference in level is more than 
 £ inch, and tile courses when less than f inch. All mortar joints ex- 
 posed on the exterior of the building shall be struck with a jointer. 
 
 Face brick whether pressed or enameled shall be laid in all cases 
 from an exterior scaffold, in the best possible manner, with full and 
 level beds, faces plumb and joints neatly pointed; the brick shall be 
 laid all stretchers in the face of the wall except for necessary return 
 headers at jambs, reveals and returns and shall be bonded with the 
 backing every seventh course by a course of square bond brick having 
 a depth into the wall equal to the stretch. 
 
 Metal ties or anchors will in no case be permitted. 
 
 Pointing: 
 
 All face brick shall be pointed up in a neat and first-class manner 
 as the work progresses and left with the workmanship perfect in 
 every respect. Lime putty with white Portland cement shall be used 
 for pointing enamel brick. 
 
 Backing Up Granite, Marble and Terra Cotta: 
 
 Except as otherwise shown by the drawings all granite, marble and 
 terra cotta shall be backed up solidly with brick work, all anchors con-
 
 44 
 
 neeting same with brick work being securely built into tne racking. 
 The brick work shall be built into all voids of the terra cotta, filling 
 same completely so as to make a solid and substantial piece of work. 
 
 Where so shown ornamental iron work, steel and other materials 
 shall be backed up with brick work in the manner indicated by the de- 
 tails. 
 
 Column Enclosures: 
 
 Structural columns occurring in exterior walls and wherever so 
 shown shall, unless otherwise specified, be enclosed with brick work as 
 the drawings indicate, the enclosures carried up plumb and true with 
 not less than two inch space between the brick and extreme edges of 
 the metal in all cases. 
 
 Cleaning Down: 
 
 Upon completion of the building and when so ordered, clean down 
 and repoint all brick work and other masonry where so required and 
 leave all surfaces uniformly clean and in perfect condition to the en- 
 tire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from this 
 contract for the respective materials and labor named below, said price 
 to govern until the completion of all work called for herein and its ac- 
 ceptance by the Architect: 
 
 General excavation to underside of basement floors, 
 
 per cubic yard $ 
 
 Excavation below basement floor line, not including 
 
 pier wells, per cubic yard $ 
 
 Excavating quicksand pockets and filling same with 
 concrete (made proportions one to two to four), 
 per cu. ft $ 
 
 Concrete above basement floor line, per cubic foot, 
 
 includings forms Class A cement $.......... 
 
 Concrete above basement floor line, per cubic foot, 
 
 including forms Class B cement $ 
 
 Concrete below basement floor line, per cubic foot, 
 
 including forms Class A cement $ 
 
 Concrete below basement floor line, per cubic foot, 
 
 including forms Class B $
 
 45 
 
 Reinforced concrete floor construction, per superfi- 
 cial foot, including forms, reinforcement and the 
 cement floor finish $. 
 
 Reinforced concrete sidewalk construction, per su- 
 perficial foot, including forms, reinforcement and 
 waterproofing . $. 
 
 Cement floor, per sq. ft., including concrete base and 
 cement finish $ . 
 
 Cement floor, per sq. ft., including cinder concrete 
 base, cement finish $. 
 
 Granolithic sidewalk, per square foot, including con- 
 crete base, granolithic finish but not including 
 structural slab , $. 
 
 Cinder concrete foundations for marble, quarry and 
 ceramic tile floors to within 2 inches of finished 
 surface per sq. ft $. 
 
 Cinder concrete roof furring, per cu. ft $. 
 
 Concrete fireproof column enclosures per foot height 
 of column $. 
 
 Common brick, per M., 21 brick per actual cubic foot 
 measurement $. 
 
 Hollow brick, per M., 21 brick per actual cubic foot 
 measurement $. 
 
 Pressed brick, per M., 21 brick per actual cubic foot 
 measurement $. 
 
 Enameled brick, Norman size, per M., 3 brick per 
 actual square foot measurement $. 
 
 Paving brick, 20 brick per actual cubic foot measure- 
 ment $.
 
 46 
 
 STRUCTURAL STEEL. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install the Struc- 
 tural Steel in accordance with the accompanying drawings and these 
 specifications. 
 
 Scope of This Work: 
 
 In this work shall be included all steel, cast iron, cast steel, etc., to 
 complete the building as shown and specified. 
 
 Shop Drawings: 
 
 All details and shop drawings shall be made by the Contractor at 
 his own expense and shall be submitted to the Architect for his written 
 approval before proceeding with the work. 
 
 This approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of re- 
 sponsibility for errors in details and connections, as the Architect's 
 checking of the details is only a precautionary measure, and it is not 
 intended that this checking shall go into every detail of the shop work. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with two complete sets 
 of detail drawings and shall also furnish the Architect with complete 
 mill orders made out in such a way that by using the framing plans 
 and this mill order together the materials can be identified, in order 
 to enable the Inspector to trace it through the mill and keep the Archi- 
 tect informed as to the progress of the work in the mill as well as in 
 the shop. 
 
 Each shipment of drawings must be accompanied by a letter of 
 transmission giving list of the number of drawings. Each drawing 
 must be marked with the name of the building, and each series num- 
 bered consecutively for ready reference and convenience. 
 
 Shop and Mill Markings: 
 
 Beams on framing plans shall be given a number in connection 
 with the floor mark, and the mill order shall show the same marks. 
 The columns shall be given a number in connection with the story 
 mark, and all material in mill order belonging to the respective col- 
 umns, shall be given the corresponding number and mark. See further 
 under heading of "INSPECTION."
 
 47 
 
 Steel: 
 
 All materials shall be steel, except separators between beams, 
 which shall be cast iron, unless specifically shown otherwise. 
 Soft Steel: 
 
 All bolts, tie-rods, anchors and rivets shall be of soft steel. 
 
 Cast Iron: 
 
 All separators between beams shall be of cast iron unless other- 
 wise shown on plans. 
 
 Cast Steel: 
 
 If cast steel is shown it shall be Open Hearth steel as herein speci- 
 fied. Castings must be free from blow-holes and other imperfections 
 detrimental to the strength of the castings. All steel castings must be 
 annealed. 
 
 Foundation Work: 
 
 All beams in foundation shall be of steel as shown on foundation 
 plan, and shall be delivered and set by the Contractor in the same man- 
 ner as the balance of the steel. 
 
 Anchors : 
 
 All beams resting on masonry shall have lug anchors riveted to 
 the beams. 
 
 "Wall Plates: 
 
 Bearing plates for beams will be bedded in cement mortar and set 
 in place as specified under masonry. 
 
 For sizes of all bearing plates see plans. 
 
 Columns : 
 
 All columns are to be standard built-up columns, as shown on 
 plans. Flanges shall be made up, preferably, of the largest obtainable 
 units; if built up of units of thicknesses admitting of punching, the 
 boles for the rivets shall be punched smaller than required for the size 
 of rivets and shall then be reamed out to the required size after the 
 parts of the column has been assembled, so as to insure perfect holes 
 without injuring the material around it. 
 
 In case the column is built up of such units as will not allow of
 
 48 
 
 any punching, all the holes shall be drilled in one operation through 
 the flange plates and the angles. 
 
 For a built-up column, two (2) web plates may be used with four 
 (4) 8x8 angles, in which case four rows of rivets will be required in each 
 flange of the column, and four (4) rows of rivets through the web, mak- 
 ing altogether sixteen (16) rows of rivets in the full column section. 
 
 All columns shall be made to splice in two story lengths 
 as shown on the column diagram. Column splices shall be made as 
 shown by typical details. All column joints shall be milled square to 
 axis of columns and splice plates fitted and reamed in the shop to 
 insure perfect fit in the field. 
 
 In no case shall rivets be spaced over six (6) inches center to 
 center in any line of rivets, and no rivets shall be closer together than 
 three (3) times the diameter of the rivet. General details for con- 
 nection of girders and beams to columns to be as shown on diagrams. 
 Column diagram calls for sizes of rivets for the columns. For beams 
 and girders §" or £" shall be used. 
 
 Girders : 
 
 All girders, as well as brackets, where such is shown on the plans 
 for this building, shall be made with special care in such manner as 
 to insure tbat the surface of the ends of the girders comes square with 
 the axis — this to insure a plumb column 
 
 Shoes: 
 
 All column shoes are to be special built, or steel slabs, as shown 
 on the plans. 
 
 Quality of Material: 
 
 All material for columns and riveted work shall be made by the 
 Open Hearth process. All beams may be made either by the Open 
 Hearth or Bessemer processes. The material must be uniform in qual- 
 ity and must not contain over 0.08 of one (1) per cent, of phosphor 
 for Bessemer steel nor more than 0.06 of one (1) per cent, of phos- 
 phor for Open Hearth process steel. 
 
 The steel shall have an ultimate strength of 65,000 pounds per 
 square inch and shall not vary from this more than 5,000 pounds per 
 square inch either way. It shall have an elastic limit of not less than
 
 49 
 
 one-half of the ultimate strength ; an elongation of 25 per cent, in eight 
 (8) inches for test pieces, three-quarter (f ) inch thick by one and one- 
 half (H") inch wide with a reduction of one (1) per cent, in the elong- 
 ation for each \" increase in thickness of test piece ; so that for a 2" thick 
 test piece the elongation shall be not less than twenty (20) per cent, in 
 eight (8) inches. Test pieces to be cut from the rolled sections and full 
 thickness of the section, one and one-half (14") inch wide, and reduction 
 of area shall be not less than forty-five (45) per cent, on a test piece of 
 f"xl£". For thicker test pieces a reduction of one (1) per cent, in the 
 reduction for each additional \" in thickness will be allowed, so that for 
 a test piece 14"xl4" the reduction in area will be forty (40) per cent, 
 and for a test piece 2"x4£" the reduction will be thirty -five per cent. 
 
 All blooms, billets or slabs shall be examined for surface defects, 
 flaws, or blow-holes before rolling into finished section, and such chip- 
 pings and alterations made as will insure perfect solidity in the rolled 
 sections. 
 
 A test from the finished material will be required representing 
 each blow or cast. 
 
 A duplicate test piece from each blow or cast will be required. It 
 must stand cold bending 180 degrees over a mandrel, the diameter 
 of which is equal to one and one-half {\\) times the original thickness 
 of the specimen, without showing sign of rupture on either convex or 
 concave side of curve. 
 
 After being heated to a dark cherry and quenched in water 180 
 degrees Fahrenheit, it must stand cold bending as before. 
 
 The original blow or cast number must be stamped on each ingot 
 from said blow or cast, and the same number must be stamped on each 
 piece of the finished material from said blow or cast. 
 
 No steel beams or angles shall be heated in a forge or other fire 
 after being rolled, but shall be worked cold, unless subsequently an- 
 nealed. 
 
 Field Connections: 
 
 All field connections shall be riveted except in cases where rivets 
 cannot be driven, in such cases turned bolts shall be used. 
 
 This Contractor shall bill and furnish rivets for all field connec- 
 tions as well as turned bolts for any such connection of and to columns
 
 50 
 
 and elsewhere where rivets cannot be driven. In such cases the Con- 
 tractor shall ream holes for such connections. 
 
 Punching and Riveting : 
 
 For all columns, rivet spacing must be accurately laid out by suit- 
 able templates, and sub-punched, if material is of such thickness as to 
 allow punching. After the different units have been assembled the 
 holes for the rivets shall be reamed out to the proper size for the size 
 of the rivets, as shown on the plans, this applies to heavy built-up mem- 
 bers (columns and girders). 
 
 All other rivets in this work must be accurately spaced so that upon 
 assembling of adjacent pieces a cold rivet of the size intended for the 
 work can be inserted in the hole. 
 
 Drifting will not be allowed, except as may be required in assemb- 
 ling. 
 
 Kivets with cracked head or heads not concentric with the center 
 of shafts, or rivets found loose must be cut out. 
 
 All rivet holes must be so accurately punched that when several 
 parts forming a member are assembled a rivet 1/16 inch less in diame- 
 ter than the hole can enter without drawing or straining the steel by 
 drifts. If this is not the case the holes must be reamed. 
 
 The rivets when driven must completely fill the holes, and heads 
 must be hemispherical and of uniform size for the same size rivets 
 throughout the work ; and they must be full and neatly formed. When- 
 ever possible all rivets must be machine driven. 
 
 So far as possible all shop rivets shall be driven by direct acting 
 power machines which are capable of holding on to the rivets after up- 
 setting is completed. When it is found necessary to cut out rivets it 
 shall be done in a way not to injure the material. 
 
 No rivets shall be spaced closer than three diameters of rivet, and 
 this shall only be done in extreme cases where it is absolutely neces- 
 sary. 
 
 Bearing and Shearing Values of Rivets: 
 
 Shearing values of field rivets shall be 8,000 per square inch, and 
 for shop rivets 10,000 pounds per square inch. Bearing values for shop 
 and field rivets shall be 20,000 pounds per square inch. For wind 
 strains only this value may be increased by 50 per cent.
 
 51 
 
 Spandrels : 
 
 All girders in outside spandrels shall be connected to the columns 
 by web angles, as well as top and bottom angles or brackets. General 
 details for these are shown on drawings. 
 
 Smoke Stack: 
 
 The smoke stack shall be 11' 0" inside diameter as shown on the 
 drawings. Angle irons on interior of the stack for the support of the 
 stack lining as shown and specified. Stack to be as per drawings sup- 
 ported on steel frame every second floor. 
 
 Terra Cotta and Stone Anchors: 
 
 Wherever anchors are shown on the plans for terra cotta or stone 
 through webs of beams or girders, holes shall be placed six (6) inches 
 on centers and be of the same diameter as other punching in the re- 
 spective members. 
 
 Fainting : 
 
 All steel and cast iron before leaving the shop shall have all scales, 
 rust, etc., cleaned off and then be thoroughly painted with one (1) coat 
 composed of twenty-five (25) pounds of pure thoroughly oxidized red 
 lead to one (1) gallon of pure boiled linseed oil, or other good paint 
 as may be sleeted by the Architect or his representatives. 
 
 In all cases where surfaces are not accessible after assembling 
 they shall receive two (2) coats of approved paint before assembling. 
 All planed surfaces shall receive one (1) coat of white lead and tallow 
 before shipment. 
 
 Inspection and Testing: 
 
 APPOINTMENT : An Inspector will be appointed by the Archi- 
 tect, who shall, in that case, inspect the making of the steel at the mill, 
 as well as the fabricating of same at the Fabricating shop. The Con- 
 tractor to pay for this inspection at the rate of 40c per ton. 
 
 Facilities : 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish without extra charge, ample facili- 
 ties for the inspection and testing of all rolled, forged, or cast iron and 
 steel for this building, and shall furnish all test specimens and the 
 use of suitable testing machines.
 
 52 
 
 The Architect, or his authorized agents, shall have access to all 
 portions of the mills or shops where work is being done under this con- 
 tract. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish to the Inspector complete copies of 
 all orders for material (Iron and Steel) which are placed with the 
 mills; this shall be made out as hereinbefore specified under "General 
 Specifications," the object of this requirement being to enable the In- 
 spector to keep close track of all materials, and know the relative posi- 
 tion of the same in the finished structure. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish the Inspector a complete set of all 
 detail drawings after the same shall have been approved by the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 Copies of all invoices shall be furnished to the Inspector within 
 twenty-four hours of the time of shipment of accepted material. 
 
 Duties of Mill Inspector: 
 
 It shall be the duty of the Inspector to make or witness all of the 
 required physical tests and to obtain from the manufacturer certified 
 copies of all the required chemical analyses. He shall make complete 
 reports to the Architect of all tests and analyses and state if the 
 material represented by the same is accepted or rejected. 
 
 He shall make a surface inspection of all material and identify the 
 mill or cast number of same. 
 
 All material from melts or casts not conforming with specifica- 
 tions and all material found defective shall be rejected, while all ma- 
 terial from accepted melts and free from defects will be accepted and 
 the Inspector will place his stamp of acceptance on such materials. 
 
 The Inspector will make complete reports to the Architect of all 
 materials he has inspected. These reports to include the melt number 
 on all items. These reports shall show what has been accepted and 
 what has been rejected. 
 
 Weekly reports shall be made to the Architect by the Inspector 
 showing in condensed form the condition and progress on all orders 
 at the several mills and factories doing the work. All reports to be 
 made on forms approved by the Architect.
 
 53 
 
 Shop Inspection: 
 
 All finished work must be inspected and accepted by the Author- 
 ized Inspector before it is loaded on cars for shipment, and it shall 
 be the duty of the Contractor to furnish the Inspector every facility 
 for a careful inspection of all material at any stage of the work he 
 may select. 
 
 Any defective material or workmanship wherever found, at the 
 shop or building at any time before the completion and acceptance of 
 this contract, shall be rejected regardless of all previous inspection, 
 as the inspection is not intended to relieve the Contractor of respon- 
 sibility, but is a measure of precaution against oversights and errors. 
 Any defective material which is rejected shall be removed and replaced 
 by the Contractor at his own cost, and he shall be further liable for all 
 expense due to delay, caused by such rejections. 
 
 If the Contractor fails or refuses to replace such defective mater- 
 ial as may be found at any stage of the work, or fails to make good 
 mistakes due to workmanship, the Owner or Architect may go into 
 the open market and purchase the necessary material and may order 
 such work done and charge the cost of the material and work to the 
 Contractor. 
 
 Mode of Ascertaining the Tonnage of Steel: 
 
 All columns, girders and riveted work shall be weighed and 
 charged for by actual weight ; all beams, channels and single angles shall 
 be estimated at the theoretical weight, counting only the rivet heads and 
 disregarding coping. The appointed inspector shall certify all weights. 
 
 Patents : 
 
 The Contractor hereby agrees to protect and save harmless the 
 Owners from loss or damage by suit or otherwise on account of or by 
 reason of any and all infringements on patents for materials or meth- 
 ods used in the construction of all work called for in this contract. 
 
 Misfits : 
 
 All misfits found during erection which are due to errors in the 
 shop shall be promptly reported to the Architect and corrected by Con- 
 tractor.
 
 54 
 
 Field Connections: 
 
 All the field connections shall be riveted throughout the entire 
 structure, unless it is impossible to reach connection with riveting tools ; 
 in which case turned bolts inserted into reamed holes may be used. 
 
 Fainting: 
 
 All steel work shall receive one (1) coat of point of a make accept- 
 able to the Architect. 
 
 All surfaces which are not accessible after erection shall receive 
 one (1) coat of paint before erection. No painting shall be done in wet 
 or freezing weather. 
 
 The Contractor shall figure on paint equal to twenty-five (25) 
 pounds of best red lead to one (1) gallon of pure Unseed oil. 
 
 Inspection: 
 
 The Architect's inspector on the job will inspect all of the field con- 
 nections, and the Contractor shall furnish the Inspector all possible 
 facilities to enable him to properly perform this work. 
 
 Workmanship : 
 
 All workmanship must be first-class in every particular.
 
 59 
 CUT STONE WORK. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and set complete the 
 Cut Stone Work in accordance with the accompanying drawings and 
 as required by this specification. 
 
 Cut Stone: 
 
 All granite and marble shall be of a light and uniform color 
 throughout, sound and free from discoloration, knots, sap, rot, shakes, 
 seams, flaws and other defects. 
 
 Each and every stone shall ring clear when struck with a hammer. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 All granite wopk shall have a highly polished finish on all exposed 
 surfaces. 
 
 All exposed marble surfaces except the carved surfaces shall have 
 a honed finish. 
 
 Alternate Finish: 
 
 The Contractor shall state what amount is to be added to Main Bid 
 in case the exposed stone work to the top of the pier cap — a distance 
 approximately 12'0" above sidewalk — is finished with a high polish. 
 
 Samples : 
 
 Submit samples of granite and marble, 6"x6"x6", with an eight cut 
 finish on two faces a polished finish on the third and a honed finish on 
 the other face in the manner herein specified for the work. 
 
 The samples selected by the Architect shall be kept on file in his 
 office, and shall be taken as the standard of material, the Contractor 
 guaranteeing that no portion of the work shall be inferior to the sample 
 in quality and finish. 
 
 Diagrams : 
 
 Working drawings and diagrams for the cut stone work shall be 
 made to show all jointing, bond and construction. Regarding the sub- 
 mission and approval of drawings, see General Conditions.
 
 56 
 
 Mouldings, Ornament and Carving: 
 
 All moulded work throughout shall he executed in strict accord- 
 ance with full size details. The finish shall correspond to the general 
 surface finish. 
 
 All carving shall be executed by the most skillful architectural 
 carvers, closely following details in an artistic and spirited manner, to 
 the entire satisfaction of the Architect. Mouldings shall be cut with 
 care, true to profile throughout, all arrises sharp, carefully membered, 
 so that when the work is set mouldings will be continuous and in per- 
 fect alignment. 
 
 Depth of Facing: 
 
 Each stone shall be of full size and depth shown by the drawings 
 and the backs shall be pitched at right angles to the bed and parallel 
 to the face. 
 
 No piece of ashlar shall be less than four (4) inches thick. Alter- 
 nate courses, wherever possible, shall be of sufficient depth to bond with 
 the brick backing, and projecting courses shall be of sufficient depth 
 to balance on the wall unless hung or anchored to structural steel. 
 
 Where the cut stone facing of piers passes in front of steel columns 
 the depth of the facing shall be such as to allow for not less, or where 
 the drawings show no intervening brick an allowance shall be made for 
 not less than 2" of masonry. 
 
 Heads and Returns: 
 
 All pilasters, reveals, jambs and similar portions shall have full 
 heads or returns and in no case shall exposed heads in cut stone be less 
 than one foot wide unless otherwise detailed. 
 
 Beds: 
 
 All stone shall be cut to rest on its natural bed ; the beds shall be 
 full and point dressed to even surfaces and bearings throughout; 
 vertical joints 4". 
 
 Joints : 
 
 All joints shall be located exactly where shown on drawings, unless 
 changed by written instructions of the Architect. Any uncertainty 
 as to jointing is to be referred in writing to the Architect for decision.
 
 57 
 
 All joints shall be even and true, all arrises sharp and true to 
 line. Bed joints in ashlar shall be one-quarter inch in thickness and 
 the butt joints shall be as small as possible. 
 
 Jambs and Reveals: 
 
 All jambs and reveals shall be cut and set square, plumb and true, 
 and shall have the same finish as remainder of work, unless otherwise 
 specified. 
 
 Lintels : 
 
 Wherever lintels or spandrel stones are shown or in the nature of 
 the case require to be self-supporting, they shall be single stones span- 
 ning the full opening with proper bearing on the piers at either end. 
 
 Drips : 
 
 All projecting courses, sills, belts, cornices and copings shall be cut 
 with drips underneath, so that water will not run down the face of the 
 wall. In case Architect's details do not show proper drips their atten- 
 tion shall be called to the fact before the stone is cut. 
 
 Washes : 
 
 All copings, cornices, sills and projecting courses shall be cut with 
 a wash on the upper exposed surface to throw water away from the 
 wall. 
 
 Haggles: 
 
 Cut raggles for all window frame water-bars, and wherever shown 
 by drawings or required. 
 
 Structural Steel: 
 
 Where cut stone work is to be supported by, hung and anchored 
 to structural steel where so shown, for which execute all cutting, check- 
 ing and fitting necessary to make the cut stone work clear the steel 
 work and to provide for its proper support and anchorage thereto. 
 
 Anchors, Cramps and Dowels: 
 
 Furnish and .set all anchors, cramps and dowels, and make all 
 holes and sinkages for same. 
 
 Anchors shall be at least £"xl£" galvanized iron. Each piece of
 
 58 
 
 ashlar shall have at least one (1) anchor, and large pieces shall have at 
 least two (2) anchors each. 
 
 All cramps and dowels shall be of copper, securely fastened into 
 place. 
 
 All stone ashlar shall be anchored at least three times in height of 
 story to the structural steel columns. 
 
 Templates, Centers, Bracing: 
 
 Furnish and place all templates, centers and bracing required for 
 the proper execution of the work. 
 
 At completion, remove all centers and false work from the prem- 
 ises. 
 
 Damp Proof Coating: 
 
 Before the cut stone is set in the walls each stone shall be coated on 
 the ends, sides and back with a heavy coat of hot asphaltum, E. I. "W., 
 Dehydratine, or some other damp proofing medium approved by the 
 Architect, bringing the same within \" of the exposed face of the stone. 
 
 The coating shall be evenly and uniformly applied, using care not 
 to get coating on the exposed face of the stone. 
 
 Mortar : 
 
 All mortar for setting of the work shall be composed of limoid, non- 
 staining cement and white clean sharp sand, in the proper proportions. 
 
 Mortar for pointing shall be made of one (1) part white non-stain- 
 ing cement and one (1) part white sand. 
 
 No mortar which has commenced to set or become hard in the box 
 shall be used in the work ; all such mortar shall be thrown out. Only 
 clean, fresh water shall be used in mixing mortar 
 
 Setting: 
 
 The cut stone shall be delivered on the premises promptly and set 
 in place as rapidly as the progress of the work requires. 
 
 Each and every stone shall have cut into it a Lewis hole or holes 
 for the purpose of setting. 
 
 Each stone shall be set on a full mortar bed, the mortar furnishing 
 a perfect and even bearing between the stones.
 
 59 
 
 Each stone shall be set with a derrick, dropped squarely into place, 
 so that as little shifting as possible will be necessary, hammered down 
 to a solid bed, so that bearing cannot come on front edge of stone, and 
 set perfectly level, plumb and true to line and bond. The bed shall be 
 dampened to prevent too rapid absorption of the water in the mortar 
 and the mortar shall be kept back one-half inch from the face of the 
 stone. 
 
 Sills shall be carefully bedded at the ends only, and after the work 
 is set and when the Architect so directs the joints shall be filled and 
 pointed up as hereinafter specified. 
 
 Vertical joints in sills, belt courses, etc., shall be grouted full, using 
 mortar as specified for pointing. 
 
 The Contractor shall back up all cut stone work with brick or con- 
 crete as fast as it is set and no portion of the ashlar shall be carried 
 up higher than two courses ahead of the backing or adjoining ashlar, 
 except by special permission of the Architect. 
 
 Boxing: 
 
 Securely box and protect all projecting courses, jambs, angles, 
 bases, capitals and sills with proper boarding, to save the same from 
 damage during construction. 
 
 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any damage to the 
 cut stone that may occur until the building is completed and accepted. 
 
 At completion, or when so ordered by the Architect, remove all 
 boxing and boarding from the premises. 
 
 Defacement : 
 
 Each piece of cut stone shall be sound and perfect and no exposed 
 portions of the work shall show mark of setting tool, spawl, scratch, 
 stain, mar or defacement of any sort. 
 
 No patching or concealing of defects with composition of any kind 
 or by pieces set in with shellac, will be permitted ; any piece of cut stone 
 showing defect or defacement shall be at once removed by the Con- 
 tractor and replaced. 
 
 This applies to any defacement that may occur either before or 
 after the work is in place, it being clearly understood that the Con- 
 tractor shall properly protect his work as necessary and leave the 
 same upon completion of the building a first-class piece of work.
 
 60 
 
 Cleaning Down and Pointing: 
 
 At completion and after all danger from frost, the Contractor 
 shall carefully clean down all exposed surfaces of the cut stone work, 
 removing all dirt and mortar stains, and shall rake out all joints at 
 least one-half inch back from the face of the stone, remov- 
 ing all wedges, and then point up the work with cement mortar, mixed 
 as above specified. The mortar shall be strongly driven in with a 
 jointer until the raked out space is entirely filled and moisture appears 
 upon the surface. All joints shall finish flat, recessed back one-eighth 
 inch from the face of the stone, care being taken that no coloring 
 remains on exposed surfaces. Care shall be taken that all joints are 
 of the same shape and size and made straight. 
 
 The cleaning shall be thoroughly and carefully executed and the 
 work left in perfect condition, free from mortar stain or other de- 
 facement. The use of acids, sapolio or wire brushes in cleaning down 
 is positively forbidden.
 
 61 
 HOLLOW TILE FIREPROOFING. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete the 
 hollow tile fireproofing work in accordance with the accompanying 
 drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 Furnish and install all hollow tile work and fireproofing, floors, 
 floor furring and blocking, partitions, furring for walls and pipe en- 
 closures and the encasing of all columns, beams, girders and struc- 
 tural steel of every sort, not shown enclosed in brick or concrete, 
 throughout the building. 
 
 Building Regulations : 
 
 It is understood that the Contractor shall comply with all ordi- 
 nances and the requirements of the Building Department of the City 
 of New York, N. Y. 
 
 Centers: 
 
 Furnish and place all centers, templets and temporary supports 
 required for the installation of the burnt clay tile work. Centers 
 shall be strongly constructed and properly braced and shall not be 
 struck until the Architect approves. At completion remove all centers 
 and falsework from the building. 
 
 Structural Steel: 
 
 Carefully examine the structural steel diagrams and furnish in 
 place without extra charge any tee irons, channels, beams or sup- 
 ports other than those shown on structural steel diagrams, which may 
 be necessary in the judgment of the Architect for the execution of 
 this work. 
 
 Anchors: 
 
 Furnish and set any anchors in connection with this work which 
 may be necessary in the judgment of the Architect to securely anchor 
 the work in place or to comply with the City Ordinances.
 
 62 
 
 Tile: 
 
 All work colored or cross-hatched a neutral tint on the drawings 
 and all that is otherwise shown to be of burnt clay material, including 
 roofs, floors, ceilings, partitions, furrings, backing of walls and the 
 encasing of all steel and iron work, pipes, etc., in the building, shall be 
 of first-quality hard burned clay tile, free from cracks or defects. 
 
 All surfaces that are to receive plaster or mortar shall be scored 
 and roughly scratched before burning, to give a key for the mortar. 
 
 Size of Tile: 
 
 The tile for the various purposes unless otherwise specified shall 
 be as shown or marked on drawings. 
 
 Floor Arches: 
 
 Floor arches shall be of the various thicknesses indicated by the 
 drawings and unless otherwise shown shall be side or end construction 
 flat tile arches. All floor arches shall be set so that the covering 
 underneath the flanges of beams will in no ease be less than two (2") 
 inches thick, and the arch skewbacks shall be so arranged as to closely 
 fit the profile of beams, and to engage with the soffit protection of the 
 beam flanges and securely hold it in place. 
 
 The form of construction employed shall be subject to the ap- 
 proval of the Architect, and in all cases the floors,- after they are set 
 in place, shall be capable of sustaining an equally distributed test load 
 of 400 pounds to the square foot without deflecting. 
 
 Contractor must carefully examine the plans and various detail 
 drawings to ascertain the arch thicknesses where special treatments 
 are shown, necessitating varying thicknesses of arches, and shall carry 
 out the work in accordance with details. 
 
 Roof Arches: 
 
 Main and pent house roofs, unless otherwise shown, shall be con- 
 structed with flat arches, same as floors. 
 
 Partitions : 
 
 Lay out all lines for partitions, the bucks, studding, frames, etc., 
 being furnished and installed as herein specified under Carpentry.
 
 63 
 
 Soft tile blocks for the engagement of grounds shall be furnished 
 and built in wherever required. 
 
 Corridor partitions shall rest on the fireproof arches, all other 
 tile partitions on the arches or on the concrete filling over the arches. 
 All partitions shall extend underside of floor arches above. 
 
 Where hollow tile partitions are shown to intersect or abut each 
 other they shall be regularly bonded and all continuous perpendicular 
 joints shall be avoided. 
 
 Partitions shall be built plumb and true, to perfectly straight or 
 curved lines, as the drawings indicate, the tile so laid as to engage and 
 Slecurely anchor to the blocks nailed on the back of the wood bucks. 
 Tile shall be carefully fitted around all doors, window and other open- 
 ings. 
 
 Slots and Chases: 
 
 Where slots or chases are shown in partitions, they shall be 
 formed with special tiles and the Contractor shall submit detail draw- 
 ings to the Architect showing the forms of dies it is intended to use, 
 and obtain his approval before beginning the work. 
 
 Lintels and Lintel Arches: 
 
 Furnish all tees and angle iron lintels over doors in corridor, in- 
 termediate and division partitions, as shown on drawings, or as re- 
 quired for proper support of the tile, or spring arches over all window 
 and door heads, and other openings where, in the judgment of the Ar- 
 chitect, it is necessary. 
 
 Eased Corners: 
 
 All corners or angles shown to be eased or rounded off on draw- 
 ings shall have special tile made for same as shown by full size details. 
 
 Furring and Tile Fillings: 
 
 Where walls, spandrels, floors, gutters, pipe spaces and the like 
 are indicated as furred or enclosed with tile, the work shall be ex- 
 ecuted with tile of the sizes shown or noted. Furring around pipes at 
 columns shall be bonded with the column coverings and tile partitions.
 
 64 
 
 Cutting for Pipes: 
 
 Execute all cutting, fitting, channeling and grooving that may be 
 required in connection with the plumbing, gas fitting, electric wiring, 
 steam fitting and ventilating work for pipes, ducts and conduits which 
 pass through the fireproofing. 
 
 Variation in location or position of pipes of any kind from that 
 shown on general drawings should be immediately reported, before 
 enclosing the same with fireproofing. 
 
 Book Tile: 
 
 The floors over pipe expansion voids and the floor over framed 
 pipe spaces, chases, or pockets in floor construction, and such other 
 portions as are so shown or noted on the drawings, shall be constructed 
 of book tile, the tile being so made as to thoroughly fireproof the struc- 
 tural members. 
 
 The floors of the water closet and toilet rooms shall be furred up as 
 shown on plans, with book tile and tee irons supported on tile parti- 
 tions, leaving proper runways for plumbing and ventilating ducts, the 
 Contractor furnishing and setting all tee irons where required. 
 
 Furnish book tile and tee iron construction over radiator pockets 
 in vestibules, and wherever else shown or required. 
 
 Column Fire-Proofing: 
 
 The fireproofing of the columns, unless otherwise specified, shall 
 be executed with hollow tile as shown by the drawings, regularly bonded 
 and set plumb, leaving a one-inch space between fireproofing and metal. 
 
 All interior columns, fireproofed with tile, shall have the voids 
 between the steel and the tile enclosure completely filled with 
 concrete. This work must be executed as the laying of the tile pro- 
 gresses, and solidly tamped; and in no case shall the tile be carried 
 more than one (1) foot above the concrete before the voids are again 
 filled. 
 
 The tile floor arches immediately above the column enclosures shall 
 be left out until the column enclosure is in place to facilitate the tamp- 
 ing of concrete and permit the thorough fireproofing of the columns. 
 
 The concrete for column filling shall be made of Portland cement, 
 clean, sharp torpedo sand and broken tile or brick in the proportion 
 of one (1) part cement, three (3) parts sand and five (5) parts crushed
 
 65 
 
 tile or brick of a size to pass a f" mesh. These materials shall be inti- 
 mately mixed, wet to the proper consistency, deposited between the tile 
 and columns, and carefully and solidly tamped in place, the entire work 
 so executed as to completely enclose and fireproof the steel to the en- 
 tire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Spandrel Girder Protection: 
 
 All spandrel girders throughout shall be most thoroughly en- 
 closed and fircproofed with hollow tile materials, unless otherwise spe- 
 cified or indicated on drawings. 
 
 Especial attention is directed to the fireproofing of the girders, 
 beams, etc., over the exterior windows on the various stories, for which 
 special tile forms must be made fitting the flanges to which they must 
 be securely anchored, as indicated by the sectional drawings. 
 
 It is to be clearly understood that a strict compliance with these 
 requirements will be demanded, the fireproofing in all cases to be self- 
 supporting or securely anchored to steel, completely fireproofing the 
 beams and girders and so set as to be entirely free from any support 
 from the window frames below. 
 
 Spandrel girders other than those indicated in exterior walls shall 
 be fireproof ed as indicated in a careful and secure manner. 
 
 Wherever girders or beams are indicated as fireproofed with con- 
 crete or brick, the work will be executed as herein specified under Ma- 
 sonry. 
 
 Elevator Shaft: 
 
 The framing around elevator shaft in all stories, also all other 
 openings in floors, shall be fireproofed clear around, it being clearly 
 understood that in no case shall any structural iron or steel be left ex- 
 posed, except small steel beams crossing elevator shaft between cars, 
 used only for attaching of elevator guides. 
 
 The walls of the elevator shafts must be true and square and ab- 
 solutely plumb from top to bottom, and should any cutting of walls be 
 found necessary to permit the installation of elevator apparatus owing 
 to wal's being crooked or out of plumb, the Contractor shall execute 
 the same and put the walls in first class order.
 
 66 
 
 Mortar : 
 
 All mortar for tile setting shall be composed of first quality Port- 
 land cement of an approved brand, and coarse, sharp, clean sand, in the 
 proportion of one to four thoroughly mixed dry in a bos, wet to the 
 proper consistency, tempered with lime paste to make it work smoothly 
 and immediately used. 
 
 No more mortar shall be mixed at one time than can immediately 
 be used. The retempering and use of mortar which has commenced to 
 set will not be permitted; all such mortar and mortar that has frozen 
 shall be thrown out and not used in the work. 
 
 Setting: 
 
 All burnt clay material shall be set in place as rapidly as the 
 progress of the job requires. 
 
 All tile shall be set to bond, breaking joints in all cases, all joints 
 shall be slushed full and no joint shall exceed one-half (£) inch in 
 thickness. Joints in book tile shall be struck and neatly pointed, leav- 
 ing the entire surface smooth and even. 
 
 Skew backs shall be set with care, well bedded in mortar and with 
 an even bearing on the beams; arch tile shall be shoved in place to 
 close joints completely filled with mortar, and all keys shall fit tightly 
 into place. 
 
 The arches shall fit close against all walls and around pipes and 
 openings. 
 
 All work throughout shall finish straight and true, level or plumb, 
 as the case may be. 
 
 Patching: 
 
 If, during the construction of this building, tile arches or walls 
 become displaced, are damaged, removed or cut out the Contractor 
 shall without extra charge execute all patching and repairing necessary, 
 and leave the entire work ready to receive the plaster. 
 
 Cleaning Ont: 
 
 When the work is completed, clear away and remove from the 
 building all rubbish and debris resulting from the work in this contract 
 and leave the floors and premises clean as regards fire clay material.
 
 67 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from this 
 contract, for the respective materials and labor named below; said 
 price to govern until the completion and acceptance of all work called 
 for herein. All prices are to be based upon the actual measurements : 
 
 16" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 13" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 12" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 10" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 8" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 6" tile arch in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 3" book tile in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 6" tile partition in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 5" tile partition in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 4" tile partition in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 3" tile partition in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 3" furring tile in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 2" furring tile in place, per sq. ft $ 
 
 Cindeb Reinforced Concrete Fibepkoofing. 
 
 The Contractor has the privilege of using a satisfactory Rein- 
 forced Cinder Concrete arch construction instead of the hollow tile 
 arch construction as above specified, in which case the following spec- 
 ifiation must govern: 
 
 Proportions : 
 
 For this purpose the Cinder Concrete shall be made of best Port- 
 land Cement one (1) part, clean sharp sand two and one-half (2^) 
 parts and clean cinders free from all animal or vegetable matter, five 
 (5) parts, mixing of these materials as herein specified under Masonry.
 
 68 
 
 The Concrete shall be deposited in place on centers formed as 
 shown, so that all structural steel members will be completely enclosed, 
 the concrete extending no less than two (2) inches beyond the extreme 
 edge s of the metal, and shall be brought to proper heights to receive 
 the "top finish," which in all cases shall be made as herein specified 
 under Masonry Concrete Work. 
 
 Reinforcement : 
 
 Into the Concrete Construction there shall be laid a steel rod or a 
 wire mesh reinforcement, properly placed and installed, so that the 
 strength of the reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the 
 requirements of the New York City Building Department and shall in 
 every respect be the equal of the tile arch construction in strength and 
 bearing value above specified.
 
 69 
 
 TERRA COTTA. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and set complete the 
 Terra Cotta work in accordance with the accompanying drawings and 
 as required by this specification. 
 
 Terra Cotta: 
 
 All terra cotta shall be of first class manufacture, made from care- 
 fully selected clays, compact and homogeneous in body, carefully fired, 
 burned to a proper degree of hardness, and made first class in mate- 
 rial, workmanship and finish. 
 
 All surfaces shall be true and out of wind. No warped, over or 
 under-burned, discolored, painted, spawled, or cracked pieces will be 
 accepted. 
 
 A sufficient number of extra pieces sball be made to guard against 
 delay through rejection of faulty material. 
 
 Color and Finish: 
 
 All terra cotta except as otherwise specified, shall have a dull 
 white enamel finish on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise shown or 
 specified. 
 
 The terra cotta from the seventh story belt cornice down to the 
 top of the cut stone work shall have a surface finish to match that of 
 the cut stone below, both in color and texture. 
 
 The exposed surfaces of the spandrels and mullions on the 2d, 
 3d, 4th, 5th, 32d, 33d and 34th stories, and as shown on the drawings, 
 shall have a dark olive green color finish. 
 
 The terra cotta base and lintels in boiler, engine and pump rooms 
 shall be made to match the brick work in finish, the base shall have a 
 round top edge and a 1" radius cove shoe at bottom. 
 
 All enameled terra cotta must be guaranteed to maintain its color 
 and enameled surface without crazing or spawling off, and must cover 
 all exposed surfaces perfectly so that every piece will be absolutely 
 non-absorbent and may be readily cleaned with sponge and water. 
 
 Samples : 
 
 Submit to Architect for approval samples of the terra cotta of 
 the various finishes herein specified.
 
 70 
 
 The samples selected and approved by the Architect shall be kept 
 on file in their office and taken as a standard of the material which 
 is to be furnished for this work. 
 
 Strength: ' 
 
 Where terra cotta is used constructively, it shall be webbed and 
 partitioned and so formed as to be capable of sustaining all loads or 
 strains to which it may be subjected. 
 
 The Contractor shall assume entire responsibility as regards the 
 structural capacity of all terra cotta work, which shall have a bearing 
 capacity of at least equal to that of brick masonry. 
 
 Working Drawings: 
 
 Working drawings shall be prepared for the terra cotta work 
 showing in detail the jointing, bond, construction, anchorage and en- 
 gagement with steel work. Regarding submission and approval of 
 drawings see General Conditions. 
 
 Modeling: 
 
 All ornamental portions of the terra cotta work shall be modeled 
 by experienced and skillful architectural modelers and sculptors, who 
 may be selected by the Architect at his option. All modeled work 
 will be inspected by the Architect before it is burned and shall be 
 changed and altered until it is satisfactory to him. No work shall 
 be burned until such inspection or approval has been obtained. 
 
 Size and Depth: 
 
 Each piece of terra cotta shall be of the full size shown by the 
 drawings, unless otherwise detailed by the Architect, and shall extend 
 into the wall the full depth shown. No piece of terra cotta shall be 
 less than four inches in depth. 
 
 Joints: 
 
 All joints in terra cotta shall be located as shown on detail draw- 
 ings, so far as practicable, and in case it becomes necessary to change 
 the position of any joints the written approval of the Architect must' 
 be obtained before the change is made. 
 
 All work shall be laid out, dressed and fitted at the factory to exact 
 sizes required, with proper allowance for joints. All joints shall bo
 
 71 
 
 straight and true, shall finish not to exceed 3/16" in thickness and shall 
 be as near \" as possible. Any dressing and fitting that may be neces- 
 sary on the job shall be done by skilled workmen in the best possible 
 manner. 
 
 All window sills and large washes shall have raised or standing 
 joints. 
 
 All copings shall have roll cover joints. 
 
 Drips : 
 
 All projecting courses, such as sills, belts, cornices, copings, shall 
 have drips cut underneath so that water will not run down the face of 
 the wall. If Architect's details do not show proper drips their atten- 
 tion shall be called to the fact before the work is gotten out. 
 
 Washes: 
 
 All copings, cornices, sills and projecting courses shall be formed 
 with a wash on the upper exposed surfaces to throw water away from 
 the wall. 
 
 Haggles: 
 
 Raggles shall be formed in the terra cotta wherever necessary 
 to receive sheet metal work, flashings and counter flashings which en- 
 gage terra cotta work. 
 
 All window sills shall be raggled for hoop iron water bars. 
 
 Structural Steel: 
 
 The terra cotta will be used in connection with structural steel 
 work to which it is to be hung and anchored. This Contractor shall 
 obtain and carefully study the structural steel diagrams and shall 
 make all necessary provision in the terra cotta for its support, en- 
 gagement and anchorage to the steel work. Furnish and place any 
 steed other than that shown on the steel diagrams that may be nec- 
 essary for the proper construction, support and anchorage of the terra 
 cotta work. 
 
 Anchors : 
 
 Furnish all anchors, clamps and hangers necessary for the proper 
 installation of the terra cotta, and prepare all holes and sinkages in 
 terra cotta to receive the same.
 
 72 
 
 Each piece of terra cotta shall have at least two anchors. 
 
 Anchors, clamps and hangers shall be wrought iron, galvanized or 
 coated with asphaltum, applied hot, or of proper sized copper wire. 
 It shall be the duty of the Contractor to attach all anchors to terra 
 cotta and to structural steel and to see that they are properly built 
 into the masonry work as it is carried up. 
 
 Centers : 
 
 Furnish all centers of every nature required to install his work 
 in the building. 
 
 Setting : 
 
 Set the terra cotta in place in the building as fast as the progress 
 of the work requires, working from an exterior scaffold. 
 
 All terra cotta shall be carefully set to proper lines, courses kept 
 level with a rod, joints kept close, each piece well bedded, all joints com- 
 pletely filled with mortar, all anchors, clamps and hangers placed and 
 securely attached to structural steel or left ready to build into masonry 
 backing, and suspended pieces drawn tight to close joints and proper 
 alignment. 
 
 Mortar: 
 
 The mortar for the setting of the terra cotta work shall be as herein 
 specified under Masonry. 
 
 Backing of Terra Cotta: 
 
 All terra cotta shall be well filled with brick work or concrete, as 
 the drawings show, as fast as it is set. 
 
 The Contractor shall see that all anchors are properly and se- 
 curely built into place by the mason. 
 
 Boxing and Protection: 
 
 Securely box and protect all projecting courses, jambs, angles, 
 sills, columns, capitals, bases, ornament, etc., with proper boarding to 
 save the same from damage during construction until the building is 
 completed. 
 
 At completion or when directed by the Architect, remove all box- 
 ing and boarding from the premises.
 
 73 
 
 Defacement: 
 
 Each piece of terra cotta shall be sound and first class in every re- 
 spect, and no exposed portion shall show mark of setting tool, crack 
 craze, spawl or defacement of any sort. 
 
 Any piece which becomes chipped or otherwise disfigured, whether 
 before or after it is set in the work, will be rejected and shall be re- 
 moved and replaced, it being clearly understood that the Contractor 
 shall properly protect the work as necessary and leave the same in 
 first class condition at the completion of the building. 
 
 Cleaning Down: 
 
 At completion or when the Architect approves, clean down all 
 terra cotta work, repoint the joints and leave the entire work in a 
 first-class and satisfactory condition. 
 
 Guaranty : 
 
 This Contractor hereby guarantees all work installed under this 
 contract for a period of ten (10) years from and after the completion 
 and acceptance of the same as evidenced by the final certificate, and 
 binding himself to repair and replace, at his own expense, when or- 
 dered so to do by either the Owners or the Architects, any and all 
 work which may show defect of material or workmanship, deteriorate 
 or become unsightly, through the action of the elements or otherwise, 
 within said period.
 
 74 
 
 ROOFING AND SHEET METAL. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete 
 the Roofing and Sheet Metal Work in accordance with the accompany- 
 ing drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 This contract includes all composition, tile and copper roofing, all 
 copper flashings and counter flashings, decks, gutters, gutter linings, 
 conductors and conductor heads, and connections to interior down 
 spouts ; all copper covered frames and sash, all hollow metal doors and 
 frames, except as otherwise specified, and all other work of a sheet 
 metal or roofing nature shown by the drawings or hereinafter specified. 
 
 Structural Steel: 
 
 Furnish and set without extra charge any and all steel framing 
 and structural work other than that shown on the steel drawings which 
 may be necessary in the judgment of the Architect for the proper sup- 
 port and installation of the work under Roofing and Sheet Metal 
 Work. 
 
 Tile Roofs: 
 
 All roofing surfaces throughout, except as otherwise specified, 
 shall be covered with an impervious vitrified tile, with copper flashing, 
 all as shown by the drawings. 
 
 All tile roofs shall have an underlying composition roof. 
 
 Roof Surfaces: 
 
 The roof surfaces on which the roofing is to be applied will be 
 formed of flat tile arches, which will be furred up as herein specified 
 under Masonry, with concrete to form all necessary saddles and bring 
 the surface to proper levels, slopes and pitches to drain to gutters and 
 downspouts, and finished with a cement top dressing giving a smooth 
 surface on which to lay the roofing materials. 
 
 The laying of the roofing shall commence as soon as the roof suf- 
 faces are ready to receive the same, the work being carried forward to 
 completion as rapidly as possible. If necessary, the roofing shall be 
 laid in sections at such times as the Architect approves, the Contractor
 
 75 
 
 making such preparation for future connections of the roof sections as 
 will be required to make a first-class connection and a secure roof in 
 
 every respect. 
 
 f 
 
 Materials: 
 
 The materials for the composition and tile roofs shall conform to 
 the following requirements : 
 
 Roofing Cement: 
 
 All roofing cement for composition shall be an asphalt 
 roofing cement of a brand approved by the Architect. Not 
 less than one hundred and twenty (120) pounds shall be used 
 to the square of 100 square feet of roofing. 
 
 Roofing Felt: 
 
 All saturated Irish Flax Felt shall weigh not less than 
 fifteen (15) pounds, per single thickness, per square of 100 
 square feet. 
 
 All No. 1 Saturated Wool Felt shall weigh not less than 
 fifteen (15) pounds, per single thickness, per square of 100 
 square feet and shall be of a brand approved by the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 Composition Beneath Tile Roof: 
 
 The finished cement surface of the roof shall be thoroughly and 
 uniformly mopped with asphalt roofing cement, into which shall be laid 
 a single thickness of saturated Irish Flax Felt, each sheet lapping three 
 (3) inches on the preceding sheet, all laps thoroughly mopped and 
 cemented together and the whole thoroughly cemented to the roof, the 
 felt flashing up four (4) inches on all walls and projections above the 
 roof. 
 
 The entire surface of the felt shall then be mopped with a heavy 
 coating of the roofing cement evenly and uniformly applied, into which 
 shall be laid four (4) full thicknesses of No. 1 Saturated Wool Felt 
 each 32" sheet lapping 244" on the preceding sheet, all joints well 
 mopped the full width of the lap, thoroughly cementing the sheets to- 
 gether and to the first layer of felt. The felt shall flash four inches on 
 all walls and projections above the roof and shall be cut off evenly at 
 the top.
 
 76 
 
 The metal flashings shall then be applied and securely fastened in 
 place as elsewhere specified, the felt being thoroughly mopped beneath 
 the metal before it is applied ; and when flashings are in place the en- 
 tire surface of the roof, felt and flashings, shall be mopped as before 
 with a heavy coating of the roofing cement into which shall be laid the 
 cap sheet consisting of two full thicknesses of No. 1 Saturated "Wool 
 Felt each 32" sheet lapping 17" on the one preceding, laps well mopped 
 and the whole well cemented to the underlying layer as before, the 
 cap sheet covering the entire surface of the roof out to all edges and 
 neatly finishing against all walls and projections. 
 
 All felt shall be evenly and smoothly laid the entire work executed 
 in a thorough and workmanlike manner to produce a waterproof and 
 durable roof covering satisfactory to the Architect. 
 
 Felting Beneath Copper: 
 
 The surface of all roofs, decks and gutters, which are to be cov- 
 ered or fined with copper, shall be covered beneath the copper with a 
 single thickness of Saturated Irish Flax Felt and three full thicknesses 
 of No. 1 Saturated Wool Felt, laid with 22" laps, applied in the man- 
 ner above specified for composition roofing, thoroughly mopped 
 throughout and flashed up four (4) inches on all walls and around all 
 projections above roof. 
 
 Laying Tile: 
 
 For all tile roofs, after the underlying composition above speci- 
 fied is in place, the surface of the felt shall be spread with Actinolite 
 cement into which the vitrified tile shall be set and bedded. The tile 
 shall be set with joints not over one-fourth (^) inch in width, which 
 shall first be filled about one-third full with asphalt roofing cement 
 poured in hot and then filled up flush with top of tiles with Marmolite 
 cement neatly pointed, leaving a smooth even surface. 
 
 The tile shall be fitted close up to all walls, curbs and projections 
 above roof with all jointings and fittings most carefully made so as to 
 produce a waterproof and durable roof covering with perfectly plane 
 and smooth surfaces and even slopes. 
 
 Proper preparation must be made in the laying of tile roofs for 
 expansion joints, accomplishing the same in a manner satisfactory to 
 the Architects.
 
 77 
 
 Guarantee: 
 
 The Contractor hereby binds himself to repair and make good at 
 its own expense any and all portions of this work which may leak 
 within or during a period of ten (10) years from and after the issuance 
 of the final certificate in connection with this work. 
 
 Sheet Metal: 
 
 All the sheet metal work herein specified shall be executed with 
 first-class materials in a most workmanlike manner to secure a water 
 and weather proof and durable job. 
 
 All copper shall be 16 oz. unless otherwise specified, and hard or 
 soft rolled as specified hereinafter. 
 
 All galvanized iron shall be No. 22 and No. 24 gauge, as hereinafter 
 specified, and shall be of a brand approved by the Architect. 
 
 Expansion and Contraction of Metal: 
 
 In the execution of all sheet metal work due consideration shall 
 be given to the expansion and contraction of the metal and proper pro- 
 vision shall be made to counteract the same, so that there will be no 
 buckling or tearing of the metal or opening of joints from this cause. 
 
 After sheet metal work and flashings are in place, calk all ragglea 
 and point them up with elastic cement in a manner to make the work 
 absolutely water tight. 
 
 Flashings : 
 
 Before the cap sheet or upper layer of the composition for com- 
 position roofs is laid, the walls and other projections above roof shall 
 be flashed with 14 oz. soft rolled copper extending eight (8) inches up 
 on the walls and seven (7) inches out on the felting, well cleated in 
 place. 
 
 The walls shall then be counter-flashed with twelve (12) ounce 
 hard rolled copper, beginning twelve (12) inches above the roof ordi- 
 narily, in the nearest brick joint, in tbe raggle provided for the pur- 
 pose, at the under side of the roof coping or where indicated by the 
 drawings, and extending to and lapping over the flashings not less than 
 three (3) incbes, and well secured with copper holdfasts or clips sot 
 at proper centers, as directed by the Architects. 
 
 The smoke stack shall be flashed with 16 oz. soft rolled copper at
 
 78 
 
 the point where it pierces the roof, the flashing being extended up on 
 the stack not less than twelve inches and out on the roof the same dis- 
 tance beneath the cap sheets of the composition, and then counter- 
 flashed with 16 oz. hard rolled copper extended up beneath the flashing 
 angles on the stack, and lapping not less than six (6) inches over the 
 flashings. On the side of the stack next the wall the stack flashings 
 shall be properly connected with the wall flashings. Execute the en- 
 tire work with especial care to make a thoroughly weather proof con- 
 nection, proper provision being made for expansion and contraction 
 at roof line. 
 
 Gutter Linings: 
 
 All "built in" gutters shall be lined with 16 oz. soft rolled copper, 
 properly graded and connected to down spouts. 
 
 The copper lining shall be laid on the underlying composition 
 hereinbefore specified and well cleated in place, flashed upon all walls, 
 height as shown by drawings, and not less than eight (8) inches and 
 counter-flashed as specified for flashings, and properly connected to 
 copper work of roofs, decks and skylights. 
 
 Where seams are required lengthwise of the gutter they shall be 
 formed over polygonal wood strips as specified for expansion joints 
 in roof copper. All other joints in gutter linings and connections of 
 same to copper roofs and decks shall be made with flat locked seams, 
 double locked where possible, and well soldered. 
 
 The "off-set gutters" between the exterior walls at the 36th story 
 shall be lined with copper, as above specified, properly graded to down- 
 spouts and the work installed in best possible manner to secure a 
 water and weather proof job. 
 
 Down Spouts and Connections: 
 
 Downspouts carried down inside the building will be of wrought 
 iron pipe furnished in place as herein specified under .Plumbing, and 
 cast iron thimbles will be provided for connections through the roof as 
 specified under Ornamental Iron. 
 
 Make all proper connections through roof thimbles to the down- 
 spouts by means of conical water heads or throats formed of 16 oz. 
 soft rolled copper formed as indicated by the details, properly con- 
 nected to the downspouts and to copper gutter lining, or, where occur-
 
 79 
 
 ring in composition or tile roofs turned out on the roof not less than 
 12" beneath the cap sheet of the composition, which shall lap upon and 
 be well cemented to the copper. All throats shall be protected by two 
 baskets of No. 10 copper wire to prevent clogging of the spouts. 
 
 All exterior downspouts for main court skylights shall be of 16 oz. 
 hard rolled copper of the square corrugated type of sizes called for 
 1) ythe drawings, secured in place by copper holdfasts and formed 
 with all necessary hends, turns and elbows as the drawings indicate. 
 
 Down spouts discharging on the roof surface shall be curved at 
 bottom and provided with copper fan spreader on the roof at point of 
 discharge, well secured in place. 
 
 At all connections of waterheads to down spouts provide copper 
 wire baskets as specified above for connections to interior down spouts. 
 
 Ventilating Hoods and Louvres: 
 
 Provide all ventilating hoods, louvres and other sheet metal work, 
 in connection with the vent shafts and fan exhausts not included under 
 ventilating. 
 
 All this work shall be executed with 16-oz. hard rolled, copper 
 braced and strengthened as necessary and with all proper flashing and 
 counterflashing to make the work weather proof. 
 
 Metal Clad Work: 
 
 Furnish and install roof hatch covers made of wood, sizes and in 
 strict accordance with the details as shown. All exposed surfaces of 
 the covers shall be completely metal clad with 16-oz. copper in strict 
 accordance with the rules and requirements of the National Board of 
 Underwriters for metal clad doors. 
 
 Provide the hatch covers with bronze or brass hinges and the 
 necessary locking devices to make the work secure and acceptable. 
 
 Skylights: 
 
 The skylights as shewn by the drawings shall be furnished and set 
 complete, made and constructed as the sectional details of same in- 
 dicate. 
 
 All metal work for the skylights shall be of 16-oz. copper, with 
 glass supporting copper bars, which shall have condensation gutters 
 connected into outlet hips and valleys in skylight. The metal support-
 
 80 
 
 ing bars for the large court skylights shall have wrought iron core re- 
 inforcement of proper size, all rigidly constructed and wholly framed 
 together. 
 
 All structural steel for skylights where not shown on steel dia- 
 grams shall be furnished to make the work rigid and substantial. 
 
 Ventilators in large skylights, unless otherwise specified, shall be 
 24" and for the small ones shall be 12" in diameter of a type approved 
 by the Architect, made of 16-ounce copper and provided with damper 
 and chain for closing from the floor below. 
 
 The glass for the skylights shall be f" ribbed wire glass. 
 
 The entire exterior curb walls of the skylights shall be covered 
 with 16-ounce hard rolled copper, well cleated on, extending flashing 
 to the roof below and connecting with skylight work above, the work 
 being executed to obtain a first-class waterproof job. Make all neces- 
 sary allowance for expansion and contraction of metal. 
 
 The hanging gutters and downspouts for skylights shall be sizes 
 as shown by the drawings. 
 
 Furnish in connection with the skylights cross §" tie rods with 
 turn-buckles of a number as shown and required, placing same above 
 the ceiling lights below specified. 
 
 Ceiling Lights, Frames, Sash, Etc.: 
 
 The ceiling light frames beneath the court skylights shall be made 
 of No. 24 galvanized iron, constructed on a system of bar iron rein- 
 forcements in accordance with scale details. For this purpose suspend 
 by means of suspension rods from the structural steel work above 4" 
 steel I-beams, placing one in each mullion, connected by angles as indi- 
 cated by drawings. 
 
 The entire frame work to be rigidly connected and so adjusted as 
 to be perfectly level as shown by drawings. Upon this skeleton steel 
 frame work shall be built the galvanized iron frames, mullions and 
 beams, as indicated by the scale and full size sections. 
 
 The beams, bars, muntins, etc., of the ceiling fight frame work 
 shall have moulded members as indicated by scale sectional drawings, 
 with all mitres neatly and accurately made, and well soldered together. 
 
 All necessary wrought iron forms, lookouts, etc., required to pre-
 
 81 
 
 serve the forms and hold the same in position, shall be furnished in 
 place complete. 
 
 The sash for glass shall be made of No. 22 metal and shall be 
 made to swing down and provided with all necessary hardware for 
 operation as shown. 
 
 All steel T's, bars, angles, etc., in connection with this work shall 
 be painted one coat of Prince 's mineral paint before and one coat after 
 erection. 
 
 Skylight Wire Mesh Guards: 
 
 All skylights shall be provided with a galvanized iron wire mesh 
 guard, supported on a frame work, placed a distance above skylights 
 as sectional drawings indicate. The supporting members of the guards 
 shall consist of a light angle iron construction rigidly anchored in 
 place, so constructed as to receive frames of iron guards which shall 
 be securely anchored to the frame work. The mesh guard shall con- 
 sist of an interwoven \" wire with a \" mesh set in frames, secured to 
 the supporting frame work and the entire work neatly installed and 
 treated to two coats of red lead and linseed oil, color as directed. 
 
 The wire protecting guards shall be made and installed to con- 
 form with the New York City building requirements. 
 
 Submit shop drawings of supporting frame work to Archiect for 
 approval. 
 
 Copper Covered Window and Door Frames, Etc.: 
 
 All exterior window frames and sash throughout, including tho 
 pent house doors and frames, except where otherwise shown or speci- 
 fied, shall be of wood, copper covered. The engaging interior finishing 
 wood work will be as herein specified under Carpentry. 
 
 Frames shall be of pine or cypress, made and constructed with the 
 various member sizes as shown. The frames, sashes and doors, in- 
 cluding the stops and staff beads, shall be completely encased with 
 16-ounce copper in a manner to conform with the requirements of the 
 New York Building Department and the National Board of Under- 
 writers. 
 
 All frames shall be made of clear material, kiln dried, free from 
 sap, shakes or knots. 
 
 The frames shall be set perfectly plumb, and secured in place by
 
 82 
 
 copper hold-fasts which shall be built firmly into the masonry and se- 
 curely anchored to the frames. 
 
 All frames shall be set as the masonry work progresses and shall 
 be rigidly braced across the center so that their proper shapes will be 
 preserved. No stops shall be set until the sash are installed. 
 
 All stops shall be secured by oval-headed bronze screws, which 
 shall be spaced 18" centers, with washers. 
 
 All staff beads shall be attached to the frame in a temporary man- 
 ner until the masonry is built up, after which they shall be removed 
 and the joints around the jambs and heads caulked. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and put in place all window weights 
 of iron as required. All boxes of frames must be of adequate size to 
 properly accommodate the proper size cast iron counter weights. 
 
 The attachment of chains and weights to windows shall be such as 
 will meet the approval of the Architect. Where weight pockets are 
 too small for iron weights, compressed lead weights shall be used. 
 
 All frames shall be substantially constructed and carefully built 
 into the walls so as to obtain a weathertight job. 
 
 The exterior doors and frames in pent house shall be copper cov- 
 ered construction as above specified. 
 
 The glass for copper covered frames and doors shall be as herein 
 specified under Glass and Glazing. 
 
 Where heads of court window frames are connected with fresh air 
 intakes the frames shall be made as shown by drawings, the sash being 
 reduced in size and the upper section of frames shall be fitted with 
 louvres made of twenty ounce copper, constructed as drawings indicate. 
 
 Immediately back of the louvres and where same connect with the 
 fresh air duct furnish and install a wire screen, set in a channel frame. 
 Screen shall be made of £" wire, one inch mesh, diagonal weave. 
 
 Frames so designated by drawings shall have fresh air ventilators 
 fitted into sills, the ventilators being made of twenty ounce copper, con- 
 structed and operated as shown by full size details. Provide valves 
 and operating device as shown. 
 
 Metal Weather Strips: 
 
 Furnish and set in place complete for all exterior copper covered 
 window. and door frames where the application of same is practicable,
 
 83 
 
 the Chamberlain, the Athey metal weather strip, or metal weather 
 strips by other manufacturers equal to the above in the judgment of 
 the Architect, set and secured in place in an accurate and satisfactory 
 manner. 
 
 Sills and 'Water Bars: 
 
 All window sills shall be thoroughly protected with $" boards, 
 left until directed to be removed by the Architect. All sills shall be 
 rabbetted for and provided with hoop iron water bars, not less than 
 3/32" thick, depth as shown by drawings. 
 
 Caulking of Frames: 
 
 The exterior window frames throughout this work shall be caulked, 
 for which purpose all staff beads shall be attached to the frames in a 
 temporary manner until the masonry is built up, after which they shall 
 be removed and the joints around the jambs and heads caulked with 
 oakum. 
 
 The caulking shall be driven at least one-half inch back from the 
 face of the frames, and after the joints are approved by the Archi- 
 tects they shall be pointed up with elastic cement, and the staff beads 
 neatly and accurately set in place and secured in a permanent manner 
 to the frames. No staff beads shall be permanently applied until both 
 caulking and cementing have been accepted by the Architect. 
 
 Sash: 
 
 The sashes for exterior copper covered windows shall be of sound, 
 kiln-dried white pine, assembled and constructed in a most rigid and 
 substantial manner, to the satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 All check rail sash shall be double hung in place. All sash not 
 shown check rail sash shall be fixed or arranged to hinge or pivot as 
 the drawings indicate. 
 
 All sash shall be of the various thicknesses as shown by the scale 
 and full size detail drawings, having extended stiles or bumper moulded, 
 as per details. 
 
 All sashes shall be completely enclosed with 16 ounce copper as 
 above specified for frames, making same to conform to the require- 
 ments of the New York Building Department and the National Board 
 of Underwriters.
 
 &4 
 
 GIam: 
 
 All skylights shall be glazed with first quality §" ribbed wire glass. 
 
 The glass for the ceiling lights beneath court skylights shall be 
 \" maze wire glass and shall be glazed in a satisfactory manner. 
 
 The glass for the copper covered windows, doors, etc., shall be as 
 herein specified under Glass and Glazing. 
 
 Steel Drawing*: 
 
 Carefully examine the structural steel drawings, and any steel 
 required to properly erect and support the sheet metal work, other 
 than those shown, in the opinion of the Architects, shall be furnished 
 in place without additional cost. 
 
 Breakage: 
 
 Exercise extraordinary precautions for the protection of the glass 
 after same is put in place in he building, as all glass must be in a first- 
 class condition when the building is turned over to the owner. 
 
 Cleaning: 
 
 At completion, or when so ordered, clean the glass of oil or other 
 defacement, wash and leave clean and ready for occupancy, to the sat- 
 isfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Window Cleaning Equipment: 
 
 Equip all copper covered window frames throughout for the H. K. 
 Whitner window cleaners guards or guards or other manufacture equal 
 in the judgment of the Architect. All bolts and sockets shall be of 
 genuine bronze, made, engaged and rigidly anchored to the jamb of the 
 frame as shown. 
 
 Furnish and deliver, for use with the above, twenty (20) Whitner 
 or equal double rope safety window cleaners' guards, complete with 
 all attachments ready for use. 
 
 Hardware : 
 
 Furnish in place all rought and finish hardware required for copper 
 covered sash. All hardware shall be first class in every respect and 
 must be such as will meet the requirements of the Board of Fire Under- 
 writers.
 
 85 
 
 Sash weights shall be of lead or iron as required, of proper size 
 aud weight to counter balance sash. 
 
 Chains shall be Smith and Egge "Giant A," metal sash chains or 
 equal in the judgment of the Architect and of approved weight. The 
 method or device for attaching chains to weights must receive the 
 Architect's approval. 
 
 Pulleys shall be Corbin's 2605R, cast case, 3" turned wheel, steel 
 ball bearings, amber bronzed face, or similar pulleys of Grant or Yale 
 and Towne manufacture or equal in the judgment of the Architect. 
 
 Finish hardware such as lifts, sockets, sash fasts for copper cov- 
 ered sash shall be as herein specified under the Hardware Specifica- 
 tions. 
 
 Submit for the approval of the Architect a complete line of sam- 
 ples of the hardware it is intended to furnish ,together with schedule 
 of the hardware equipment of all items in this contract. 
 
 The Contractor shall set all hardware in place in a very neat 
 and workmanlike manner, employing for the setting of hardware none 
 but the most skillful mechanics accustomed to such work, and all hard- 
 ware shall be left at the completion of the building, absolutely free 
 from tool marks, mars or defacements of any kind and in working order, 
 to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Painting: 
 
 Before the work is set in place in the building the Contractor Bhall 
 paint all galvanized iron work throughout, including wrought iron and 
 steel in connection therewith, unless otherwise specified, one coat red 
 lead ground in oil. 
 
 The paint shall be well applied with the brush only, and shall be 
 applied on all surfaces of the metal whether exposed or otherwise. 
 
 Hollow Metal Work. 
 
 Hollow Metal Doors, Frames and Trim: 
 
 All doors to enclosed stair on the various stories, all Dumb "Waiter 
 doors, the automatic fire doors, and such other doors as are 
 so noted on the drawings, shall be hollow metal doors, with hollow
 
 86 
 
 metal frames set in the tile openings, and with hollow metal trim on 
 stair side of stair doors, as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The passenger elevator doors, except first story elevator openings, 
 shall also be of hollow metal set in the ornamental iron openings, as 
 shown by drawings. 
 
 Doors: 
 
 Hollow metal doors shall be sash or panel doors as shown, with 
 moulded stiles and rails and moulded stops to secure the glass and, 
 unless special details are shown, shall conform in profile and design to 
 the details shown for wood doors of a similar character. 
 
 All panels shall be double, made of two plates separated by an 
 asbestos filler. Stiles and. rails shall be hollow lined throughout with 
 asbestos and provided with cork fillers to deaden sound. Outer edges 
 of stiles and rails shall be reinforced on the inside with bar iron and 
 similar reinforcements shall be provided at all points where hardware 
 is to be applied. All joints in doors shall be made with lock seams, 
 process welded throughout, so as to obtain an invisible joint and in- 
 sure a stiff and rigid door. 
 
 The fire doors being extra width shall be constructed especially 
 for this purpose, that is, reinforced and made perfectly rigid and sub- 
 stantial with ail necessary metal bars for the attachment of the hangers, 
 guides and other hardware. These doors will be provided with the 
 necessary hardware and shall be hung to fire door openings as specified 
 under Ornamental Iron and Bronze. 
 
 Sheet Steel: 
 
 All hollow metal work shall be executed with cold rolled, patent 
 leveled, open hearth sheet steel of the very best grade, known as metal- 
 lic furniture steel, using No. 16 U. S. standard gauge metal for all 
 work, except mouldings, moulded cornices, and the like, which may be 
 No. 18 gauge metal. 
 
 All formed and moulded work shall be cold drawn and no material 
 shall be heated except for the welding of joints. 
 
 In the construction of all work in this contract due allowance shall 
 be made for expansion and contraction of metal and proper and effi-
 
 87 
 
 cient means shall be employed to counteract its effects so that there 
 may be no warping or breaking of the work or opening of joints. 
 
 Moulding, Profiles: 
 
 All mouldings and formed work shall be cold drawn and formed 
 to the exact profiles detailed true to details in every respect with 
 straight lines and sharp arrises. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 All hollow metal work for elevator shall have an imitation bower- 
 barff finish. All other hollow metal work shall be treated as herein 
 specified under Painters Finish in Carpentry and Cabinet Work. 
 
 Workmanship : 
 
 All hollow metal work furnished under this contract shall be of 
 the very best type, perfect in material, workmanship and finish, and 
 equal in appearance to cabinet woodwork of the highest grade. 
 
 Building Ordinance and Underwriters Requirements: 
 
 All hollow metal work furnished under this contract shall comply 
 in all respects with the Building Ordinance of the City of New York. 
 It shall further meet all requirements of the Board of Fire Under- 
 writers and shall bear the inspection label of the Underwriters' Lab- 
 oratories. 
 
 Hardware : 
 
 The hardware for all elevator doors shall be as herein specified 
 undei Elevator Service, and for all other hollow metal doors as herein 
 specified under Hardware. 
 
 All automatic fire doors shall be provided with frictionless hinges, 
 tracks, guides, cables, counter weights, electric automatic releasing de- 
 vice, etc., to make the work complete and to meet the New York Build- 
 ing Requirements. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 It is understood and agreed that the following net prices for labor 
 and materials erected complete in place shall govern any and all addi-
 
 88 
 
 tions to and deductions from this contract, until the completion of the 
 work called for herein and its acceptance and the issuance of the final 
 certificate by the Architects: 
 
 Price per square of 100 sq. ft., actual measurement, for 
 tile roof . . . , .,. ... ., $. 
 
 Price per lineal foot, actual measurement, of copper flash- 
 ing. $. 
 
 Price per square foot, actual measurement, of copper coun- 
 terflasbing '...,.. $. 
 
 Price per typical copper covered window frame and sash set $. 
 
 place complete, with pulleys, chains and weights $.
 
 89 
 
 ORNAMENTAL IRON AND BRONZE WORK. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete 
 the Ornamental Iron and Bronze work in accordance with the accom- 
 panying drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 This contract, except as otherwise expressly stated, includes all 
 architectural metal work shown by the drawings or hereinafter speci- 
 fied, the term ornamental iron being intended to include all work of 
 bronze, brass, wrought and cast iron and steel, other than the structural 
 steel framing of the building and work herein specifically excepted, 
 that may be required to complete the building in accordance with the 
 drawings and this specification. 
 
 Structural Steel Drawings: 
 
 Carefully examine the structural steel diagrams for the build- 
 ing and furnish all structural steel or iron, other than shown by steel 
 diagrams which may be necessary to properly carry out all work herein 
 specified. 
 
 Drilling, Cutting, Punching, Etc.: 
 
 Execute all cutting, fitting, punching, drilling and tapping of the 
 ornamental iron work wherever other contractors deem it necessary and 
 require the same in order to properly secure their work, such as 
 grounds, finished woodwork and hardware. 
 
 Models : 
 
 Furnish any and all models and costs thereof that may be re- 
 quired in the judgment of the Architect for the execution of the orna- 
 mental iron and bronze work, employing only the best and most skill- 
 ful architectural modelers and sculptors, who may be selected by the 
 Architect at tbeir option. 
 
 Models shall be submitted in place should the Architect decide it to 
 be necessary for their proper inspection.
 
 90 
 
 Bronze : 
 
 All bronze castings shall be made from a standard bronze metal 
 particularly adapted for the finest quality of castings and shall be of 
 a color selected by the Architect, who may at his option specify the 
 mixture formula for the same. 
 
 Sheet bronze shall be rolled bronze plate 3/16 inches thick unless 
 otherwise shown or specified and with all bronze bars and other 
 wrought work shall perfectly match the cast bronze in color. 
 
 Iron and Steel: 
 
 All iron castings shall be made from the best brands of soft Su- 
 perior or Southern pig irons. 
 
 Boiler plate shall be rolled steel plate of the several thicknesses 
 shown and specified. 
 
 Square, flat and round bars and tubing for wrought work and 
 steel members for structural work shall be standard steel bars, tubes 
 and structural shapes. 
 
 Castings: 
 
 All bronze castings shall be made from electro plated metal pat- 
 terns in moulds with special facings. 
 
 All fine iron castings shall be made in stove plate moulding sand, 
 all ornamental portions cast direct from a plaster reproduction of the 
 clay models. No ornamental portions shall be cast from wooden pat- 
 terns. 
 
 Cast metal shall be of uniform thickness throughout and free from 
 blow holes, sand holes and other defects and from flaws, spalls and 
 superficial imperfections that cannot be removed. All castings shall be 
 of thickness and strength to withstand all strains, weights and pres- 
 sures that may be brought to bear upon them, but unless otherwise 
 shown or required for strength the thickness shall not exceed § inches 
 for iron and £ inches for bronze. 
 
 The exposed surfaces of all ornamental castings shall be per- 
 fectly clean and sharp with the ornamental detail brought out clear 
 and strong, well modeled, in good relief and undercut as necessary 
 to carry out the design, and with all lines, arrises, flutings, profiles, 
 and ornaments true, first-class and in accordance with details and ap-
 
 91 
 
 proved models. Pierced work shall have openings and outlines free 
 from irregularities. 
 
 All castings shall be neatly filed and chased to remove all super- 
 ficial imperfections and make the work uniform throughout; all rough 
 and uneven edges, lines and arrises shall be carefully retouched and 
 made first-class, and surface lines, straight line mouldings and the like 
 shall be ground and soft wheeled. 
 
 All bronze castings shall be hand filed, chased and finished through- 
 out in a most skillful and artistic manner. 
 
 Wrought Work: 
 
 All wrought work shall be executed in a skillful, workmanlike and 
 artistic manner closely adhering to the details. 
 
 All welds, riveting and jointings shall be satisfactorily made with 
 rivet heads countersunk on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise shown. 
 
 No sheet metal ornament or stamped work of any kind shall be 
 used. 
 
 Assembling : 
 
 All work shall be carefully and accurately assembled to carry out 
 the design as shown; all joints made in a first-class and workmanlike 
 manner, filed, milled, or machined so as to secure an absolutely close 
 first-class connection that will not be readily detected by the eye; 
 carefully membered so as to preserve the forms of all mouldings, pro- 
 files, ornament and the continuity of lines; and well secured together 
 with all screws and rivets concealed as much as possible. 
 
 Delivery and Setting: 
 
 The work shall be delivered complete ready to set up, and shall be 
 brought to the building as required, and promptly set into place, 
 rigidly and securely anchored, in a most workmanlike and substantial 
 manner. 
 
 Workmen shall exercise proper care in the handling and erection 
 of all work, so as not to injure the finished surfaces, and proper pre- 
 caution shall be taken to protect the work from damage after it is in 
 place. All work shall be left, upon completion of the building, com- 
 pletely finished, free from mar and defacement, and with workman- 
 ship first-class in every detail, to the entire satisfaction of the Archi- 
 tect.
 
 92 
 
 Caulking and Pointing: 
 
 All frames of ornamental iron or bronze in exterior openings and 
 wherever exposed to the weather shall be canlked in the openings with 
 oakum and then pointed with elastic cement in a manner to make them 
 water tight and weather proof. Point all joints in exterior iron work 
 as necessary to make the work weather proof. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 All bronze work, unless otherwise specified, shall have a first-class 
 statuary bronze finish as selected by the Architect. 
 
 Iron work shall have bower-barff, imitation bower-barff, or painted 
 finish as hereinafter specified. All work specified bower-barff shall be 
 finished by the genuine bower-barff process, with a first-class finish, 
 unif orcn throughout ; work specified imitation bower-barff shall receive 
 a first-class painted finish dead black in color to resemble as closely as 
 possible genuine bower-barffing, and all iron work not specified bower- 
 barff, or imitation bower-barff, shall receive one (1) coat of Princess 
 Mineral paint in the shop and two (2) coats pure white lead and Unseed 
 oil after erection in colors as selected by the Architect. 
 
 The mahogany handrails and the wood work of the elevator cabs 
 shall be finished in the same manner as specified for the interior wood 
 work in the building in the Carpentry Specification. 
 
 Samples: 
 
 Submit to the Architect samples of bronze for approval as to 
 workmanship, color and finish and of iron for approval of workman- 
 ship, finish and bower-barffing. 
 
 Refinishing: 
 
 All utilities or other work in this contract which it may be neces- 
 sary to use during the construction of the building so that the same 
 become more or less worn and disfigured, shall be thoroughly re- 
 painted, retouched or refinished without extra charge so as to leave 
 the same in first-class condition at completion of the buildings. 
 
 Staircases : 
 
 Furnish the entire ornamental iron work for the stair wells and 
 staircases throughout the building, made as indicated by the various 
 plans, elevations and details.
 
 93 
 
 Furnish all necessary strings and supports, carriages, fascias, 
 pilasters, newels, balustrades, panel and grille work closures, risers 
 and treads and platforms, except where composition and marble treads 
 and platforms are shown on drawings, in which case arrange the proper 
 ornamental iron supports for marble treads and platforms and provide 
 metal sub-treads and sub-platforms. All sub-treads shall be secured 
 with tap screws ; stove bolts will in no case be permitted. 
 
 Treads and risers shall be made of 3/16-inch plates supported on 
 and secured to angles anchored to carriage with countersunk tap 
 screws, the single sizes as drawings show. 
 
 Staircases which have all exposed surfaces of marble shall be 
 provided with all structural iron or steel supports necessary, such as 
 carriages, cast iron risers, knees and other metallic supports required 
 to install the marble work as shown by the drawings. 
 
 Where staircases have no composition or marble treads, all treads 
 shall be of cast iron, "diamond roughed." 
 
 Where stairs or platforms require suspension or strutting up, 
 the suspension rods and struts shall be located as far as practicable 
 in tile partitions where they will be concealed from view, or if they 
 must be exposed, shall be of an ornamental character, of such form 
 and so located and arranged as not to detract from the design. 
 
 Stair strings and fascias shall be built up of ^-inch steel plates and 
 cast moulded top and bottom section as the details indicate, and where 
 shown shall member with cast iron base, which shall be installed on 
 walls, on all landings of enclosed staircases. 
 
 Newels shall be of cast iron of ornamental design as detailed. 
 
 Brackets supporting the hand rails, wherever required or shown 
 on drawings, unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be cast iron, 
 made in accordance with the details and spaced as shown, well an- 
 chored to walls to make a solid and firm support for rails. 
 
 The balustrades and grilles shall be made with sizes of metal as 
 shown, substantially and rigidly constructed and anchored in place. 
 
 Gas pipe balustrades are specified elsewhere. 
 
 Winding Staircase: 
 
 As indicated by the scale details, furnish an ornamental iron con- 
 structed winding staircase having diamond surfaced treads and a neatly
 
 94 
 
 constructed balustrade extending from sub-sub-basement to the mezza- 
 nine floor. Wbere staircase pierces the floors the opening shall be pro- 
 vided with an ornamental iron fascia finished on edge with nosing, 
 fillet and cove. 
 
 Finish of Staircases: 
 
 All open staircases in basement, first and second stories shall have 
 all exposed ornamental iron work with genuine bower-barff finish. 
 
 All other staircases throughout, including enclosed stairs in the 
 stories above mentioned, shall be painted imitation bower-barff. 
 
 Elevator Enclosures: 
 
 Furnish and set complete all ornamental iron work in connection 
 with the elevator enclosures throughout. 
 
 The elevator enclosure on the various stories shall be in design, 
 character, etc., as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The enclosure for the first story shall be of special design, made 
 of cast iron, backed on interior with plate wire glass. The wire glass 
 shall be set in hinged sash, the whole so constructed and installed as to 
 admit of easy access to glass for cleaning purposes. 
 
 Provide all necessary hardware for these swinging sash, such as 
 locks, hinges, etc. 
 
 All elevator screens in the basement, on the second story, and all 
 stories above, unless otherwise shown, shall consist of channel iron 
 frames and hollow metal doors, the doors being made as specified under 
 Roofing and Sheet Metal. 
 
 All screens shall be carefully and accurately assembled, with the 
 ornamental parts neatly executed, mitres and joints made in a manner 
 to preserve the forms of the mouldings, profiles, continuity of lines, 
 etc., and the work installed in a first class and substantial manner. 
 
 Ornamental parts shall be executed in accordance with the scale 
 and full size details, closely following and adhering to the profiles 
 given. The enclosure for each elevator on the first floor shall be pro- 
 vided with ornamental dials and the necessary indicators as the details 
 show. 
 
 The elevator doors throughout except on 1st floor shall be of hollow 
 metal construction as herein specified under Hollow Metal Doors (See
 
 95 
 
 Roofing and Sheet Metal) and shall be hung on the most approved Keli- 
 ance Elevator frietionless door hangers, or frictionless door hang- 
 ers by other manufacturers equal to the above in the opinion of the 
 Architect. 
 
 Each set of doors shall be equipped with latches, locks, keys and 
 with an automatic elevator door device to make doors open simultan- 
 eously, of a type to meet the approval of the Architect. Submit sam- 
 ples of hardware to Architect for approval. The entire system of 
 doors shall be made to operate freely and perfectly. 
 
 Elevator Screen Structural Work: 
 
 A careful study of the drawings for the elevator screens is re- 
 quired, as all supports, such as channels, frames, tees, etc., shown in 
 connection with the elevator enclosures on all floors, other than that 
 shown on the Structural Steel drawings, shall be furnished and in- 
 stalled to make the work complete. 
 
 All elevator enclosures shall be extended at top so as to have main 
 supports fastened to the structural steel of the building to make the 
 work absolutely secure and rigid. 
 
 The floor sills for all elevator enclosures shall be secured to the 
 structural steel work, to which shall be anchored the elevator screens. 
 
 Elevator Screen Indicators: 
 
 The elevator enclosures on the first story shall be provided with 
 ornamental iron indicators and the necessary numerals on the face of 
 each for each story, indicating the stories to which the cars travel, to- 
 gether with the hands required to make the work complete. The en- 
 circling bands, the hands and numerals shall be of polished bronze, as 
 drawings indicate. 
 
 The mechanism for operating hands of dials, etc., together with all 
 connections to the lifting machinery, will be furnished as herein speci- 
 fied under Elevators. 
 
 The elevator enclosures on all floors shall be provided with 1 elec- 
 tric flash light fixture seats as shown by the drawings. Execute all 
 drilling, cutting, etc., in these seats required to secure the electric fix- 
 tures to the screens. The light fixtures, globes, all electric operating 
 devices, etc., shall be furnished as herein specified under Elevators.
 
 96 
 
 Finish of Elevator Screens, Doors, Etc.: 
 
 All exposed surfaces of the elevator screens, on first and second 
 story shall have a genuine bower-barff finish, of the very best quality, 
 uniform in finish throughout. 
 
 The screens in all other stories shall be painted imitation bower- 
 barff. 
 
 Facias: 
 
 The facias for stairs and well holes are specified under "Stairs." 
 The fascias for all elevator shafts throughout shall be made of 
 3/16-inch sheet steel secured to cast iron sills above and the elevator 
 screen work below, made as indicated by sectional drawings. Fascias 
 shall be rigidly and securely assembled and anchored in place, neatly 
 fitted around the structural beams in elevator shafts. 
 
 Where facias fit between beams they shall be neatly and accurately 
 coped and the joint between beams and facias covered with a neat 
 thimble. All iron facias shall have an imitation bower-barff finish. 
 
 Safety Treads: 
 
 Each elevator opening throughout shall be provided and fitted 
 with a bronze safety tread having a rounded nosing on shaft side, the 
 tread threshold width as shown, and shall be of the Mason's Safety 
 Tread Type or others approved by the Architect. 
 
 Numbers : 
 
 Furnish in place white enameled cast iron story numbers on facias 
 in front of each elevator car from first to top story. Numbers shall be 
 at least six (6") inches high, and well secured to the fascias with in- 
 visible anchors. 
 
 Passenger Elevator Cars: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials and finish all elevator cars com- 
 plete in accordance with the drawings as shown. 
 
 The platforms for the passenger elevator cars will be furnished 
 as herein specified under Elevators, to which rigidly anchor in place 
 complete the cabs or inclosures. 
 
 The cabs shall be made of mahogany (fireproofed if required) and 
 ornamental iron in a rigid and secure manner. The top and sides of
 
 97 
 
 cars above the wainscot cap mouldings shall consist of a system of 
 grilles, made as indicated, which together with all exposed ornamental 
 iron work of the cars shall be finished in bower-barff. 
 
 The top of each car shall be provided with a copper drip pan, 
 made as shown and as directed by the Architect. The top of the com- 
 bination car shall be so made as to be removable. 
 
 Light fixtures made of cast iron, all complete with glass globes, 
 socket, etc., for cars shall be furnished all complete and ready for 
 lamp attachment. 
 
 The wood work in connection with the cars shall be best grade 
 selected mahogany, highly figured stock, the work, quality of material 
 and execution of same shall be first class in every respect and in finish 
 shall correspond with the wood work and finish of same for the build- 
 ing, for which see Carpentry and Carpenters' Finish specifications. 
 
 Each car shall be fitted at sides with an exit door as a means of 
 egress from one car to another. The doors shall be so constructed as 
 to be practically invisible and shall be provided, for proper operation 
 of same, with all necessary locks, butts and other hardware, first class 
 in make, quality and finish, of a type acceptable to the Architect. 
 
 The cars shall be braced and strengthened by a frame work of 
 3x3xf-inch angles on all exterior corners set flush into the woodwork, 
 well framed together and rigidly sectioned at the bottom to the car 
 platform. 
 
 Elevator Car Collapsible Gates: 
 
 Each passenger elevator car throughout shall be fitted with an 
 ornamental iron collapsible gate of an approved type, installed in 
 complete working order with the necessary guides, tracks and other 
 operating mechanism to make same complete and comply with the New 
 York Building Ordinance. 
 
 Cork Floors: 
 
 All passenger and combination elevator cars shall have cork tile 
 floors \ inch thick. The tile shall be made of the finest quality clear 
 granulated cork compressed solid in closed moulds and thoroughly 
 baked. 
 
 The cork shall be free from all foreign substances and cement of 
 any kind other than the natural gum of the cork.
 
 98 
 
 The cork tile shall be laid with a special elastic waterproof cement, 
 so applied as to hermetically bind all joints. 
 
 The tile shall be color and size as selected by the Architect, shall 
 be laid perfectly smooth and level with the top surfaces in the same 
 plane. The entire work shall be installed to the entire satisfaction of 
 the Architect. Submit samples to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Entrance Doorways and Vestibules. 
 
 The entrance doorways to the building on Broadway, Cedar, Nas- 
 sau and Pine streets shall be made of cast or wrought bronze, orna- 
 mental in design, prepared for Revolving Bronze Doors and Enclos- 
 ures. 
 
 The work shall be carefully and accurately executed and worked 
 out in strict accordance with floor plans, elevations and scale details 
 of same. 
 
 The grille work above the revolving door enclosures and the deco- 
 rative parts shall be artistically executed, with all lines clean and sharp 
 throughout, the ornamental portions carried out in strict accordance 
 with the models approved by the Architect. 
 
 All joints, mitres, etc., shall be made in first-class manner with the 
 workmanship perfect in every respect. All mitreing of mouldings, 
 jointings, etc., shall be most carefully made and membered to carry out 
 the designs as shown, with the lines and ornamental parts unbroken. 
 
 The work for these entrance doorways and vestibule shall be sol- 
 idly and substantially erected and well secured in position to make a 
 rigid job, acceptable to the Architect. 
 
 Radiator grilles and frames adjacent to the entrance door enclos- 
 ures shall be of cast iron with a genuine bower barff finish, and in de- 
 sign as shown. The grilles shall be made in sections set in frames and 
 hinged so as to give access to radiator space, and shall be provided 
 with all necessary hardware, such as locks, hinges, etc., which shall be 
 made as inconspicuous as possible. The backs, ends and floors of ra- 
 diator pockets shall be made of £-inch sheet iron, all properly con- 
 nected with grille frames. 
 
 The structural beams, channels, angles, tees, etc., shown in connec- 
 tion with the main entrance doorways and vestibules, radiator grilles, 
 store fronts, transom grilles, etc., other than that shown by the Struc-
 
 99 
 
 tural Steel drawings, shall be furnished in place complete, sizes as 
 shown, the work securely anchored to the structural steel of the build- 
 ing, forming solid and substantial frame work to receive the orna- 
 mental metal work. 
 
 Revolving Doors: 
 
 Furnish in place, complete in all respects, including glass, the 
 revolving doors and enclosures for the Broadway, Pine, Nassau and 
 Cedar street entrances to the building, as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The enclosures shall be made of cast bronze of ornamental design, 
 carried out in strict accordance with the details. The sides of the 
 enclosures shall be arranged to receive curved glass panels and pro- 
 vided with stops to secure the same, so arranged that the face of the 
 glass on the inside will be flush with the inside face of enclosure frame. 
 
 The complete cylindrical enclosures, both on inner and exterior 
 sides, shall be of bronze. 
 
 The doors shall be made of wrought bronze and shall be of the 
 latest and most approved type of revolving doors, equipped with all 
 necessary hardware, tracks, hangers, pivots, operating mechanism, 
 etc., complete, and made to operate to the entire satisfaction of the 
 Architect and to comply with all requirements of the city ordinances 
 and the regulations of the Building Department. 
 
 Circular bronze corrugated thresholds shall be installed for all 
 openings as shown, securely anchored in position in the floor. 
 
 All hardware and exposed parts of mechanism, also stops securing 
 the glass in the enclosures, shall be of bronze of same finish as the 
 doors and enclosures. 
 
 The revolving wings shall be hung independently of each other on 
 a central shaft, held in a radial position by flexible bronze cables and 
 so arranged that by the application of unusual pressure on any part 
 or parts of any two of the revolving wings the wings will automatically 
 collapse and fold flat on each other in an outward position. 
 
 The revolving wings shall be hung from a self-oiling ball bearing 
 located above the ceiling and so arranged that they may be released 
 from the central position by one operation and moved to one side of 
 the opening. 
 
 The revolving doors and enclosures for the basement story, next to
 
 100 
 
 Broadway, leading to the sub-way, shall be made of mahogany and plate 
 glass, made and installed in a similar manner as above specified for 
 bronze revolving doors and enclosures and as shown by detail draw- 
 ings for the same. Fit the openings with bronze circular thresholds 
 and the doors with bronze kick plates. 
 
 Provide all hardware, such as locks, bolts, etc., necessary to make 
 the work complete. 
 
 Bulletin Boards: 
 
 Furnish and locate on the wall of the first floor elevator hall, as 
 shown by the drawings, two (2) ornamental iron bulletin board directo- 
 ries, and frames as shown on drawings, made and arranged to accom- 
 modate the names of the tenants of the building, equal to the arrange- 
 ment manufactured by the Tablet & Ticket Company or the United 
 States Tablet & Sign Company of New York. The Contractor shall pay 
 the rental for the first year's use of this system, the same reverting to 
 the Owner of the building thereafter. 
 
 The frames shall be made for sectional iron minor frames to 
 accommodate the names of the tenants. Each minor frame shall be 
 rabbetted to receive a bevel edged plate glass which shall be in one 
 single piece for each frame. 
 
 Each minor frame shall be provided with black strips containing 
 the names of the tenants and an adjustable wood backing with catches, 
 clasps, etc., complete, all as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The frame and the minor sectional frames shall be finished a 
 genuine bower-barff. The inscription "Directory" at the head of the 
 board shall be of polished bronze, raised not less than 3/16", secured to 
 the frame with invisible anchors. 
 
 Provide all glass facing sections, which shall be best grade of pol- 
 ished plate, beveled as shown. 
 
 Bronze Thresholds: 
 
 The main entrance revolving doors to the building, the revolving 
 doors in basement, all doors on first floor facing elevator halls and cor- 
 ridors, the doors on the 37th story leading to roof, and such other doors 
 as the plans and detail drawings so indicate, shall have cast bronze 
 corrugated thresholds, carefully fitted and well secured and anchored 
 in place, made in accordance with full size detail drawings for same.
 
 /, 
 
 ■i 
 
 101 
 
 Kick Plates: 
 
 The kick plates for the exterior side of all entrance store doors, 
 first floor, shall be of bronze, dull statuary finish. 
 
 The kick plates on all other doors where shown or required shall 
 be cast iron, and shall have a bower-barff finish. Kick plates shall be 
 provided for all first floor corridor and store exterior and interior en- 
 trance doors, and wherever indicated on drawings. 
 
 Wherever kick plates are shown or required, they shall be placed 
 on both sides of the doors. 
 
 Pipe Shaft Iron Doors and Frames: 
 
 The openings leading to the pipe shaft on floors where required by 
 the drawings shall have 3"x3"xf" angle frames made as shown by 
 detail drawings, the frame continuing around entire opening forming 
 frame and sill. 
 
 The frames shall be fitted with 3/16" boiler plate steel doors, stiff- 
 ened on inner side by having l"xl"x3/16" angles riveted around en- 
 tire outer edges, with two (2) intermediate horizontal angles of same 
 size, spaced at equal intervals vertically. 
 
 The doors shall be provided with good and serviceable locks, butts 
 and other hardware acceptable to the Architects. 
 
 Cast Bronze Door Sills and Fascias: 
 
 The door opening for pent house on exterior shall be provided 
 with cast corrugated bronze sills. 
 
 Automatic Fire Doors and Frames: 
 
 Fire doors and frames shall be furnished and installed complete 
 throughout the building where shown and required by the drawings. 
 The openings shall be fitted with channel and angle iron frames, made 
 and installed as indicated, the frames being secured at top and bot- 
 tom to the floor structural steel work, the entire work made rigid and 
 solid, preparatory for the installation of the doors. 
 
 The doors shall be hollow metal as herein specified under Roofing 
 and Sheet Metal Work, and shall be hung on iron tracks secured rig- 
 idly to frames and equipped with tracks, hangers, cables, counter- 
 weights, electric automatic devices for closing same in case of fire, etc. 
 
 Especial attention shall be given to installing thermostatic closing
 
 102 
 
 device, which shall he perfect in operation and acceptable to the Archi- 
 tect, the New York Fire Department and made to comply with the re- 
 quirements of the New York building code. 
 
 Iron access doors for each fire door opening shall be provided for 
 access to the weight boxes and overhead tracks, guides and sheaves 
 as shown and required, for which furnish all hinges, catches, locks, etc. 
 
 Equip all doors with grooved iron sill, thresholds and furnish in 
 place, track and counter-weight boxes and frames for access to the 
 mechanism of doors, together with hardware for same. 
 
 Equip each track access door with an illuminated opaque glass 
 sign with numbers of offices beyond doors and all necessary lamps 
 and electrical connections, making the work complete. 
 
 Second Story Grilles: 
 
 At each end of coffered ceiling, second floor, furnish and install 
 an ornamental iron frame and open grille as indicated by the draw- 
 ings. The frame shall consist of a system of vertical mullions secured 
 to sill and head of frames at top and bottom respectively. Between 
 mullions install ornamental irou grilles consisting of a system of hori- 
 zontal, vertical and diagonal moulded bars, fabricated in a neat and 
 accurate manner so as to make all joints first-class in every respect. 
 Grilles and frames shall be finished alike on both sides, accurately 
 fitted and securely anchored in place. 
 
 All exposed work of grille and frame shall be finished imitation 
 bower-barff. 
 
 Flag Pole: 
 
 As the scale plans, elevations and sectional details indicate, fur- 
 nish and locate flag poles in court pediment walls at seventh floor level, 
 over the main entrances on the Broadway and Nassau fronts, the poles 
 being made of 7", 6", 5", 4" and 3" wrought iron pipes. These pipes 
 shall be connected by extending one pipe into the next larger size a dis- 
 tance of not less than two feet, the joints being "shrunk" or welded 
 joints, no screwing, riveting or clamping of joints will be permitted. 
 
 The poles shall rest on cast iron shoes setting on and secured to 
 the roof beams, anchored to the steel construction. 
 
 Where the pole and braces are secured to the roof construction, 
 they shall be provided with a storm collar, to which shall be secured
 
 103 
 
 copper flashing, extending same on to roof, executing a water tight job 
 in every respect. 
 
 Poles shall be provided at top with a cast bronze truck with two 
 bronze sheaves, and each pole surmounted with a 12-inch No. 16 sheet 
 bronze ball, gilded with gold leaf, all as shown and required by the 
 drawings. 
 
 Cast iron base, where poles engage with the terra cotta, shall be 
 made as shown, the engagement between the various materials being 
 made in a first class and satisfactory manner. 
 
 Provide two \ inch copper wire cable halyards for each pole, and at 
 the base of the staff grips or clamps well secured for fastening hal- 
 yards, same to be of a design satisfactory to Architect. 
 
 Wrought Iron Pipe Balustrades: 
 
 Wrought iron pipe (also marked "Gas Pipe" on drawings) balus- 
 trades and railing for staircases, so noted on drawings, elevator shaft 
 in pent house and wherever so noted on the drawings, shall be provided 
 and installed as shown. 
 
 The railings shall be made of two parallel rows of pipe, joined with 
 the proper unions and connections to vertical flanged pipe uprights, 
 spaced approximately four feet centers, which shall be securely and 
 firmly anchored in place to make a substantial job in every respect. The 
 size of pipe for balustrades shall be as marked on drawings, and where 
 not designated shall be made of \\" pipe. 
 
 Where staircases have wrought iron pipe balustrades they shall be 
 made in a similar manner with same size materials as above specified, 
 the balustrades being securely and rigidly anchored to the carriages. 
 
 Pipe Shaft Balconies: 
 
 As indicated by the various floor plans, furnish in place on each 
 floor iron balconies constructed of a system of angles, bars, etc., as 
 shown by the details, which shall be securely and firmly anchored to 
 the structural steel work to make same secure in all respects. 
 
 The balcony construction shall at each floor consist of parallel 
 3"x5"x^" angles arranged as shown and extending across pipe shaft, 
 framed together and to the structural steel work, forming a support 
 for the floor construction which shall consist of two parallel 2£"x2-|" 
 bars, into which shall be set a series of £"xf" cross cars well riveted
 
 104 
 
 and made perfectly rigid. This floor construction shall be so made 
 as to be easily lifted out of the angle iron frame work. As the scale 
 details of same indicate a portion of the balcony floors shall be hinged. 
 
 Balconies shall be supported on channels and I beams, as drawings 
 indicate, to which they shall be securely anchored. 
 
 Iron Ladders: 
 
 Furnish in place in pipe shaft, and wherever else noted, iron lad- 
 ders the entire height of the shaft, or lengths and runs as shown, made 
 of two 2\"s2\" bars, placed vertically two feet apart with £"x§" square 
 iron rungs spaced 14" centers and set diagonally. Ladders shall be 
 securely riveted and anchored to structural "I" beams, with iron 
 brackets, or anchored to brick work with expansion bolts as the case 
 may be. The ladder from the main to the pent house roof, also the 
 ladder escape from boiler room to sidewalk on Cedar street, shall be 
 securely constructed and anchored in place. 
 
 Vent and Exhaust Grilles: 
 
 Furnish vent and exhaust grilles and thimbles for same, wherever 
 shown or required by the drawings. 
 
 All grilles shall be made of cast iron, ornamental in design as the 
 drawings indicate, and where necessary shall be provided with a cast 
 or sheet steel thimble for setting in and securing in position in the 
 walls. 
 
 All grilles, unless otherwise specified, shall have imitation bower- 
 barff finish. 
 
 Vent and exhaust grilles are required for all corridor doors in the 
 toilet rooms and janitors' closets throughout the various stories, and 
 wherever noted on the drawings. 
 
 A careful study of the plans, scale and sectional drawings is re- 
 quired for the location of these grilles, as it is to be understood that 
 all grilles as shown and required shall be furnished in place complete. 
 
 The ceiling registers for toilets and janitors' closets, except where 
 sizes of same are marked on the drawings, shall be 8"x8". 
 
 The vent grilles for entrance doors to janitors' closets and toilet 
 rooms shell be made in ornamental pattern set in a frame and secured 
 to the panels provided for same in the doors.
 
 105 
 
 Store Fronts, First Story: 
 
 The exterior store fronts, first story, shall be of wood and orna- 
 mental cast iron, constructed and securely anchored to jambs, sills and 
 heads by means of angles and expansion bolts, as indicated by scale 
 and full size detail drawings of same. The wood work will be mahog- 
 any furnished as herein specified under Carpentry. 
 
 Frames shall be carefully fitted to openings, securely fastened and 
 tightly caulked to make an absolutely tight job. 
 
 Extraordinary care must be exercised in anchoring the frames to 
 the cut stone, terra cotta work and structural columns so as to avoid 
 spawling the surfaces of same. 
 
 It is to be understood that in case any cut stone or terra cotta sur- 
 faces are marred or damaged in executing the work, the same must be 
 made good and replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Where members of store fronts are to be drilled for condensation 
 gutters, the same shall be executed as shown. All store fronts shall 
 be constructed with removable stops, so that the glass can be inserted 
 from the outside. 
 
 Frames shall be so made that transoms, doors, etc., will swing as 
 indicated by the detail drawings. 
 
 All store fronts shall be carefully constructed with the mouldings 
 accurately made, in accordance with full size section, carefully mitred 
 so that all members are made, assembled and worked out in strict ac- 
 cordance with the drawings. 
 
 Provide all structural angles, tees and other steel members for 
 proper anchorage and support of the store fronts as shown. 
 
 The interior store fronts shall be made of wood and will be fur- 
 nished as specified under Carpentry. 
 
 Window Grilles: 
 
 For windows located in the frieze of the Intermediate Story (im- 
 mediately above the third story), furnish and install ornamental iron 
 grilles and frames as indicated by the drawings. The guides shall be 
 made of a system of horizontal, vertical and diagonal cast bars, neatly 
 fabricated, assembled and fitted into a cast frame, which shall be well 
 secured to the openings in the terra cotta work. Grilles shall be fin- 
 ished alike on both sides.
 
 106 
 
 Window Guards: 
 
 Window guards for the exposed window in the toilet rooms shall 
 be made as indicated by toilet room detail drawings. The guards are to 
 consist of a system of 1£ horizontal round bars, two to each window, and 
 to be securely anchored to the window jambs. Guards shall have a 
 bower-barff finish. 
 
 Ejector Pit: 
 
 Provide and set iron stair to bottom of ejector pits, and a two inch 
 double gas pipe hand rail around pits, the rails continuing down sides 
 of stair. The stair shall have wrought iron strings, cast threads (no 
 risers) and all work shall be securely fastened in place and shall re- 
 ceive three (3) coats of paint. 
 
 Coal Bunker Doors and Frames: 
 
 The coal bunker door frames in boiler room shall be made of \" 
 sheet steel, reinforced on corners with 3x3x5/16 inch angle, and fitted 
 on jambs with anchors which shall be laid into the concrete work, 
 securely anchoring the jambs to the masonry. 
 
 Provide heavy corrugated cast iron thresholds for each frame, as 
 shown. 
 
 The outer doors shall be made of 3/16 inch sheet steel stiffened 
 around outer edges with 1£xHx3/16 inch angles, and hung to the metal 
 jambs with heavy hinges. Provide each door with all necessary hard- 
 ware, such as hasps, catches, etc., all complete in every respect. 
 
 Inner sides of frames shall be provided with angle guides and 
 2"x8" planks for coal guards. Planks shall be bound on ends with 
 channel iron. 
 
 Elevator Controller Floors: 
 
 The controller floors shall be provided with bar iron grating floors, 
 supported on an angle iron frame work, made of 2xJ inch bars, set into 
 an angle iron frame work, all as shown by drawings. Openings for 
 cables, sheaves, etc., shall be framed into these gratings as shown. Sub- 
 mit shop drawings for this work, showing sizes, etc., to the Architect 
 for approval.
 
 107 
 
 Coal Hole Covers and Sidewalk Escape: 
 
 Coal hole covers and frames of a size as shown on plans shall be 
 provided in the Nassau and Pine street sidewalks over the coal bunkers. 
 The covers shall be a bar grating construction fitted into rabbeted cast 
 steel frame made in accordance with details. 
 
 The frames shall be cast steel thimbles securely anchored to the 
 concrete work and set flush with surface of the pavement; the lower 
 edge of the thimbles discharging into and being connected with f-inch 
 boiler plate chutes, which shall be rigidly and solidly constructed and 
 anchored into place. Chutes shall be square in section, riveted together 
 at angles by means of continuous angles on exterior side entire length. 
 Frames shall be rabbeted to receive covers, which shall be hinged to 
 same with heavy brass hinges. 
 
 The covers must be delivered and set up so that they can be built 
 into the concrete work as the same is installed. 
 
 The sidewalk escape door at the head of ladder leading from 
 boiler room shall be made of cast iron with "diamond surface" top, 
 providing same with a catch beneath for ready opening in case of neces- 
 sity. 
 
 Main Arcade Booths: 
 
 The booths in main arcade shall be of ornamental cast iron and 
 marble construction as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The ornamental iron work in connection with the booths shall be 
 of the same character and design as the elevator enclosures, of which 
 they are practically a continuation, neatly and solidly constructed, all 
 executed in a first class manner. Entrance gates to booths shall be 
 made as details show, fitted with Rixon floor checking, hinges and secret 
 locks and catches. 
 
 For the openings in the booths there shall be provided a system 
 of removable collapsible iron grilles for night installation, made for 
 ready removal and installation, and as shown by the detail draw- 
 ings. Provide all necessary hardware such as locks, butts, etc., of ihe 
 most approved type. 
 
 Radiator Register Faces and Enclosures: 
 
 Into the vertical walls just above the floors and beneath all exterior 
 windows in the fourth, fifth and the west half of the sixth, seventh and
 
 108 
 
 eighth stories, furnish and install ornamental iron register frames and 
 grilles, placing same immediately back of radiators, all made as details 
 indicate. 
 
 All radiators in executive office of the Equitable Company shall 
 be completely enclosed, top, sides and front with ornamental iron 
 radiator enclosures indicated by the drawings. 
 
 Trench Cover and Frame: 
 
 Provide frame and cover for the pipe trench in boiler room in sub- 
 sub-basement floor. Frame shall be continuous of cast steel corrugated 
 on the face, rabbeted to receive the covers and well anchored in the 
 concrete. 
 
 Cover shall be of cast iron, made as sectional details indicate to 
 receive a vitrified tile floor as herein specified under Masonry, in 
 lengths of about five feet, stiffened on the back with ribs, set loose into 
 frame and provided with flush rings for lifting. 
 
 Access Iron Doors and Frames: 
 
 Furnish and install in basement and sub-basement iron doors and 
 frames to the various voids, which give access to valves and such other 
 utilities as the drawings indicate. 
 
 The frames shall be made of angle irons, which shall be firmly an- 
 chored to furred ceilings or tile walls, as the case may be. 
 
 Frames shall be set flush with the plaster and shall be rabbeted to 
 receive the doors. 
 
 The doors shall be made of 3/16" sheet steel, stiffened on back by 
 having l"xl"x3/16" angles riveted to outer edge of the steel sheets. 
 
 The doors are to be provided with flush hinges and all necessary 
 hardware, such as locks, catches, etc., for their proper operation. 
 
 Cast Iron Bumpers: 
 
 Furnish and install cast iron bumpers for freight entrances, as 
 shown by the drawings. The bumpers shall be made form and size as 
 shown, extended beneath the sidewalk surface and securely anchored to 
 structural steel work. 
 
 The castings shall be one-piece castings, not less than one (1) inch 
 in thickness and uniform in finish throughout and so made as to neatly 
 engage with the granite and adjacent masonry work.
 
 109 
 
 Dumb Waiter Door Frames: 
 
 The dumb waiter door frames on the 35th and 36th stories shall be 
 made of channel iron, framed between and connected to the floor beams, 
 all made as shown by drawings for same. The doors will be hollow 
 metal, as herein specified under Roofing and Sheet Metal, for which 
 shall be provided all necessary cables, pulleys, counter weights, guides, 
 fusible links, catches, etc., to make the work complete. 
 
 The casings for the openings shall be made of wood, as specified 
 under Carpentry. 
 
 Coal Banker Balconies: 
 
 Furnish and install a balcony floor and wrought iron balustrade in 
 coal bunker, as shown by the drawings. 
 
 The balcony floor construction shall be of the fire escape type with 
 f" square bars spaced 2-J" centers and riveted into §"x3" horizontal 
 bars, the grating being anchored to cantilevered beams, which are fur- 
 nished, as shown by the Structural Steel drawings. 
 
 The balustrade shall be a two (2) inch gas pipe railing with vertical 
 uprights secured to each cantilevel beam. 
 
 The whole work shall be securely and solidly anchored in place and 
 connected with the exit doors at ends, as shown on drawings. 
 
 Access to the balcony shall be had by means of a ladder terminat- 
 ing above on an exterior grating platform, as indicated. 
 
 Machine Room Trap Doors: 
 
 For the removal of elevator engines, armatures, sheaves, etc., pro- 
 vide in the floor of elevator machine rooms where so shown and re- 
 quired angle iron frames and Linden steel doors of a size as indicated. 
 Frames shall be made in depth equal to the thickness of the floor con- 
 struction, properly constructed to receive the doors. 
 
 The doors shall be made of \" Linden steel, in two leaves each, stif- 
 fened by having 2"x2"x3/16" angles riveted around the entire outer 
 edge of doors with two intermediate angles placed at equal intervals. 
 
 Provide doors with all necessary hardware, such as locks, hinges, 
 lifts, etc. "j ' *'T5]
 
 110 
 
 Boiler Plate Wainscoting: 
 
 The walls of the freight vestibules, first story, shall be wains- 
 coted to a height of five feet above the floor with \" sheet steel, extend- 
 ing all around the room. 
 
 The work shall be executed with plates of a width equal to the 
 full height of the wainscot and of as great length as possible, so that 
 there will be no horizontal and but few vertical joints. Vertical joints 
 where occurring shall be butt joints secured by plates riveted on the 
 back. 
 
 All joints at corners shall be made with 3x3x£ inch angles placed 
 on the back at re-entrant angles and on the front at salient angles, and 
 the upper edge shall be stiffened with a 2ix3x^ inch angle placed on 
 the front, set with the 3 inch leg horizontal in position to be built into 
 the tile walls as they are laid up. The plates shall be carefully fitted 
 at all openings and properly connected with the frames. 
 
 The exposed walls of the freight lift shaft shall be lined its entire 
 height with boiler plate 3/16" in thickness and installed as above speci- 
 fied for the boiler plate wainscoting. 
 
 The wainscoting shall be provided on the back with proper an- 
 chors to be built into the walls and shall be set with great care so 
 that the finished surfaces will be perfectly plane and free from warps, 
 twists or buckles. 
 
 Conductor Head Thimbles: 
 
 Each down-spout head where same pierce the roofs there shall 
 be provided cast iron thimbles not less than 1 foot 1 inch in diameter, 
 flanged at top and bottom to support the tile arch of the roof con- 
 struction. 
 
 These thimbles in depth shall equal the depth of the fireproof 
 arches supporting the roof at the place where the down-spout heads 
 are located. 
 
 Meeker Sliding Doors: 
 
 Openings where so indicated by the drawings shall be fitted with 
 channel iron frames (depth of jamb) and Meeker or the Vermaneo 
 counterbalanced iron doors, of a size as indicated by the drawings. 
 
 The door frames in the brick wall shall consist of a 3/16 inch
 
 Ill 
 
 boiler plate jamb and head stiffened on both sides with 2£x2£x^ inch 
 angles riveted to both iambs. 
 
 The opening shall be provided and fitted with a heavy cast cor- 
 rugated angle threshold depth of wall, extending down the face of the 
 elevator shaft at least six inches to form a fascia. Threshold shall be 
 securely and solidly anchored to the floor construction. 
 
 The counter-balanced doors shall be made of No. 18 galvanized 
 corrugated iron, secured to a well constructed angle iron frame of a 
 size as shown by the full size sectional details. Doors shall be made 
 to slide in grooves, properly counter-balanced, and shall be provided 
 with heavy rubber cushions at abutting joints of doors. Provide all 
 necessary and suitable hardware, such as cables, sheaves, locks, catches, 
 etc., for the proper operation of the door. Contractor is to under- 
 stand that only doors which operate satisfactorily will be acceptable 
 to the Architect. 
 
 Where the counterbalanced doors are over six feet in width, they 
 shall have extra horizontal reinforcement across the middle, so as to 
 prevent doors being forced in and interfere with the passage of the cars. 
 
 Rolling Steel Shutter and Frame: 
 
 Furnish in place rolling steel shutter and frame for the freight 
 elevator entrance, first story. 
 
 The opening shall be fitted with a boiler plate frame, made of \ 
 inch metal stiffened on edges with 2ix2ix| inch angles, so arranged 
 as to form inner and outer casings. The frame shall be set in place 
 before masonry work is executed, so same will be solidly bricked in. 
 
 The shutter shall be constructed of No. 18 galvanized steel with 
 reinforced edges, counterbalanced by Helix wire springs, and shall 
 have an endless chain operating device, the whole neatly and securely 
 anchored in position, as indicated by sectional drawings. 
 
 The shutter, owing to its width, shall be heavily reinforced and 
 solidly constructed. 
 
 Provide shutter with necessary guides, hood, hardware, lock, key, 
 etc., to make same complete in every respect, and shall be installed 
 and made to operate to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 The rolling steel shutter and frame shall be painted as herein- 
 after specified.
 
 112 
 
 Iron Doors and Frames: 
 
 Openings in the brick and tile walls where so shown or noted shall 
 be provided with iron doors and frames. 
 
 The frames shall be made of steel channels or of 3/16 inch boiler 
 plate stiffened on the edges with 3x3xf inch angles. The frames shall 
 be secured to the steel work both below and above. 
 
 The doors shall be made of 3/16 inch sheet steel, stiffened by hav- 
 ing l|xlfx3/16 inch angles riveted around entire outer edges, with 
 two horizontal angles spaced equally vertically. 
 
 The doors shall be hung with heavy hinges and provided with all 
 necessary hardware, locks, etc. 
 
 All doors shall be painted as herein specified. 
 
 Booth Mezzanine Balconies: 
 
 The first floor booth mezzanine balconies shall be provided with 
 an ornamental cast and wrought iron balustrade with wood hand 
 rail constructed and rigidly anchored to the structural steel work, all 
 as indicated by the scale and detail drawings. From the first to the 
 mezzanine balconies install iron step ladders with cast iron carriages 
 and diamond surfaced treads finished on edge with a neat rounded 
 nosing. Step ladders to be provided with a 2 inch polished bronze rail 
 securely anchored to the carriages and newel posts above. 
 
 Painted Work: 
 
 This Contractor shall paint all of the ornamental iron work not 
 bronze, brass or bower-barff, unless otherwise specified, one (1) coat 
 of Prince's Mineral Paint before delivery and two (2) coats of pure 
 white lead and linseed oil after delivery. The color shall be selected 
 by the Architect. 
 
 The elevator cars and the wood handrails throughout shall be 
 finished in same manner as all interior woodwork, for which see Car- 
 pentry Specification. 
 
 Mail Box: 
 
 The mail box will be furnished as specified under Mail Chute and 
 Box.
 
 113 
 
 Hardware: 
 
 Furnish and set in place in a very neat manner all finished hard- 
 ware required to complete ornamental iron and bronze work in the 
 building. All hardware shall be left at the completion of the work 
 absolutely free from tool marks, mars of any kind, and all shall be 
 made to work to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 All hardware for this purpose, except as above specified, shall be 
 first class in every respect, of the most modern and approved type, 
 acceptable to the Architect.
 
 114 
 
 PLASTERING. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete the 
 Plastering work in accordance with the accompanying drawings and 
 as required by this specification. 
 
 Plaster Surfaces: 
 
 The following surfaces shall be plastered: 
 
 Sub-Sub and Sub-Basement: 
 
 All exposed wall and ceiling surfaces, including columns, 
 shall be plastered, except the interior walls of the coal bunk- 
 ers, which will be left in the rough. 
 
 Basement: 
 
 All exposed wall and ceiling surfaces, including columns, 
 except otherwise noted, shall be plastered. 
 
 First Floor to and Including Thirty-sixth Story: 
 
 All wall and ceiling surfaces, including columns, except oth- 
 erwise noted, shall be plastered. 
 
 Pent Houses: 
 
 All exposed walls and ceiling surfaces shall be plastered. 
 
 Shafts: 
 
 The elevator shafts and stair case enclosures shall be plas- 
 tered top to bottom; the pipe and vent shafts shall not be 
 plastered. 
 
 Burnt Clay Tile Material: 
 
 All partitions, ceilings and furring will be of hollow tile construc- 
 tion, unless otherwise shown or specified. Where walls are not furred 
 they shall be plastered directly on the brick or concrete and as the case 
 may be. 
 
 Wetting Tile: 
 
 All tile partitions and furring shall be wet before plastering is 
 applied to prevent too rapid absorption of water from the mortar.
 
 115 
 
 Expanded Metal Ceilings, Partitions and Enclosures: 
 
 All partitions and furring shown on drawings as "metal lath and 
 plaster" shall be constructed of expanded metal or wire lath and steel 
 channels. 
 
 The enclosures for pipes on the interior columns, unless otherwise 
 shown, will be of tile, furnished in place as herein specified under Hol- 
 low Tile Fireproofing. Where same are shown to be of metal lath and 
 plaster they shall be as specified for expanded metal partitions. 
 
 All ventilating ducts exposed in portions of the building which are 
 plastered shall be enclosed with expanded metal lath and plaster work ; 
 contractor must refer to diagrams to ascertain the extent of this work. 
 
 The ceilings of certain portions throughout the building shall be 
 "suspended ceilings" furred down with expanded metal lath or wire 
 cloth upon framing of steel channels and angles, which shall be hung 
 with suspension bars and rods from clips attached to structural steel 
 beams before the tile fire-proofing is applied. 
 
 Other Furring: 
 
 All plaster beams, cornices, soffits and other portions so indicated 
 shall be similarly furred with expanded metal lath or wire cloth with 
 all necessary steel framing for its support properly disposed and rig- 
 idly secured in place. All suspended portions shall be supported from 
 clips attached to steel beams as specified for suspended ceilings. 
 
 Slots and Chases: 
 
 All recesses, slots and chases cut or built into the walls for steam 
 or plumbing pipes, electric wiring, etc., shall be covered over with strips 
 of expanded metal rigidly secured to the adjacent walls to admit of 
 making the plaster surfaces continuous. 
 
 Other Plans: 
 
 Carefully examine the heating and ventilating diagrams and struc- 
 tural steel drawings and enclose with expanded metal lath and plaster 
 any work such as raggles, expansion joints or plumbing pipes which 
 require such enclosures. 
 
 Door and Window Openings: 
 
 Around all window or door openings throughout where walls are 
 to be plastered install a strip of expanded metal or wire lath ten (10)
 
 116 
 
 inches wide, properly and securely anchored to the grounds and tile 
 or hrick work, to prevent the possibility of cracks in the plaster work 
 around openings; execute this work very carefully to insure a 1st class 
 job in all respects. 
 
 Studding and Framing: 
 
 The studding for expanded metal partitions shall be £" steel chan- 
 nels, 7/10 pound per lineal foot, spaced twelve (12) inches on centers; 
 spiked at bottom to wood strips on a line with the top of floor strips 
 and wired at top to channel irons. All openings shall be framed with 
 l"xl"x3/16" angles. All angle studs used in framing shall be full 
 length, extending from floor to ceiling. 
 
 All framing for suspended ceilings, furring and similar work shall 
 be of steel channels, angles or tees as above, of proper size for the pur- 
 pose for which employed, suspended, anchored and secured rigidly in 
 place. 
 
 Structural Work: 
 
 Provide any and all supports, lookout, furrings, tee irons, etc., 
 that may be necessary for the proper construction of all plain and orna- 
 mental plaster work, dropped ceilings, furred walls, etc. 
 
 All such supports, furring, and grounds shall be of metal and of 
 the size, shape, etc., approved by the Architect, same being securely 
 fastened into place. Carefully examine the structural steel diagrams 
 and furnish all additional work necessary to properly and safely sup- 
 port the plaster work, other than shown on same. 
 
 Lath: 
 
 All lath shall be expanded metal lath of not less than No. 24 gauge, 
 with ribs at least %" wide, or if not less than No. 22 gauge with ribs 
 at least 3/32" wide; or No. 18 U. S. Standard gauge wire cloth f" 
 mesh, stiffened every 7" with 3/16" diameter rods, all of which shall 
 be given one (1) heavy coat of paint or linseed oil. The lath shall 
 be firmly wired to the furring with No. 18 annealed galvanized lac- 
 ing wire; each sheet of metal lath being wired at least four (4) 
 times to each stud, with ends and sides of sheets properly lapped not 
 less than one (1) inch and laced together. One (1) side only of stud- 
 ding shall be lathed. See drawings and full size details.
 
 117 
 
 Sample of expanded metal lath or wire cloth shall be submitted 
 to the Architect for his written approval. 
 
 Grounds : 
 
 All necessary wood grounds will be furnished and set in place as 
 herein specified under Carpentry. 
 
 Where grounds come in expanded metal furrings, the metal chan- 
 nels shall be suitably punched to admit of readily nailed wood blocks 
 to which wood grounds are secured, all as shown on drawings. 
 
 Verify all grounds before the plastering is begun to see that they 
 are built perfectly true and straight, plumb and level as required, and 
 see to it that the same are remedied before commencing the plastering. 
 
 All grounds and furring for ornamental plaster wall shall be of 
 metal in all cases furnished in place complete, no wood grounds or 
 furring shall be used for this purpose. 
 
 Mortar: 
 
 All mortar for the plastering, unless otherwise specified, shall be 
 composed of a patent mortar, either Diamond, Flint, Granite, Imperial, 
 Rock, Kallolite, Mineral City, or equal in the judgment of the Archi- 
 tect, mixed with sand in the proportion specified by the manufacturers. 
 
 All sand shall be clean, sharp and free from loam, bark, coal dust, 
 cinders, charcoal or any vegetable matter. 
 
 Coats : 
 
 Except as otherwise specified, all plastering on concrete, brick and 
 tile walls shall be what is known as two-coat work, where on metal lath 
 surfaces it shall be three-coat work. The last coat in all cases, unless 
 otherwise specified, shall be plaster of Paris finish. 
 
 Applying Plaster: 
 
 The first or scratch coat shall be rendered on the metal lath sur- 
 faces and scratched in both directions with a lath scratcher and shall 
 be thoroughly dry before applying the second coat. The scratch coat 
 shall be omitted on brick and tile walls. 
 
 The second or brown coat shall be applied as follows : When the 
 scratch coat is thoroughly dry, run "screeds" in all vertical angles 
 and at intermediate intervals as required, made absolutely plumb and
 
 118 
 
 true by means of a plumb rule reaching from floor to ceiling. Hori- 
 zontal screeds shall be run at base and ceiling lines, and on walls of 
 high stories intermediate screeds between ceiling and floor. These 
 screeds shall be run Unable and true from vertical screeds and left until 
 hard. All spaces shall then be filled, rodded and left absolutely true 
 and plumb to a line or radius as called for on the plans. 
 
 All ceilings shall be screeded around angles and intervening 
 screeds shall be run at intervals of about six (6) feet, made abso- 
 lutely level, straight and true, and when thoroughly hard shall be filled 
 in and straightened by a rod or darby as in the case of walls. All 
 surfaces, whether vertical, horizontal or curved, shall be made true 
 without waves or other defects in every respect to make a first-class 
 job, with the best workmanship first class and acceptable to the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 The third or finishing coat shall be plaster of Paris, unless other- 
 wise specified, and shall be applied after the second coat is thoroughly 
 dry, straightened by means of straight edges, ten feet long, troweled 
 to perfectly true and even surfaces and the entire work left without 
 scratches, ridges, waves, chips, cracks, voids, brush marks, stains, 
 mars or defacements of any sort. All surfaces shall be straight so that 
 a ten-foot straight edge will fit the walls and ceilings at any angle or 
 diagonally on the walls and ceilings. All angles shall be left absolutely 
 sharp, true and clean cut. 
 
 Special care must be exercised in the execution of the finishing 
 on the curved surfaces to make same true surfaces of revolution as in- 
 dicated by the drawings. 
 
 The plastering shall extend close to floors and to all openings, 
 
 flush with grounds. 
 
 Cement Plaster Wainscot and Base: 
 
 The walls of all janitor closets throughout shall have a Portland 
 cement plaster wainscot five (5) feet high. 
 
 Install cement base where called for by drawings, heights as shown 
 and made of best Portland cement, neatly finished with a 1" radius cove 
 shoe to meet the floor surface. 

 
 119 
 
 Plaster Jambs: 
 
 Jambs and soffits of window and door openings, wherever shown to 
 be plastered on drawings, shall be finished like the walls and ceilings, 
 with the surfaces perfectly straight and true. 
 
 Drop Beams: 
 
 Wherever beams and girders project below the ceilings, in rooms 
 which are plastered, they shall be plastered same as ceilings. 
 
 Metal Corner Beads: 
 
 Except where rounded corners are shown or specified, galvanized 
 iron corner beads of a type which shall meet the approval of the Archi- 
 tect sball be put on all salient corners of piers, walls, columns and pil- 
 asters, and shall extend from floor to ceiling. 
 
 Beads must be put on square, plumb, true, and shall be securely/ 
 anchored to walls. 
 
 Round Corners: 
 
 Where rounded corners are shown by the drawings, the same shall 
 be neatly and satisfactorily executed, and made perfect surface of revo- 
 lution, true to scale and full size detail. 
 
 All salient corners in corridors shall be neatly rounded 3£" radius 
 as shown by the drawings. 
 
 Plastering Back of Marble: 
 
 There will be no plaster back of marble work. 
 
 Ornamental Plaster: 
 
 Execute all ornamental plaster work of every kind required and 
 as shown by the drawings. All work shall be made in strict accord- 
 ance with details and approved models for the work, in a manner ac- 
 ceptable to the Architect. 
 
 Plaster Beams and Cornices: 
 
 Run all plaster beams, cornices, coves, panels, mouldings, and 
 furnish in place all capitals, rosettes and ornaments where indi- 
 cated on the drawings or required by the work. All work shall be in 
 strict accordance with the details and shall be run perfectly true, 
 straight or curved, as required.
 
 120 
 
 Model*: 
 
 All modeling shall be executed by the best and most artistic archi- 
 tectural modelers and sculptors, who may be selected by the Architect 
 at their option. 
 
 Changes in models, or new models, shall be made, changing and re- 
 changing them until they are satisfactory to the Architect in every 
 respect. 
 
 Models shall be submitted in place should it be necessary for the 
 proper inspection of same. 
 
 Staff: 
 
 All mouldings, rosettes and other ornamental work that cannot be 
 lun in place, except as otherwise specified, shall be of the best quality 
 staff, well secured in place, put up perfectly straight and plumb and 
 all curved surfaces absolutely true. 
 
 All ornamental plaster work shall be cast in gelatine moulds, under- 
 cut as necessary. 
 
 Only the best quality of stucco shall be used and all lines, surfaces 
 and ornament shall be true and clean. 
 
 All work shall be properly and securely "stuck" and anchored, 
 being fastened into place with copper wire, backed with jute cloth and 
 filled in with rattan pieces as necessary, to secure a substantial and se- 
 cure job. 
 
 All fastenings shall be securely made and all jointings and fasten- 
 ings neatly pointed up so as to be invisible. 
 
 Heat: 
 
 Furnish all heat required to properly dry plaster, including sala- 
 manders, fuel and the necessary attendance. 
 
 Mixing Mortar on Upper Floors: 
 
 In case any mixing of mortars is required on the upper floors it is 
 to be distinctly understood that only water tight boxes are to be used. 
 
 Patching: 
 
 All patching of plaster work required by the Architect after all 
 work has been executed must be done in a very neat manner, leaving 
 neither crack, mar nor stain at any point.
 
 121 
 
 Cleaning Ont: 
 
 When the plaster work is finished remove from the building all 
 staging, tools and debris of every sort arising from this work. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 The Contractor shall name one (1) price only for all additions to 
 or deductions from this contract for the respective labor and materials 
 named below; said price to govern until the completion and acceptance 
 of all work called for herein : 
 
 Plaster per square yard actual measurement of plastered 
 surfaces on walls $. 
 
 Plaster per square yard actual measurement of plastered 
 surfaces on ceilings $ 
 
 Plaster per square yard on channel irons and wire cloth, 
 including channel irons and wire cloth. . . ., $ 
 
 Portland cement plaster, per square yards, on walls $ 
 
 Portland cement base, per lineal foot $ 
 
 Plain Keene cement plaster, per square yard $ 
 
 Scagliola, plain surfaces, in place complete, per square ft. $ 
 
 Unit price of salamander, including coke, attendance, etc., 
 complete $
 
 122 
 
 ■ 
 CARPENTRY AND CABINET WORK. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute, install and complete 
 the Carpentry and Cabinet Work in accordance with the accompanying 
 drawings and as required by these specifications. 
 
 Scope of This Work: 
 
 In this work shall be included all labor and materials to execute 
 the rough, finished and cabinet wood work, as shown by the plans and 
 as required by these specifications; together with the Painter's finish 
 of all hardwood, the priming, the painting and graining of the inside 
 of all exterior frames and sashes, except as otherwise specified. 
 
 In this work shall also be included the finishing of all hollow metal 
 doors, frames and trim, except the elevator hollow metal doors, which 
 shall be finished as herein specified under Ornamental Iron Work. 
 
 Fireproofing of Wood: 
 
 All woodwork of every description throughout for the rough and 
 finished work entering into the construction of this building shall be 
 rendered fireproof with a treatment by some process acceptable to and 
 approved by the Building Department of the City of New York. 
 
 Bough Carpentry and Miii. Work. 
 Timbers : 
 
 All timbers, studding, furring, etc., shall be sound, weather-sea- 
 soned and perfectly dry; unless otherwise specified, it shall be No. 1 
 spruce, cypress, Washington fir or other woods as approved by the 
 
 Architect. 
 
 Temporary Closing: 
 
 Close the first story door and window openings with temporary 
 doors and sash; all other openings in exterior walls shall be closed 
 with the permanent sash and glass. 
 
 Window and Door Frames: 
 
 All exterior window and door frames, also all exterior sashes and 
 doors for the entire building shall be copper covered construction fur- 
 nished as herein specified under Roofing and Sheet Metal Work.
 
 123 
 
 Partitions, Wood Bncks, Blocks, Etc.: 
 
 Lay out all lines for interior partitions throughout. All parti- 
 tions will be of tile or expanded metal as shown by the drawings. 
 Furnish all necessary wood blocks, bucks, grounds, etc., required 
 around openings to receive the finish. 
 
 All necessary bucks or studding for grounds for openings shall 
 be furnished and set in place, made as shown by full size details, and 
 made to extend in single lengths the full height of the opening with 
 proper wooden keys nailed on the back where same engage with the 
 hollow tile work. Execute all necessary framing overhead for support 
 of tile and plaster. 
 
 Where bucks, rough frames, etc., are shown or require grooving 
 for transmission of electric conduits, the same shall be executed to 
 facilitate the installation of wires, etc. 
 
 Where two or more openings are adjacent the fireproofing will 
 be omitted and the Contractor shall execute all the necessary furring, 
 studding, etc. 
 
 All frames shall be set plumb and so kept. All openings shall be 
 framed so as to admit of full casings. 
 
 Back Plans: 
 
 Buck plans with correct location of all corridor openings shall be 
 prepared, submitting prints of same to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Grounds: 
 
 Put up dressed grounds, securely anchoring same in place, for all 
 architraves, picture and wire mould, base and finish of every sort, as 
 will be required to install the wood work for the entire building in a 
 substantial and acceptable manner. 
 
 The grounds shall be level and straight or plumb, as the case may 
 be, and should the plastering be crooked on account of these grounds, 
 it shall be done over at the Contractor's expense. 
 
 Grounds and bricks shall be put up absolutely true, level and 
 plumb to receive the finished wood work. 
 
 In the floor of opening for each door having wood thresholds, pro- 
 vide and install 2"x4" beveled grounds for securing of thresholds. 
 
 I
 
 124 
 
 Finished Floors: 
 
 All finished floors throughout will be marble, cement, etc., as else- 
 where specified, no wood floor obtaining in the building. 
 
 Inside Finish: 
 
 All finish throughout, unless otherwise specified, shall be first 
 quality clear, thoroughly seasoned, kiln-dried, selected stock, highly 
 figured Honduras, Mexican or African mahogany, for which purpose 
 submit samples for approval of the Architect, and after approval the 
 approved samples shall be filed with the Architect, and shall be taken 
 as a. standard for all inside finish work in this contract. 
 
 The finish for the inside of elevator machine rooms, the 2d story 
 of Main Pent House, and the interior trim in storage rooms in Sub 
 and Sub-sub-basements shall be red birch. 
 
 All work shall be put together cabinet style, veneered and glued; 
 nailing where necessary, shall be secret nailing with fine finishing nails, 
 and it is hereby understood that a first-class cabinet job in every de- 
 tail will be required. 
 
 All work shall be finished complete in the shop of the cabinet- 
 maker as hereinafter specified, and the Contractor shall notify the 
 Architect when the materials are ready for finishing, so that the work 
 may be inspected and approved. 
 
 Inside Frames: 
 
 All exposed parts of inside window frames shall be mahogany, 
 as above specified for Inside Finish, made and installed as shown by scale 
 and full size details of same. 
 
 No interior trim, frames, etc., are to be set until the plaster is on 
 and dry, in the judgment of the Architect. 
 
 Where two or more windows or doors and windows are shown to 
 come together, full openings will be left in the tile partitions, for which 
 such additional furring as may be necessary shall be furnished to make 
 the work come right. 
 
 Doors: 
 
 All doors throughout the building, except where otherwise shown 
 or specified, shall be If" thick, made in strict accordance with scale 
 and full size details.
 
 125 
 
 The fii'e doors throughout, the entrance doors to stair enclosures, 
 the dumbwaiter doors, the elevator machine room doors, the doors in 
 the sub-sub and the sub-basement (unless otherwise noted) and where- 
 ever so shown or indicated by drawings, will be hollow metal with hol- 
 low metal frames, furnished as herein specified under Roofing and 
 Sheet Metal. These doors will be trimmed with wood on corridor side 
 and with metal on the opposite side, except in the mechanical plant 
 rooms, the trim will be hollow metal on both sides. 
 
 All door stiles and rails shall be veneered with 3/16" thick sawed 
 veneer on staved cores of thoroughly seasoned white wood or pine; 
 veneered on both faces and on the edges of the stiles. The veneer 
 on edges of stiles shall be not less than §" thick. 
 
 The panels for doors shall be veneered with not less than 1/20" 
 thick sawed veneer on laminated cores, forming five-ply panels when 
 finished, the two outer layers on either face being of hardwood, the 
 under layer of the two being of birch and the finish layer of mahogany, 
 extra selected stock, highly figured, of a character satisfactory to the 
 Architect. 
 
 The thicknesses of veneers here specified are the finished thickness 
 of the veneer. 
 
 All panels shall receive the varnish finish hereinafter specified be- 
 fore they are framed into place, and panel moulds shall be so set as 
 not to interfere with the shrinking and swelling movements of the 
 panels. 
 
 The water closet stall doors, and the toilet room fly doors shall be 
 IV thick, all veneered as above specified, and made in accordance with 
 the details. 
 
 Doors marked S. D. shall be sash doors arranged with moulded 
 wood stops to secure the glass as detailed. 
 
 Doors marked "S. D. T." shall be sash doors, as above, with 
 transoms over. 
 
 Doors with Grilles: 
 
 All janitor closet doors throughout, and other doors so shown by 
 the drawings, shall be fitted with an ornamental iron grille in lower 
 panel. The grilles will be furnished as herein specified under Orna- 
 mental Iron for which prepare the panels to receive them and provide 
 the wood stops to hold them in place. Grilles shall be as shown by
 
 126 
 
 the detail drawings, for the reception of which execute all necessary 
 cutting, fitting, etc., to make the materials engage in a first class 
 manner. 
 
 Pent House Doors: 
 
 The exterior doors and frames for the pent house shall be of cop- 
 per covered construction as specified under Hoofing and Sheet Metal 
 Work. 
 
 Base and Plinth Blocks: 
 
 The walls throughout the building, except where wainscoted in 
 marble or specified to have marble or cement base, shall have plinth 
 blocks and base of wood, made in accordance with full size details. 
 
 Cutting, Boring, Etc.: 
 
 Execute all cutting, fitting, boring, etc., in the wood finish neces- 
 sary for the installation of the switches, electric conduits, etc., where 
 shown and required, by the Electricians for installation of their work. 
 
 Wood Thresholds: 
 
 Each door throughout the building shall be furnished with birch 
 thresholds, moulded according to detail, except where marble or metal 
 thresholds are shown on drawings. Thresholds shall be provided with 
 and rigidly anchored to wood grounds laid in the concrete floor con- 
 struction as above specified. 
 
 Picture and "Wire Mould: 
 
 Furnish and set in place picture moulds as indicated, extending 
 same around all rooms and offices, except in closets, the sub and sub- 
 sub-basements, all of which shall be properly secured to grounds, put 
 up perfectly level and true. 
 
 On the corridor sides, the picture mould shall become the wire 
 mould, made and built out as shown by detail of same. Mould shall 
 continue around all corridor walls for transmission of electric wires, 
 etc. 
 
 Wood Work Around Plumbing: 
 
 Furnish and set all material for grounds and temporary supports 
 for setting fixtures, marble, glass work, pipes, etc.
 
 127 
 
 The partitions between, behind and around the water closets will 
 be of marble, with hardware as herein specified under Hardware. 
 
 Exterior Shop Fronts: 
 
 The first story store fronts, doors, transoms, etc., for same shall 
 be made of steel, ornamental iron (as specified under Ornamental 
 Iron) and mahogany wood work. Sills and transom bars shall be 
 grooved for condensation gutters, which shall be lined with 16 ounce 
 hard rolled polished copper, fitting same with §" conductors, three (3) 
 to a window. 
 
 The rough ground for securing of the finished wood work shall 
 be rigidly bolted to the structural steel or iron members, furnishing 
 all bolts and washers and executing all drilling, cutting, fitting, etc., to 
 install the work as shown. 
 
 The transoms in connection with the store fronts shall be made 
 of mahogany, thickness as indicated, hinged at the bottom as the draw- 
 ings show. Where no sash are indicated the glass is to be held in place 
 with wood or metal stops. 
 
 Interior Shop Fronts: 
 
 The interior shop fronts on the first and basement stories shall be 
 a combination of wood and glass, with the exposed finish, such as stops, 
 casings, etc., made of selected, highly figured mahogany, the fronts hav- 
 ing a wood base on shop and marble base on the corridor side. 
 
 Transoms for these shop fronts shall be thicknesses as indicated, 
 made of mahogany, hinged at the bottom ; the doors shall be built up, 
 mahogany veneered, 1$" thick, made for single glass panel. 
 
 Repairing Woodwork: 
 
 Repair and make good all damages to woodwork that may be 
 done during the execution of the building, and leave the work in this 
 contract in first class condition, without exception. 
 
 Cntont Closet Doors: 
 
 Doors to cutout closets shall be full height of closet, except where 
 otherwise shown in which case they shall be in two tiers, with transom 
 bar made removable so as to give a clear opening the full height of the 
 closet, as the details indicate.
 
 128 
 
 Architraves : 
 
 All exterior and interior openings throughout, unless otherwise 
 shown or specified, shall have moulded wood architraves. Architraves 
 on stair side of doors for enclosed stairs will be of hollow metal as 
 herein specified under Ornamental Iron. 
 
 Details— Setting Trim: 
 
 Full size details of all typical trim as above mentioned are shown 
 by drawings and all work shall be made and installed in strict accord- 
 ance with the same ; all frames and finish of every sort shall be put up 
 plumb or level, straight and true ; all trim shall be put up with proper 
 grounds in every case, and well secured to same. All nailing shall be 
 with fine wire finishing nails and shall be concealed as much as pos- 
 sible. 
 
 Hand Bails: 
 
 All wood hand rails for the staircase throughout, unless otherwise 
 shown or specified, shall be furnished in place as herein specified under 
 Ornamental Iron Work. 
 
 Elevator Cars: 
 
 The elevator cars will be furnished as herein specified under the 
 Ornamental Iron Work. 
 
 Mirror Frames and Shelf s: 
 
 Furnish mahogany frames and shelves for all mirrors not shown 
 to have marble frames or otherwise specified, the frame to be moulded 
 and of width as detailed, with the mirror stopped in from the front. 
 For all mirrors throughout having either wood or marble frames fur- 
 nish grounds, wood backing and moulded stops, all in accordance with 
 the drawings. 
 
 The mirror frames and shelves over office lavatories shall be of 
 birch, with o white enamel finish. 
 
 Painters Finish fob all Inside Finish. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and material required to finish complete all in- 
 terior wood work, all hollow metal and doors, frames and trim (except 
 the elevator doors, which will be finished as herein specified under
 
 129 
 
 Ornamental Iron, and the interior side of all hollow metal and copper 
 covered frames and sashes throughout the building. 
 
 Samples : 
 
 Six samples 12"xl2" in size of the woods as called for herein, 
 stained and finished, shall be submitted to and for approval by the 
 Architect. The approved samples shall be filed with the Architect and 
 shall be taken as the standard of the work to be executed for the fin- 
 ishes herein called for. 
 
 Finish For Woodwork: 
 
 Finish complete all mahogany and birch throughout the building 
 with stain and varnish finish as below specified. 
 
 All work shall be finished complete at the shop before being 
 brought to the building and simply retouched after it is set in place. 
 All panels shall be finished before they are framed into place. 
 
 Notify the Architect when the work is ready for finishing, so that 
 he may inspect it before the finishing is executed. 
 
 Materials : 
 
 All varnish for this work shall be of the very best grade, con- 
 taining not less than 25 per cent, of imported vegetable gum, and shall 
 be free from resin or petroleum products, giving when dry a hard, 
 tough elastic film. 
 
 All varnish shall be applied in the consistency manufactured and 
 shall not be thinned by mixing with turpentine or any other ingredi- 
 ent. 
 
 All paint shall be composed of pure white lead and raw linseed oil 
 with not to exceed 5 per cent, of drier. 
 
 White lead shall contain not less than 70 per cent, carbonate of 
 Jead to 30 per cent, lead hydroxide, and not more than 75 per cent, 
 carbonate to 25 per cent, hydroxide. 
 
 Oil shall be pure raw linseed oil free from "foots." 
 
 Drier shall be free from gums, resin or petroleum products. 
 
 Shellac shall be composed of gum shellac cut in pure grain alcohol. 
 
 All materials shall be delivered at the building in unbroken pack- 
 ages, bearing brand and maker's name, materials requiring mixing
 
 130 
 
 shall be mixed on the premises. All materials shall be subject to in- 
 spection and approval of the Architect and materials rejected shall at 
 once be removed from the premises. 
 
 Mahogany Finish: 
 
 All mahogany shall first be treated with a mahogany stain, then 
 filled with a mahogany woodpaste filler, colored to match the stain, 
 after which it shall receive one coat of white grain alcohol shellac, fol- 
 lowed by three coats of the piano varnish above specified. 
 
 Sufficient time shall be allowed for each coat to dry before the 
 following coat is applied. 
 
 The shellac and the first coat of varnish shall be sandpapered 
 smooth with No. sandpaper, and the last two coats shall be rubbed 
 down with pumice stone and water to a dull cabinet finish. All work 
 shall be finished clean and sharp without any fat edges or other un- 
 even parts. 
 
 Exterior entrance doors shall be finished with a durable "exte- 
 rior" or spar varnish that will withstand the weather. 
 
 Birch Finish: 
 
 All birch, except as otherwise specified, shall first receive a coat 
 of oil stain to bring it to a color to match mahogany or walnut as 
 directed, then apply one coat of orange grain alcohol shellac, sand- 
 paper well and finish with varnish in the same manner as specified for 
 the mahogany, rubbed to a dull cabinet finish. 
 
 The birch frames for office mirrors shall receive a coat of shellac, 
 followed by a coat of white lead and oil, lightly sand papered, and 
 then treated to four additional coats of white enamel paint, sand 
 papered between coats, the last coat having an egg shell finish. 
 
 Finish of Unexposed Work: 
 
 All inside finish woodwork shall be given one heavy coat of white 
 lead and linseed oil on the back to protect it from moisture. 
 
 Graining: 
 
 All exposed surfaces of the copper clad frames and sash on the 
 interior and all exposed surfaces of hollow metal doors (except elevator 
 doors), frames and trim shall be painted two (2) coats of pure white 
 lead and linseed oil in addition to the priming coat, and then grained
 
 131 
 
 in oil to match the hard wood finish. When thoroughly dry the work 
 shall be given two (2) coats of piano varnish above mentioned and 
 lubbed to a dead finish as specified for hardwood finish. 
 
 Repairing Woodwork: 
 
 Make good and repair all damages to woodwork that may occur 
 during the erection of the building, and leave all work in a first class 
 condition, without exception, at completion. 
 
 Haedwabe. 
 Rough Hardware: 
 
 All rough hardware in connection with carpentry work shall be 
 furnished and installed and shall include all nails, spikes, oval-headed 
 bronze screws and patent washers for stops, and other hardware 
 required. 
 
 Finish Hardware: 
 
 All finish hardware required to complete the building will be fur- 
 nished as herein specified under Hardware. 
 
 Set all hardware in place in a very neat and workmanlike manner, 
 employing for setting of hardware none but the most skillful mechanics, 
 accustomed to such work, and all hardware shall be left at the comple- 
 tion of the building absolutely free from tool marks, mars or deface- 
 ments of any kind, and in first class working order, to the entire satis- 
 faction of the Architect. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from this con- 
 tract for the respective materials named below, complete in place, said 
 price to obtain until the completion and acceptance of all work called 
 for herein : 
 
 Corridor doors with transom and trim, including set- 
 ting of all hardware $ 
 
 Inner office door with transom, trim and threshold, in- 
 cluding setting of all hardware $ 
 
 Communicating doors with trim and thresholds, includ- 
 ing setting of all hardware $ 
 
 Borrowed lights, corridor, per frame $
 
 132 
 
 Borrowed lights, intermediate partition, per frame... $. 
 
 Picture mould, per lineal foot $. 
 
 Wire mould, per lineal foot $. 
 
 Typical office mirror frame complete ., $. 
 
 Base, per lineal foot $. 
 
 Water closet stall door $. 
 
 Typical interior store front, including door and tran- 
 som, each $. 
 
 Birch threshold in place $.
 
 133 
 
 MARBLE AND TILE WORK. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and material to execute and install complete the 
 Interior Marble and Tile Work in accordance with the accompanying 
 drawings and as required by this specification. 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 In this work shall be included all marble work of every descrip- 
 tion for staircases, vestibules, lobbies, passages, halls, corridors, toilet 
 rooms, water closet and urinal stalls ; the marble and tile floors and any 
 other marble, or tile work shown by the drawings or hereinafter speci- 
 fied. 
 
 Marbles : 
 
 The Vermont Verde Antique, white Alabama and gray Tennessee 
 marbles herein specified shall be domestic stock; all other marble, un- 
 less otherwise specified, shall be foreign stock. 
 
 All marbles shall be selected, first quality, free from all cracks, 
 stains, porous streaks, sand holes or flaws of any sort, and shall be 
 selected to run in even shades. The marbles shall be of the several 
 kinds herein specified or as marked on drawings. 
 
 Vitrified Tile Floors: 
 
 All vitrified tile for floors shall be 2" hexagonal tile, first quality 
 in every respect, free from cracks, craze, sprawls, stains or flaws of any 
 sort, uniform in size with true and plane surfaces and square edges. 
 
 Scagliola: 
 
 The scagliola work will be furnished as herein specified under 
 Plaster Work. 
 
 Samples: 
 
 Submit samples of the marbles for this work to the Architect for 
 approval, which shall be not less than 12"x24"xl", polished on one side, 
 and honed finish on the other. 
 
 Finish of Marble Surfaces: 
 
 All exposed marble surfaces, except flooring tile, stair treads and 
 platforms, shall have a high polish. Floors, stair treads and platforms 
 shall have a honed finish.
 
 134 
 
 Joints : 
 
 All marble shall be jointed as indicated on the detail sheets. 
 
 All joints shall be honed and shall finish not in excess of 1/16 
 unless otherwise specified, being V-joints where required by full size 
 details. 
 
 All joints at salient angles, other than rounded corners, through- 
 out shall be quirk mitre joints, or as shown by detail drawings, exe- 
 cuted in a neat and first-class manner, acceptable to the Architect. 
 
 Size: 
 
 All marbles shall be of sizes and thicknesses required to execute 
 the work as the drawings indicate. 
 
 Mouldings: 
 
 All mouldings for marble work shall be made with the profiles 
 true to details, lines in perfect alignment and executed with the work- 
 manship first class in all respects. Exposed surfaces shall be polished. 
 
 Setting : 
 
 Marble work shall be set after the fireproof walls and ceilings are 
 in place. Where used adjacent to plaster it shall be set after plastering. 
 
 All marble shall be set straight to the lines indicated and the work 
 executed in accordance with details and left in a perfect state, free 
 from stain, mar or defacement of any sort. 
 
 Cutting, Fitting and Filling: 
 
 Drill and cut all holes in marble work in accordance with direc- 
 tions for work which engages with the marble. 
 
 Execute all cutting of tile, concrete, brick and other walls, and 
 wherever the same is necessary for the proper installation of this work. 
 Execute all necessary furring and filling back of marble to bring 
 the finished surfaces of this work to the lines and positions designated 
 on the drawings. 
 
 Anchors and Supports: 
 
 Furnish all metal anchors, cramps, dowels, braces, hangers, tee 
 irons, etc., for anchorage of work in this contract. All marble shall be 
 secured in place by concealed brass or copper anchors.
 
 135 
 
 Water Closet Stalls: 
 
 The partitions, backs and door jambs of water closet and urinal 
 stalls shall be of blue veined Italian white marble, all made and as- 
 sembled as shown by typical details of same. 
 
 The water closet and urinal stalls shall be put together by a system 
 of grooves, dowels, and cramps, and constructed in a most rigid and 
 substantial manner, without the use of exposed metal work. All dowels 
 and anchors shall be of copper or brass. Submit for Architect's ap- 
 proval detail drawings showing the method of construction proposed. 
 
 Hinges and catch for stall doors will be furnished as herein speci- 
 fied under Hardware, for which execute the necessary drilling and cut- 
 ting of marble for their installation. 
 
 First Story Marble Work: 
 
 All marble through first story, including the main staircase from 
 basement to second floor, except marble for floors, shall be Botticino. 
 Floors shall be light grey Tennessee. 
 
 Alternate Proposition: 
 
 The Contractor shall submit alternate proposition on using mar- 
 bles for first story and main staircase marble work, submitting a sep- 
 arate proposition for each kind as follows: Tavernelle Clair, Haut- 
 ville and Istrian. 
 
 Second Story Marble Work: 
 
 All marble throughout second story shall be Basseville, except the 
 floors, which shall be light grey Tennessee. 
 
 Wainscot and Base: 
 
 All elevator corridors throughout, unless otherwise specified, shall 
 be wainscoted with English veined Italian white marble with a 12" 
 base of same marble. 
 
 All oilier corridors, except as otherwise specified, shall be pro- 
 vided with 12" English veined Italian white marble base. 
 
 Elevator corridor wainscots throughout shall be heights as shown 
 by typical details, and shall butt the wood trim at all openings, with 
 plinth blocks provided to receive the trim as shown. 
 
 At all salient angles in elevator halls and corridors and wherever
 
 136 
 
 round corners are called for, provide a marble quadrant on a radius 
 as shown by full size detail. 
 
 Toilet room wainscots shall be 7'0" high, including 10" base and 
 without cap. 
 
 Marble base where there is no wainscot shall be of the several 
 heights shown by details. 
 
 Elevator corridor wainscots shall be heights as shown by typical 
 details, and shall butt the wood trim at all openings, with plinth blocks 
 provided to receive the trim, as shown. 
 
 At all salient angles in elevator halls and corridors and wherever 
 round corners are called for, provide a marble quadrant on a radius 
 as shown by full size detail. 
 
 Toilet room wainscots shall be 7'-0" high, including 10" base and 
 without cap. 
 
 Marble base where there is no wainscot shall be of the several 
 heights shown by details. 
 
 Plinth Blocks: 
 
 For all openings in rooms having marble base, furnish marble 
 plinth blocks to receive the trim, of same marble as the base, made in 
 accordance with details. 
 
 Composition Stairs: 
 
 All stairs, except otherwise shown or specified, shall have treads, 
 landings and platforms of composition. 
 
 The composition shall be either Asbestone, Asbestolith, Monolith, 
 or composition equal in the judgment of the Architect, the material 
 applied in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer of 
 the material used. 
 
 Marble Staircases: 
 
 The staircases extending from basement to the second floor shall 
 have all exposed surfaces made of Botticino marble (except where 
 otherwise indicated), built upon the structural iron work as specified 
 herein under Ornamental Iron Work. Other steel, iron, etc., required 
 and not shown, shall be furnished in connection with the marble. 
 
 The treads and landing for these staircases shall be If" in thick-
 
 137 
 
 ness, all of grey Tennessee marble, risers $" in thickness, of Botticino 
 marble. 
 
 Stairs in toilet rooms shall have 1{" treads and f" risers. 
 
 The marble newels, strings, faseias, balusters, rails, where of mar- 
 ble, etc., shall be neatly and accurately made, carefully following the 
 scale and full size details. Special care must be exercised in the execu- 
 tion of curved surfaces to preserve the continuity of lines, mouldings, 
 planes, etc., in a manner satisfactory to the Architects. 
 
 Models, Carvings, Etc.: 
 
 Furnish all plaster models for the ornamental work, using such 
 modelers as the Architect may direct. Submit to the Architect photo- 
 graphs in triplicate of all models for revision and approval. 
 
 All carved and ornamental work shall be in strict accordance with 
 the models and shall be executed by the most skillful architectural 
 carvers. Any work not in accordance with the models will be rejected 
 and shall be at once removed from the premises. 
 
 All work shall be executed in a first class manner to the entire 
 satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Floors : 
 
 All marble floors throughout shall be of light grey Tennessee and 
 unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be 10 by 20 inch tile. All tile 
 shall be not less than $ inch thick. 
 
 Toilet rooms throughout shall have white vitrified tile floors. 
 
 The floor for the engine and pump rooms shall be laid with im- 
 ported vitrified impervious 6"x6" quarry tile. 
 
 Base: 
 
 The base for all wainscot, except otherwise specified, shall be 12" 
 high and shall be made of the same marble as the wainscot above, ex- 
 cept in first story work. 
 
 The base for all first story marble work shall be Vermont Verde 
 Antique, heights as shown by the drawings, prepared to engage with 
 the cove shoe as indicated. All base throughout shall have a highly 
 polished finish on exposed surfaces.
 
 138 
 
 Thresholds: 
 
 Where marble, cement or tile floors occur on both sides of an open- 
 ing, and where they join one with another, marble thresholds shall be 
 provided unless metal thresholds are shown on the drawings. 
 
 In intermediate or office division partitions where cement floor ob- 
 tains on both sides of the openings, birch thresholds will be provided 
 as herein called for under Carpentry. 
 
 The thresholds shall be of marble to match adjoining marble floor 
 or floor border, or where not in contact with marble floor, shall be of 
 light grey Tennessee marble. All thresholds shall be If inches thick 
 with beveled edges, bedded securely and solidly into place, so that top 
 edge except where otherwise shown, will not be less than | inches above 
 the floor surface, all in accordance with full size details. 
 
 Concrete Foundation for Floors: 
 
 For all marble and quarry tile floors the concrete foundation shall 
 be brought parallel to and within two (2) inches of the finished floor 
 surface upon which deposit the necessary mortar and bedding for the 
 bedding of the tile. 
 
 Setting Marble, Quarry and Ceramic Tile Floors: 
 
 Deposit upon the concrete foundation a bed of cement mortar made 
 of two (2) parts of Portland cement with three (3) parts of clean 
 sharp white sand. 
 
 Before depositing the bedding mortar on the concrete the entire 
 surface of the concrete shall be well saturated with water to prevent 
 the too rapid absorption of the water from the bedding mortar. 
 
 Mortar shall be spread evenly over the required surface to estab- 
 lish the floor levels for the tile so as to avoid excessive tamping of tile 
 to obtain proper level. 
 
 All floor tile shall be set so as to have joints reduced to a mini- 
 mum, and in no case are they to exceed 1/16". 
 
 All floor tile shall be well bonded, matched in color, joints kept 
 true to line, all upper surfaces kept level and in the same plane, each 
 tile well and securely bedded in the cement mortar. 
 
 All marble floors shall be holy-stoned upon completion and left in 
 an absolutely perfect condition, acceptable to the Architect.
 
 139 
 
 The joints between the tile shall be grouted from the surface with 
 Portland cement, mixed with water to the consistency of cream, filling 
 all joints perfectly. Wash off all cement from the surface of the tile 
 before it sets, making a first-class joint in every detail. 
 
 Cleaning: 
 
 At completion, clean all marble and tile, leaving the entire work 
 in perfect condition, satisfactory to the Architect. 
 
 Marble Alternates: 
 
 In place of the marble above mentioned the following substitution 
 may be made: 
 
 For Floors : Alabama, Colorado Yule, etc. 
 
 For Base and Wainscot (first floor excepted) : Light gray Ten- 
 nessee, Colorado Yule, Pentilikon, Alabama, Light Cloud Vermont, 
 etc. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for all additions to or deductions from this 
 
 contract for the respective materials and labor named below; said 
 
 price to obtain until the completion of all work called for herein and 
 
 its acceptance by the Architect. 
 
 Gray Tennessee marble floors, including bedding under 
 
 same, per square foot $ ,. .,. . 
 
 Vermont Verde Antique marble base, per lineal foot. . $. 
 
 Ceramic tile floor, including bedding under same, per 
 
 square foot $ 
 
 Quarry tile floor, including bedding under same per 
 
 square foot , ..,$.. 
 
 Water closet partition slabs, blue veined Italian, per 
 
 square foot $ 
 
 Water closet and urinal backs, blue veined Italian, per 
 
 square foot ,. . . $ ,. ., 
 
 Water closet stiles, blue veined Italian, per square foot $. . . ... .,. . 
 
 Water closet partition slabs, white Alabama, per square 
 
 foot $.. 
 
 Water closet and urinal backs, white Alabama, Ver- 
 mont or Pentilikon, per square foot , .$..,. .... .,. . 
 
 Water closet stiles, white Alabama, Vermont or Pen- 
 tilikon, per square foot 1 ...,$. .
 
 140 
 
 English Veined Italian marble wainscot, per square 
 foot $. 
 
 "White Alabama, Vermont or Pentilikon marble wains- 
 cot, per square foot $. 
 
 English Veined Italian marble base, per lineal foot $. 
 
 "White Alabama, Vermont or Pentilikon marble base 
 per lineal foot $. 
 
 Vermont Verde Antique marble base, per lineal foot. $.
 
 141 
 
 GLASS AND GLAZING. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete the 
 Glass and Glazing Work in accordance with the accompanying draw- 
 ings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 Furnish and set in place all glass and mirrors throughout. The 
 wire glass in skylights, the plate glass for Directory Boards, will be 
 furnished as herein specified under Roofing and Steel Metal and Orna- 
 mental Iron Work. 
 
 Exterior Glass: 
 
 The glass in all exterior openings on street elevations of the build- 
 ing, the entrance vestibules and first story corridors, also the light 
 courts of the building, unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be of 
 first quality polished plate glass, uniform in thickness, the glass for 
 all the windows, except the store fronts, shall not exceed ^ inch in 
 thickness, and the store front glass not more than § inch. 
 
 The glass for toilet room windows in exterior walls of the building 
 shall be chipped plate glass. 
 
 Interior Glass: 
 
 First Story: 
 
 All glass throughout, unless otherwise shown or specified, shall be 
 polished plate. 
 
 Second to Thirty-seventh Stories, Inclusive: 
 
 All corridor entrance doors shall have chipped plate glass panels. 
 
 All glass above transom bars shall be first quality D. T. A. 
 
 A. sheet glass. 
 
 Hollow Metal Doors: 
 
 All glass for hollow metal doors throughout where shown and re- 
 quired shall be polished plate wire glass \" in thickness. 
 
 Pent House: 
 
 All glass for pent house doors and interior windows shall be D. 
 T. A. A. glass.
 
 142 
 
 Elevators and Stair Enclosures: 
 
 All elevator and stair enclosures throughout, unless otherwise 
 shown, shall have polished plate wire glass. 
 
 Glass Sizes: 
 
 All sizes for glass shall be taken from the actual frames and sash. 
 This contract contemplates all glass set in place and the Contractor 
 shall assume all responsibility in regard to correct sizes. Sizes marked 
 on drawings are approximate and shall be used for estimate only. 
 
 Mirrors: 
 
 Furnish and set in place all mirrors for toilet rooms and wherever 
 indicated on drawings. All sizes shall be marked on drawings. If 
 sizes of mirrors over lavatories are not indicated or marked on draw- 
 ings the width of mirrors shall be equal to the combined length of the 
 lavatories, and the height as shown by drawings. 
 
 All mirrors, unless otherwise shown, shall be held in place with 
 wooden stops furnished as herein specified in Carpentry. Furnish 
 and install felt backing for all mirrors where shown or required. 
 
 All mirrors shall be first quality American polished plate, with the 
 silvering uniform and perfect over entire surface ; the surfaces of the 
 glass for the mirrors shall be absolutely true and perfect planes. 
 
 Setting: 
 
 "Where glass is set in iron frames it shall have soft wood cushions 
 or bearings, furnished and set in place complete, and shall be secured 
 with stops as shown. 
 
 The glass in corridor and other partitions will be held in place with 
 wood stops, secured and set in place in a very careful manner, care 
 being taken not to mar the finished woodwork. 
 
 The glass for all exterior frames and sash, unless otherwise shown 
 or specified, shall be held in place with stops as details indicate. 
 
 The remaining glass throughout the work, unless otherwise de- 
 tailed, shall be bedded in putty, secured in place with glazier's tacks, 
 and then neatly puttied the full section of the rabbet. 
 
 The putty shall be first-class pure Unseed oil putty.
 
 143 
 
 Sash Bars: 
 
 Where corridor openings are too large for the largest size of 
 D. T. A. A. glass, provide and set in place a small and neat heavily 
 nickel-plated brass sash bar, as the Architect may detail or select, and 
 securely fasten same in position. 
 
 Breakage : 
 
 The Contractor shall take extraordinary precaution for the pro- 
 tection of the glass in this contract after same is put in place in the 
 building, and he shall be held responsible for all breakages in the glass 
 until the building is completed and accepted. 
 
 Cleaning : 
 
 At completion, or when so ordered, clean the glass of all oil or 
 other defacement, wash and leave perfectly clean. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 The Contractor shall name one price only for any additions to or 
 deductions from this contract for the respective materials and labor 
 named below; said price to obtain until the completion and acceptance 
 of all work called for herein : 
 
 Discount on polished plate glass from list dated $ 
 
 Discount on D. T. A. A. glass from list dated. .1 $ . 
 
 Discount on mirrors from list dated $. 
 
 Price per square foot for chipping plate. $. . . .1 
 
 Price per squart foot for 3/16" maze glass $.
 
 144 
 
 MAIL CHUTES. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete 
 the Mail Box and Mail Chute work in accordance with the accompany- 
 ing drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 Furnish and install complete in working order a Mailing Equip- 
 ment, consisting of four (4) mail boxes located in first story of the 
 building and two mail chutes for each box, serving all stories to and 
 including the thirty-six story. 
 
 Mail Boxes: 
 
 The mail boxes shall be ornamental cast bronze, made in accord- 
 ance with the scale elevations and sectional details of same, with doors, 
 flaps, etc., complete in every respect. 
 
 The work shall be executed and constructed in a neat, careful and 
 artistic manner, with the ornamental parts well modeled, cast, hand 
 chased and the whole worked out in accordance with scale and full 
 size details, in a manner to meet the approval of the Architect. 
 
 The boxes shall be securely and rigidly anchored in place with 
 secret anchors. Height above floor as shown. 
 
 The mail box metal shall have a statuary bronze finish. 
 
 Chutes : 
 
 The chutes shall start from a point 4' 6" above the thirty-seventh 
 story extending down through the various stories to and connecting 
 wilh the mail boxes in the first story. 
 
 The chutes shall be of metal and plate glass carefully and sub- 
 stantially constructed, accurately installed, absolutely plumb through- 
 out the entire height, and rigidly secured in place. 
 
 Letter drop openings in chutes shall be provided for all stories 
 above the first floor. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 All metal work for the enclosure and the chute above the 1st 
 story shall be of ornamental iron, with a first-class and durable imita-
 
 145 
 
 tion bower-barff finish, with the finish and workmanship first-class, 
 satisfactory to the Architect in every detail. 
 
 All exposed work of the chutes on first story, except glass work, 
 shall have a statuary bronze finish. 
 
 Installation : 
 
 Execute all cutting and fitting, and make all connections in the 
 building, and furnish and set in place all angles, sleeves and other 
 fittings necessary properly to support and install this work. 
 
 Apparatus: 
 
 This apparatus shall be of the United States Standard, without 
 change of any kind, made and installed in the building in accordance 
 with and subject to all the conditions imposed by the Post Office De- 
 partment.
 
 146 
 
 HARDWARE. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and complete the Hard- 
 ware work in accordance with the accompanying drawings and as re- 
 quired by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Work: 
 
 Furnish all finished hardware of every description required to 
 complete the building, including the hardware for all copper covered 
 work and hollow metal doors. Tbe hardware in connection with bronze, 
 ornamental iron work will be furnished as herein specified under Orna- 
 mental Iron and Bronze. 
 
 Rough hardware in connection with copper covered window and 
 door frames and the carpenter work will be furnished as herein speci- 
 fied under Carpentry and Roofing and Sheet Metal. 
 
 Workmanship : 
 
 All work shall be cast ; no stamped or spun work shall be used. 
 
 Workmanship shall be first class in every respect to the entire 
 satisfaction of the Architects. 
 
 Design: 
 
 Such portions of the sub-sub, sub-basement, basement and pent 
 bouses as are used by the building employes only shall have hardware 
 of plain bevel edge design ; all other portions of the building through- 
 out shall have hardware of special design as detailed. 
 
 Plaster models of hardware shall be submitted to the Architect 
 for their approval. 
 
 Samples : 
 
 It is understood that it is the intention of this specification to 
 cover materials the best of their respective kinds. A complete line of 
 samples, will be required for the written approval of the Architect 
 as a part of this specification. These samples to remain on file and to 
 be used in comparison with the material furnished, which must corre- 
 spond in every way.
 
 147 
 
 Templates: 
 
 Furnish all necessary templates and samples of hardware for cop- 
 per covered frames, sashes and doors, also the hollow metal doors, so 
 the same may be prepared for the reception of hardware at factory 
 before shipment. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 The hardware for first story shall be of cast bronze metal, statuary 
 bronze finish. 
 
 The hardware for toilets, and wherever same abuts marble, shall 
 be of the best silver bronze or white metal. 
 
 The hardware for exterior side of pent house doors shall be brass 
 or bronze. 
 
 The hardware for all other portions of the building throughotit 
 shall be of the best quality, barff black rustless iron. 
 
 Hollow Metal Doors: 
 
 All hollow metal doors, except as otherwise specified, shall have 
 typical hardware, same as the hardware for wood doors of a similar 
 character, which shall in every respect comply with the requirements 
 of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. All hardware for these 
 doors shall be packed with machine screws. 
 
 The hardware for the elevators and automatic fire hollow metal 
 doors shall be as herein specified under Ornamental Iron and Roofing 
 and Sheet Metal. 
 
 Locks: 
 
 All locks shall be first-class in make, with solid bronze bolts, hav- 
 ing exposed parts together with striking plates finished to correspond 
 with trimmings. The striking plates shall be of the box type and for 
 knob locks shall have lips made to protect the woodwork. 
 
 All cylinder locks shall have special keyway section, three (3) 
 grooved keys to each lock, and each cylinder shall have five (5) pin 
 tumblers. 
 
 Master Keying : 
 
 The locks for each story shall be master keyed and the locks for 
 the entire building grand master keyed.
 
 148 
 
 Knobs: 
 
 All door knobs shall have long shanks, with supporting thimbles 
 and threaded spindles, and shall be made to attach rigidly to spindles 
 by a locking device without the use of side knob screws. 
 
 Butts: 
 
 All butts shall be extra heavy cast metal, self-lubricating, steel 
 bushed or anti-friction, five-knuckled, loose in pin, with pin retaining 
 device and with tips of proper size for the door on which they are 
 used. 
 
 Transoms shall have tight pin butts. 
 
 There shall be three (3) butts for each door, over four feet in 
 height. 
 
 Double acting fly doors shall have jamb hinges which will not per- 
 mit the door to sag in any portions of its arc. 
 
 Bolts: 
 
 All top and bottom bolts for doors in pairs shall be of the lever 
 eccentric type, and the bottom strike plate for pairs of doors to offices, 
 corridors, passages, etc., shall be of the self-closing type. 
 
 Door Holders: 
 
 All door holders unless otherwise specified shall be of the plunger 
 type. 
 
 Butting Blocks: 
 
 Butting blocks shall be iron, rubber tipped, and are required for 
 doors without spring and check which do not swing against marble. 
 
 Checks and Springs: 
 
 Door checks and springs shall be of proper size for the doors on 
 which used. Provide brackets for support and installation of checks 
 where necessary. 
 
 Schedule: 
 
 The following schedule is inserted to give an understanding of 
 what is required for the doors and windows named, but is not intended 
 to include all hardware required for the building. Carefully examine
 
 149 
 
 all plans, elevations, scale and full size details, and shall furnish all 
 hardware of whatever description necessary to complete the building. 
 All hardware not particularly designated in the following schedule shall 
 correspond to that specified in every way. 
 
 Building Entrance and Vestibule Doors: 
 
 Hardware furnished as specified under Ornamental Iron and 
 Bronze. 
 
 Doors From Streets to Stores, First Story: 
 
 Doors banging to metal. 
 
 Butts, three 6"x5" anti-friction. 
 
 Special store door handles and heavy cylinder looks. 
 
 Letter plate and hood special. 
 
 Springs and checks with brackets. 
 
 Door holder. 
 
 When in pairs use flush bolt, top and bottom. 
 
 Doors From Main Arcade to Shops, Basement and First Story: 
 
 Same as next above, doors hanging to wood. Omit letter plate and 
 hood. 
 
 Doors to Enclosed Stairs Openings: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 Pull and push plates, special. 
 
 Checks and springs. 
 
 Corridor side, first story, pull and push plates without locks. 
 
 Typical Corridor or Outer Door to Offices and Similar Doors 
 in all Stories, from Basement to 36th Story, Both Inclusive: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 5£" cylinder office latch with self-locking bolt and auxiliary bolt 
 to deadlock the main bolt and the stop work. 
 
 Knobs and escutcheons, special. 
 
 Letter plate and hood, special. 
 
 Check and spring.
 
 150 
 
 Door holder. 
 
 Top and bottom bolts, where in pairs. 
 
 Typical Inner Office Door: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 Cylinder office latch 5-|", with self -locking bolt and thumb piece on 
 inside which, when thrown, will render keys inoperative. 
 
 Knobs and escutcheons, special. 
 
 Check and spring. 
 
 Door holder. » 
 
 Butting block. 
 
 Typical Transom: 
 
 Butts 3"x3". 
 
 Lifter class No. 4, f " diameter rod, of length adapted. 
 
 Stay chains where required. 
 
 Typical Communicating Door Between Offices: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 Three bolts communicating door lock, with key mechanism which 
 
 will render thumb pieces inoperative. 
 Knobs and escutcheons, special. 
 Butting block. 
 
 Typical Toilet Room, Rest Room Doors: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 Double cylinder deadlock, all locks on one key. 
 
 Pull and push plate, special. 
 
 Check and spring. 
 
 Typical Doors to Janitor Closets: 
 
 Butts 5"x5". 
 
 Mortise latch without cylinder. 
 
 Knobs and escutcheons, special.
 
 151 
 
 Pipe Shaft Doors and Doors to Cut Outs and to Elevator Ma- 
 chine Rooms: 
 
 Same as next above, substituting cylinder office latch 5$'-, all 
 latches on same key as toilet room doors ; where in pairs- add 
 top and bottom bolts. 
 
 For cut-out closet and machine room transom doors substitute 
 catch in place of cylinder latch and add bolts for removable 
 transom bar. 
 
 D. A. Doors in Public Toilets: 
 
 Double acting spring hinges, extra strong. 
 Push plates, special. 
 
 Water Closet Stall Doors: 
 
 Clamp hinges reverse spring as detailed. 
 
 Indicator bolts, strike special for marble with rubber buffer. 
 
 Special hook and bumper as detailed. 
 
 Hardware for marble to attach with special head bolts. 
 Plumbing Space Doors: 
 
 Hinges special. 
 
 Cylinder dead lock, all locks on same key as toilet room door. 
 Typical Check Rail Sash: 
 
 Sash fasts, extra heavy. 
 
 Sash socket with four screws. 
 
 Bar lift, two for each lower sash, special. 
 First Story Corridor Transom Windows: 
 
 Pivots and sash fasts, extra heavy. 
 
 Sash sockets with four screws. 
 
 Stay chains — two for each sash. 
 Sub-sub, Sub-Basement and Pent House: 
 
 Hardware as required and adapted to location. 
 Ceiling Light Sash Beneath Skylights: 
 
 Butts, two to each sash. 
 
 Catch for each sash of proper size.
 
 152 
 
 Cabinet Hardware: 
 
 Furnish all necessary cabinet hardware of kind adapted for cases, 
 drawers, etc., and wherever required. Locks shall be cabinet cylinder 
 locks. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 It is understood and agreed that the following net prices for ma- 
 terials delivered at the proper place in building shall govern any 
 and all additions to and deductions from this contract, until the com- 
 pletion of the work called for herein and its acceptance and the issu- 
 ance of the final certificate by the Architects : 
 
 Hardware for street entrance shop doors ■,..,. .$. 
 
 Hardware for door from main arcade to shops , $ 
 
 Hardware for door to enclosed stairs, opening on 
 corridors $ 
 
 Hardware for typical corridor door (no trans.) $ 
 
 Hardware for typical inner office door (no trans.) ... $ 
 
 Hardware for typical transom $ 
 
 Hardware for typical communicating door $ 
 
 Hardware for typical toilet room door $ 
 
 Hardware for typical cut-out door, double doors, 
 
 two tiers $ 
 
 Hardware for typical machine room doors, double 
 
 doors, two tiers — $ 
 
 Hardware for typical janitors' closet door $ 
 
 Hardware for typical door to pipe shaft. $ 
 
 Hardware for double D. A. doors in toilet rooms $ 
 
 Hardware for typical W. C. stall door $ 
 
 Hardware for plumbing space doors $ 
 
 Hardware for typical check rail sash $ 
 
 Hardware for typical side hinged sash $
 
 153 
 
 LIGHTING FIXTURES. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and install complete the 
 Lighting Fixture work in accordance with the accompanying drawings 
 and as required by this specification. 
 
 Scope of Contract: 
 
 In this work shall be included all light fixtures, except as other- 
 wise specified, delivered at the building, hung and connected to the 
 wiring system, with all insulating joints, wiring, sockets, shades and 
 holders complete ready to receive electric lamps. 
 
 Fixtures : 
 
 All outlets, unless otberwise specified, shall be provided complete 
 with fixtures of types and designs as shown by the drawings and as 
 hereinafter specified. All fixtures shall be electric throughout except 
 where combination gas and electric outlets are shown on plans, for 
 which combination fixtures are to be supplied. 
 
 For the number of fixtures and lights, see drawings. 
 
 There will be no fixtures in this contract for floor outlets, base- 
 board outlets or drop cord outlets unless specifically stated to the 
 contrary. 
 
 Special Fixtures: 
 
 The special fixtures shall include all light fixtures for the first 
 story entrance vestibule, main arcade, elevator and staircase lobbies 
 and 1st story corridors, for which an amount of ten thousand dollars 
 shall be allowed and included in this contract. 
 
 The special fixtures shall be suspended from ceilings with chains, 
 varying in length with height of ceilings. 
 
 Typical Fixtures: 
 
 The typical fixtures include the following: 
 
 1 light outlet corridor ceiling fixture. 
 
 2 light outlet corridor ceiling fixture. 
 
 1 light outlet typical ceiling fixture. 
 
 2 bight outlet typical ceiling fixture.
 
 154 
 
 3 light outlet typical ceiling fixture. 
 
 4 light outlet typical ceiling fixture. 
 
 5 light outlet typical ceiling fixture. 
 
 6 light outlet typical ceiling fixture. 
 1 light gas bracket. 
 
 1 and 1 light combination bracket (stairway light). 
 
 1 and 2 light combination bracket (exit light). 
 
 2 light electric bracket (floor sign, stairways). 
 
 Materials and Workmanship: 
 
 All fixtures, both typical and special, unless otherwise specified, 
 shall be made of brass metal. 
 
 All materials, tubing, spun work, etc., shall be straight, true and 
 of proper size to execute the work in a first-class manner. 
 
 The work shall be carefully and accurately made and shall be as- 
 sembled and executed in such a manner as to obtain finished and per- 
 fect results in every detail. 
 
 All special fixtures shall be of cast or wrought metal throughout 
 with no spun work. 
 
 All castings shall be clean, sharp and well modeled, and all 
 turned work regular in form without flaws. All ornamental portions 
 of the cast metal shall be neatly executed, hand chased, and finished 
 in an artistic and skillful manner, subject to the approval and ac- 
 ceptance of the Architect. All work shall be well and neatly fitted 
 together. 
 
 No spelter work or stamped metal shall be used in the fixtures. 
 
 Models: 
 
 All modeling for the decoration and ornamental work of the 
 fixtures shall be executed by skillful and artistic modelers, selected by 
 the Architect, and changes shall be made in models, or new models 
 made, changing and rechanging them until they are satisfactory to the 
 Architect in every respect. 
 
 Finish: 
 
 All special fixtures throughout shall have a brushed brass finish. 
 All typical fixtures throughout except as otherwise shown or here-
 
 155 
 
 in specified shall be first copper plated (black) and shall then have 
 a coating of black finish baked on hard. 
 
 Inspection : 
 
 Furnish for all fixtures a certificate of inspection from the Board 
 of Underwriters and City Inspection Departments controlling same. 
 
 Measurements : 
 
 Take all necessary measurements for this work at the building in 
 order that his work may fit that already in place. 
 
 Care must be taken that the canopies will cover the wiring work 
 at outlets, this Contractor seeing that light wires are brought to proper 
 locations. 
 
 Design: 
 
 The fixtures shall be of special design, made in strict accord with 
 drawings and details for same as shown. 
 
 Insulation: 
 
 Provide all insulating joints, the insulation must be of such char- 
 acter as will comply with the rules of the National Board of Fire Un- 
 derwriters. 
 
 Wiring: 
 
 All wire shall be of rubber covered Habirshaw Bed Core, Sim- 
 plex Couchouc, or other wire equal to the above, in the judgment of 
 the Architects, and no wire shall be less than No. 18 B & S gauge. 
 
 Sockets: 
 
 All sockets for typical ceiling fixtures shall be Benjamin weather 
 proof sockets of the numbers and with form of holders noted on the 
 drawing; sockets where so noted shall be without bushings. 
 
 All other sockets shall be of the Edison screw base type, of a make 
 approved by the Architects. 
 
 Edison type sockets shall be provided with keys where shown or 
 required. 
 
 Shades, Globes and Reflectors: 
 
 All fixtures, unless otherwise shown, shall be provided with shades 
 or globes complete, which for typical fixtures shall be of Alba glass,
 
 156 
 
 Haskins Lucida glass or similar glass or other manufacture equal in 
 the judgment of the Architect, and for special fixtures shall he glass of 
 a size, character and design as shown by scale and full size drawings. 
 Gas brackets have no shades. Exit and stairway lights shall have red 
 glass globes and panels as shown. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 The Contractor shall name one price only for all additions to or 
 deductions from this contract for the respective labor and materials 
 named below; said price to obtain until the completion of all work 
 called for herein and its acceptance by the Architect : 
 
 Typical Fixtures: 
 
 One light typical ceiling fixture $ 
 
 Two light typical ceiling fixture. $ 
 
 Three light typical ceiling fixture $ 
 
 Four light typical ceiling fixture $ 
 
 250 watt typical ceiling fixture $ 
 
 One light gas bracket $ 
 
 One and one light combination bracket $ 
 
 Two light exit light $ 
 
 Two light stairway light (floor sign) $
 
 157 
 
 PAINTING. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute and complete the Paint- 
 ing Work in accordance with the accompanying drawings and as re- 
 quired by this specification. 
 
 Colors : 
 
 All colors for the various painted surfaces 6hall be as hereafter 
 selected by the Architect. 
 
 Materials: 
 
 All paint for work in this contract shall be composed of pure white 
 lead and raw linseed oil with not more than 5% of drier, and coloring 
 pigments to give the desired tint. 
 
 White lead shall contain not less than 70% carbonate of lead to 
 30% lead hydroxide nor more than 75% carbonate to 25% hydroxide. 
 
 Oil shall be pure raw linseed oil free from "foots." 
 
 Drier shall be free from gums, resin or petroleum products. 
 
 Shellac shall be composed of gum shellac cut in pure grain alcohol. 
 Putty shall be composed of white lead paste mixed with dry white 
 lead to the proper consistency and colored to match the paint. 
 
 All materials for painting shall be delivered in unbroken pack- 
 ages bearing brand and maker's name and shall be subject to inspec- 
 tion. All mixing of materials shall be done at the building. Materials 
 rejected shall at once be removed from the premises. 
 
 Priming: 
 
 All galvanized iron work will be primed as herein specified under 
 Sheet Metal Work. 
 
 All wood work requiring painting unless otherwise herein speci- 
 fied, shall be primed with white lead and linseed oil. 
 
 Exterior and Interior Hard Wood Work: 
 
 All exterior and interior hard wood work will be finished as herein 
 specified under Carpentry Work.
 
 158 
 
 Exterior and Interior Metal Work: 
 
 All exterior copper work shall be left in its original condition, un- 
 painted. 
 
 The hollow metal doors and frames shall he painted as herein spec- 
 ified under Painter's Finish in Carpentry Work. 
 
 All galvanized iron work shall he given three coats of lead and oil 
 paint, in addition to the priming coat. 
 
 All exposed steel beams between elevator cars on the various floors, 
 and where otherwise exposed throughout the building, shall be painted 
 three (3) coats of white lead and linseed oil in colors as directed, in 
 addition to coats as herein specified under Structural Steel. 
 
 Priming of Plaster: 
 
 All plaster surfaces throughout which are to be painted or kalso- 
 mined shall be treated to a priming coat of an approved Stain-Killer 
 satisfactory to the Architect. 
 
 Painting of Plaster: 
 
 All plaster surfaces of the following rooms shall be painted with 
 two (2) coats of linseed oil and white lead paint in not more than 
 three tints. The last coat in all cases shall be carefully stippled to 
 obtain a dull smooth surface. 
 
 Basement: 
 
 The elevator and staircase halls, corridors, toilet rooms and util- 
 ity closets. 
 
 First, to and including Fifth Story: 
 
 All rooms throughout. 
 
 The plain and ornamental plaster surfaces of the Main Entrances 
 and Vestibules, the Main Arcade, the corridors, the elevator and stair- 
 case lobbies on the first and second story shall be painted with three 
 coats of lead and oil in not more than five tints. 
 
 Sixth to Thirty-Sixth Stories, Inclusive: 
 
 The elevator and staircase halls, corridors, toilet rooms, freight 
 rooms and utility closets.
 
 159 
 
 Enclosed Stairs: 
 
 The interior walla of all stair enclosures shall be painted from top 
 to bottom. 
 
 Elevator Shafts: 
 
 All elevator shafts throughout shall be painted from top to bot- 
 tom. 
 
 Tinting of Plaster: 
 
 All surfaces of plaster throughout, not otherwise specified, after 
 priming as above mentioned, shall be tinted with best quality kalsomine 
 in not more than three (3) colors, tints to be selected by the Architect. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 The Contractor shall name one price only for any additions to or 
 deductions from this contract, for the respective materials and labor 
 named below; said price to obtain until the completion of all work 
 called for herein and issuance of final certificate by the Architect. 
 
 Painting plastered walls (3 tints) per square of 100 ft. $ 
 
 Tinting plastered walls per square of 100 ft $
 
 160 
 
 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 
 
 Boilers, engines, generators, ejectors, stack and ceiling lining, re- 
 frigeration, heating, ventilation, elevators, wiring, plumbing, gas fit- 
 ting and all mechanical equipment throughout the entire building 
 shall be provided and installed complete and ready for operation. 
 
 All material and workmanship entering into this installation must 
 meet with the approval of the Architect, who reserves the right to 
 reject any material not in accordance with these specifications, either 
 before or after installation. 
 
 All material herein mentioned shall be furnished and installed 
 complete and shall be the best of its kind. 
 
 Dimensions taken at the building shall govern all construction. 
 
 Drawings : 
 
 The Architect will furnish certain plumbing, heating and venti- 
 lating drawings and diagrams which, with such writing, interlineations, 
 figures and details as may be upon them, shall be considered as part of 
 and illustrating these specifications. 
 
 The Contractor, however, shall furnish complete working draw- 
 ings of each branch of the mechanical equipment, showing complete 
 layouts and work in detail. These drawings and details shall be sub- 
 mitted to the Architect for his written approval, which approval must 
 be obtained before any work is begun. 
 
 Layout of Machinery: 
 
 The general layout of machinery as shown on drawings is not abso- 
 lute, and is subject to such changes as will admit of better adaptation 
 of the machinery for the work it is to perform, but it is to be confined 
 to its present location. 
 
 Installation of Work: 
 
 The Architectural, Heating, Ventilating, Plumbing and Structural 
 Steel drawings shall be examined before installing the work contem- 
 plated in these specifications, and if any discrepancies occur between 
 them and these specifications, making it impossible to install the work 
 as shown, the same shall be reported to the Architect and written in-
 
 161 
 
 structions obtained for changes made necessary to accommodate the 
 work hereinafter specified. 
 
 All changes in the work covered by the specifications made neces- 
 sary by the neglect of the Contractor to report said discrepancies shall 
 be made by and at its expense. 
 
 Openings Through Walls and Floors: 
 
 The Contractor shall provide all openings through walls and floors, 
 either below or above ground, and all cutting and fitting made neces- 
 sary by neglect to make such arrangements shall be done by it at its 
 expense. 
 
 Excavation : 
 
 The Contractor shall do all the excavating necessary in the con- 
 struction of the work included in these specifications and all sheathing 
 and bracing with proper material, which may, in the opinion of the 
 Architect, be necessary for the protection of the foundations or walls 
 of the building, and shall keep all excavation free from water during 
 the progress of the work. 
 
 Removal of Earth: 
 
 After all the underground work installed by the Contractor is in 
 place he shall remove from the building all surplus earth resulting from 
 his work, and shall dispose of the same at its expense. 
 
 Foundations : 
 
 Furnish all labor and material and do all work necessary to install 
 the foundations required by the machinery herein specified. No foun- 
 dations shall go below or come in contact with the building footings, 
 and the Contractor shall furnish steel beams thoroughly protected by 
 concrete and properly supported on piers to relieve building founda- 
 tions of all vibration where foundations would otherwise rest on same. 
 
 Foundations, excepting for machinery on framed floors, shall be of 
 best cement concrete, extending at least four (4) inches above floor 
 line, and .shall be neatly finished with faced brick above floor line. 
 
 The Contractor shall provide the pumps and necessary power at 
 its own cost and expense and keep excavation for foundations free 
 from water during the installation of this work.
 
 162 
 
 Painting: 
 
 All exposed piping, ducts, iron work, etc., shall be painted, as 
 directed by the Architect, two (2) coats of asphaltum paint or of lead 
 and oil, final coat tinted as directed. 
 
 All exposed covering shall be painted two (2) coats of lead and 
 oil, final coat tinted as directed by the Architect. 
 
 Finish coat on pipes and covering shall be tinted so as to identify 
 the various services and shall be as directed by the Architect. 
 
 Paint all machinery, after installation, two (2) coats of lead and 
 oil, final coat tinted as directed by Architect. 
 
 Test: 
 
 All of the machinery herein specified shall be tested as specified 
 or as directed by the Architect, and it shall perform all duties speci- 
 fied in every respect; these tests shall be made in the presence of the 
 Architect 
 
 Laws and Ordinances — Inspection: 
 
 The Contractor must comply with all the laws of the State of New 
 York, the ordinances of the City of New York, N. Y., and the rules 
 and regulations of the Board of Underwriters in the installation of the 
 equipment included in these specifications ; anything in these specifica- 
 tions to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 
 All electrical work shall be installed in accordance with the rules 
 and regulations of the Electrical Department of the City of New York, 
 N. Y., and the Board of Underwriters, and certificates of inspection 
 and approval obtained at the Contractor's expense. 
 
 When Plumbing and Gas Fitting work herein specified is com- 
 pleted the Contractor shall secure from the Sanitary Engineer of the 
 Board of Health, or other proper official, and shall furnish free of 
 cost to the owners, a certificate of inspection signed by the Sanitary 
 Engineer certifying that all Plumbing work has been properly in- 
 stalled. 
 
 He shall also secure certificate signed by the Gas Company's In- 
 spector stating that ajl gas piping has been made tight and accept- 
 able. 
 
 The Contractor shall state the make and kind of apparatus and 
 material he proposes .to furnish for all parts of the work covered by 
 these specifications, all of which shall be approved by the Architect.
 
 163 
 
 PLUMBING, SEWERS, GAS FITTING, EJECTORS AND RE- 
 FRIGERATING PLANT. 
 
 PLUMBING, SEWERS AND GAS PITTING. 
 
 In General i 
 
 Furnish all labor and material to execute, install and complete 
 the plumbing in accordance with the accompanying drawings and as 
 required by these specifications. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 Furnish and install in a good, firm and substantial manner, all 
 the drainage sewers and appurtenances, piping for hot and cold water 
 supplies, waste and ventilation of waste and gas fitting, also plumbing 
 fixtures and appurtenances, tanks, pumps, etc., as herein specified, 
 making the system of water supply, use and waste and gas fitting com- 
 plete and ready for service. 
 
 Old Pipes in Curb Walls t 
 
 Remove all sewer, water and gas pipes passing through curb walls, 
 which will not be used in connection with the new work and close all 
 openings in the proper manner. This work shall be done at such times 
 as directed by the Architect and in accordance with the rules and reg- 
 ulations covering the respective kinds of service. 
 
 The Architectural drawings shall take precedence over the Plumb- 
 ing diagrams, and if there is any difference in number or location of 
 plumbing fixtures or gas outlets, the maximum number shown shall be 
 installed under this contract, and all fixtures and outlets shall be con- 
 nected complete. 
 
 All risers are to be enclosed with tile or other material and in 
 no case will the enclosure be made larger than is shown on the Plumb- 
 ing and Architectural drawings. 
 
 In every case suspended pipes must be kept as close to the ceiling 
 as possible. 
 
 Testing Material i 
 
 All pipe, fittings, valves, etc., worked under a pressure of 100 
 pounds or less shall be tested to 250 pounds hydrostatic pressure and
 
 164 
 
 those above 100 pounds to 500 pounds hydrostatic pressure per square 
 inch at the factory. 
 
 Quality of Materials: 
 
 All piping and fittings shall be of the inside diameter designated. 
 Soil and waste pipe in ground shall be extra heavy cast iron soil pipe 
 in lengths of five (5) feet, smooth inside and with outer and inner 
 surfaces concentric, sound, and free from defects and of iron that will 
 cut well. The average weight of each pipe shall not be less than the 
 following: 
 
 10 inch pipe 45 pounds per foot 
 
 8 inch pipe 33f pounds per foot 
 
 7 inch pipe 27 pounds per foot 
 
 6 inch pipe 20 pounds per foot 
 
 5 inch pipe 17 pounds per foot 
 
 4 inch pipe 13 pounds per foot 
 
 3 inch pipe 9| pounds per foot 
 
 2 inch pipe 5$ pounds per foot 
 
 All pipe cracked in cutting or otherwise shall be at once removed 
 from the building and shall not be used in any part of the work. 
 
 Fittings for cast iron pipe shall be especially made for drainage 
 purposes of the same inside diameter as the pipe with which they are 
 to be used, and of equal quality and weight in all parts. These include 
 elbows, bends, traps, Y branches, etc., and where shown shall have 
 proper hand holes with cast iron covers. Fittings for junctions of 
 cast iron and wrought pipe shall be cut at one end with full threads, 
 and those supporting risers shall have proper shoes east on them. 
 
 All suspended soil and waste pipes, downspouts, vent and cold 
 water supply pipes shall be wrought pipe galvanized, of standard 
 weights and dimensions, cut with full threads, and when used for soil, 
 waste and vent pipes shall be cut to a gauge. 
 
 No pipe lighter than full weight will be permitted. 
 
 Pipe for hot water supply shall be of seamless brass, iron pipe 
 si*?. 
 
 Horizontal runs of soil and waste pipes and downspouts in the 
 basement, pump discharge pipes and all water supply pipes in the 
 basement, sub-basement and sub-sub-basement supplied from the high
 
 165 
 
 level house tanks, also all piping for the fire protection shall be extra 
 heavy. 
 
 Fittings for soil and waste pipes shall be especially made for 
 this purpose, of cast iron of the same internal diameter as the pipe, 
 with which they are used, cut with full threads and to the same gauge 
 
 as the pipe and shall be galvanized. Graded fittings shall have the 
 grade cast on them. 
 
 Fittings for vent and cold water pipes shall be galvanized, cut 
 with full threads. 
 
 All fittings 1-J- inches and less in diameter shall be of mallea- 
 ble iron and all fittings 2 inches and larger in diameter shall be of 
 cast iron. All changes in direction in water supply pipes around 
 filters, surge tanks, pumps and in pump discharge pipes, 2 inches and 
 larger in diameter, shall be sweep fittings. 
 
 Fittings for hot water Bupply pipe shall be rough brass. 
 
 Where pipes are extra heavy, fittings shall also be extra heavy. 
 
 Fittings for gas pipe shall be malleable iron and beaded where 
 possible to obtain same. 
 
 All exposed pipes and fittings used in connection with plumbing 
 fixtures shall be white metal, iron pipe size, and all faucets, exposed 
 traps and trimmings of all kinds shall be white metal, unless other- 
 wise specified under "Fixtures." 
 
 Sheet lead for flashing shall weigh six (6) pounds per square foot. 
 
 All brackets, clamps and hangers shall be of wrought iron and 
 constructed to the satisfaction of the Architect. 
 
 Drain tile shall be best hard burned. 
 
 Brick shall be hard burned sewer brick, free from lime, and shall 
 be thoroughly wet before laying. 
 
 Cement shall be the best Portland. , 
 
 Sand shall be clean, sharp and free from loam. 
 
 Cement mortar for pipe laying shall be made of one (1) part ce- 
 ment and one (1) part sand; for brick laying it shall be made of one 
 (1) part cement and three (3) parts sand. For all mortar the parts 
 shall be by measure and the cement and sand shall be first mixed dry 
 and then wet with as little water as will make an easy working mortar.
 
 166 
 
 Mortar shall be mixed fresh for the work in hand, and any mortar 
 which shall have become hard in the box shall be thrown out and shall 
 not be used in any part of the work. 
 
 Lead shall be soft pig and gaskin shall be picked oakum. 
 
 Excavation: 
 
 A line shall be used to mark out the trenches for sewers, and there 
 shall be no variation from the diagrams, except by order of the Archi- 
 tect. All sewers in ground shall be laid in open trenches not less than 
 two (2) feet wide in bottom. 
 
 SEWBES. 
 
 All horizontal runs of soil and waste pipes, whether in ground or 
 suspended, shall have a grade of i-inch to the foot, unless otherwise 
 ordered by the Architect. 
 
 Sewer Connections: 
 
 If a sewer of proper size is laid in curb wall near any of the 
 
 points marked for sewer connections, the Contractor shall locate it, 
 clean it out, and upon approval of the Architect shall connect thereto. 
 
 If no such sewer is laid in the curb wall, connect with the street 
 sewer and lay a sewer of the size shown on diagrams to a point six 
 (6) feet outside the curb wall for each connection. 
 
 Each pipe shall be laid true to line and shall be bedded in dry 
 sand. Each joint shall be filled and properly caulked all around with 
 cement mortar. The joints shall be cleaned off inside and struck 
 smooth outside and mortar thrown on and struck off around pipe to 
 the proper level. Dry sand shall be filled in and tamped solid to 6 
 inches above pipe. Above this the trenches shall be back filled as here- 
 inafter specified. 
 
 The connection of iron sewer to clay sewer shall be made with col- 
 lar of brick laid in cement made of two rings of brick with not less 
 than six (6) inches bearing on each side of joint. 
 
 Cast Iron Pipes: 
 
 All sewers in ground through and inside curb walls to a point six 
 (6) feet outside of said walls shall be cast iron pipe laid truly to line
 
 167 
 
 and grade. Any changes in line or grade shall be made with a proper 
 curved fitting and all junctions shall be made with Y branches. 
 
 Handhole fittings shall be used where shown, and where junctions 
 of sewers occur, and one (1) handhole in main sewer at least every 
 fifty (50) feet. Fittings receiving risers shall be set with top of fitting 
 at surface of finished floor, and the fittings seated upon or firmly 
 clamped to the adjacent wall or column. 
 
 Each pipe shall be bedded its entire length in packed dry earth or 
 sand with proper bell hole at each joint. The joints shall be tightly 
 caulked with gaskin, leaving not less than 1£ inches depth of lead room. 
 The inside shall be examined and if not smooth shall be made so. A 
 clay or asbestos roll shall be used to make the joints and shall be put on 
 so that after caulking the lead will finish flush with the bell. Each 
 joint shall be run full of molten lead at one pouring, and if it does not 
 fill perfectly shall be cut out and repoured; any lead that has run 
 through to the inside shall be removed and the joint left smooth. 
 
 The joint shall be properly caulked. No lead shall be cut until 
 the caulking is carried all around the pipe; the lead shall then be 
 trimmed and finished smooth with end of bell. 
 
 All openings for connections shall be closed with plugs until tested, 
 and all handholes shall be closed at once and the sewers shall be kept 
 clean ; any dirt which may get in shall be removed. 
 
 Back Filling: 
 
 As fast as the pipe is laid dry earth shall be rammed into place at 
 the sides of the pipe, leaving the joints and tops exposed until tested 
 as hereinafter specified. After testing the trenches shall be filled in 
 layers not more than nine (9) inches thick, each thoroughly rammed 
 with an iron rammer. 
 
 Testing: 
 
 At such times as the Architect may direct stop all openings on the 
 cast iron sewers, set up a standpipe twenty- five (25) feet long on each 
 and fill same with water. If any leak shows in pipe or joint, it shall 
 be made good and the test repeated, and the final certificate will not be 
 issued until the work is made tight as contemplated herein. After this 
 test the back filling shall be completed as hereinbefore specified.
 
 168 
 
 Suspended Sewers: 
 
 All suspended sewers shall be of wrought pipe, hung to the beams 
 of the floor just above same, and the points of support shall not be 
 more than twelve (12) feet apart, and there shall be at least one sup- 
 port in each length. 
 
 As regards grade and use of fittings : The joints and pipes shall 
 be as specified for soil and waste pipes. 
 
 Horizontal runs of sewers in basement shall be extra heavy. 
 
 Ejector Fits: 
 
 Furnish all material and do all excavating and set in place in 
 sub-sub-basement floor two (2) ejector pits each nine feet in inside 
 diameter constructed as shown on diagrams. Each pit shall be made 
 of steel and must be water tight when completed and shall be sur- 
 rounded with concrete as indicated. Pipes passing through walls of 
 pit shall make water tight joints with same. 
 
 Provide concrete floor in bottom of each pit. 
 
 The ejector pits must be put in place as soon as building founda- 
 tions are built and must be kept free from water until they are turned 
 over to the Owner. 
 
 Discharge Pipes from Ejectors: 
 
 The discharge pipes from ejectors shall be extra heavy wrought 
 pipe galvanized, connected to sewers in street as shown. Fittings used 
 in discharge pipes shall be extra heavy sweep fittings. 
 
 The ejectors will be furnished as specified under "Ejectobs." 
 The inlet and outlet pipes of same will finish with flanges. Furnish 
 flanged pipe connections on inlets and outlets of same diameter, and 
 make connections to the ejectors inside of pits, making requisite holes 
 in same. Make cross-connections between ejectors, properly valved. 
 
 Surface Drains: 1 j| 
 
 Surface drains shall be laid of the sizes and on the lines shown on 
 diagrams, set in boxes. Boxes and trenches shall be filled to the bot- 
 tom of the concrete floor with small broken stone. The bottom of the 
 trenches shall be graded to the section shown with a regular grade 
 between sections, and each box shall be set in a solid bed of sand its
 
 169 
 
 entire length, with the projecting sides resting upon the projecting 
 bottom of the preceding box. 
 
 The broken stone shall finish evenly at the specified level and shall 
 be covered with boards, secured to stakes driven on each side of trench. 
 Maintain this protection until the laying of the concrete floor and make 
 good and repair or replace, as may be necessary, any damage resulting 
 from neglect to do this. 
 
 Where drains pass under footings and foundations they shall be 
 of cast iron pipe. 
 
 Surface Basins: 
 
 Build where shown, surface basins of brick laid in cement mortar 
 with walls four inches thick, and one (1) course in bottom (flat). They 
 shall finish inside nineteen (19) inches in diameter and four (4) inches 
 deeper than outlet drain and shall be covered at floor level with fin- 
 ished ring with deep collar and counter-sunk flush lid eighteen (18) 
 inches clear inside diameter, set level and true. Rings and lids shall 
 be of cast iron, except in the Safety Deposit Department and in the 
 Engine Boom, where they shall be of brass. 
 
 Settling Basin: 
 
 Build, where shown, settling basin three (3) feet six (6) inches 
 inside diameter at bottom and drawn in to nineteen (19) inches at top; 
 cover with counter-sunk iron ring and flush lid eighteen (18) inches 
 in diameter. The settling basin shall have two (2) flat courses in 
 bottom and two (2) rings of bats in wall, plastered outside and cleaned 
 and painted inside. Bottom of basin shall be two (2) feet below 
 outlet 
 
 Cleaning Surface Drainage System: 
 
 The entire system of surface drainage shall be kept clean during 
 the construction of the building and shall be delivered to the Owner 
 absolutely free from stoppage. 
 
 Manhole : 
 
 Build, where shown, or where required, circular manhole not 
 less than three (3) feet six (6) inches inside diameter at bottom and 
 drawn in to 19 inches at top. Cover with counter-sunk iron ring and 
 flush lid 18 inches in diameter. The manhole shall have two flat courses
 
 170 
 
 in bottom and two rings of bats in wall, plastered outside and cleaned 
 and painted inside. 
 
 Gutter Drain in Front of Boilers: 
 
 Furnisb and install where shown in front of boilers graded gutter 
 and cover, which shall be coated inside and outside while hot with coal 
 tar varnish and set in a cement grout. Do all cutting and repairing 
 required by the installation of this gutter. 
 
 Catch Basin: 
 
 Build, where shown, a brick catch basin of cement and hard burned 
 sewer brick. Basin shall be three (3) feet six (6) inches in diameter 
 at the bottom and three (3) feet below outlet with three (3) courses 
 of hard burned brick and eight (8) inches of cement concrete in bottom 
 and two (2) rings in wall. Outside shall be plastered \ inch thick with 
 cement plaster and inside the same to sewer outlet. Basin shall be 
 drawn in to nineteen (19) inches at top and covered with a counter- 
 sunk iron ring and flush lid eighteen (18) inches in diameter, set flush 
 with the floor. 
 
 PLUMBING. 
 
 System : 
 
 The system of plumbing shall furnish hot and cold water to points 
 indicated on diagrams. 
 
 Joints: 
 
 Joints in and to wrought pipe and fittings shall be made with 
 threads fully coated with white lead and oil and properly screwed 
 home. 
 
 Carpentry: 
 
 All carpentry work necessary for supports, etc., in setting the 
 fixtures included in these specifications will be done as specified under 
 "Carpentry and Cabinet Work." 
 
 WASTE WATER SYSTEM. 
 
 Risers and Branches: 
 
 All risers and branches for soil, waste and down-spouts shall be 
 connected to sewers. Connect bottom of each vent pipe to nearest soil
 
 171 
 
 or waste pipe. All connections through which water is to run shall 
 be made with Ys, unless otherwise indicated on detail drawings, and 
 these Ys and the elbows used from vertical to horizontal runs, or to re- 
 ceive water closets, shall be cut to the proper grade of horizontal pipe. 
 
 All risers shall be securely clamped at floors to beams or walls 
 and at any deflection from the vertical a firm support by bracket or 
 hanger shall be given the riser in its new position. Branches for 
 water closets shall be firmly supported to beams where necessary. 
 
 Branches for ventilation of traps shall be run as directed, and all 
 openings shall be left above outlet of fixture at such height as to give 
 continuous rise from the connection to waste pipe. Where a branch 
 vent crosses a room, corridor or doorway on any floor, it shall be run 
 in the floor above and dropped through to the fixture. 
 
 In all cases of waste or vent pipes the iron used shall come through 
 the floor or plaster line only, leaving the opening at the finished floor 
 or plaster line ready for connection. 
 
 Handholes: 
 
 Handholes of same diameter as pipes shall be put in on every 
 branch in floor at the connection to riser and on each riser at its con- 
 nection to sewer, and each branch shall have one or more handholes 
 as may be necessary. All openings shall be closed with screw plugs 
 with plumbago. All parts of this work shall be made accessible so that 
 it may be readily cleaned out. 
 
 Screw plugs, except on exposed suspended sewers, shall be of white 
 metal, set flush with the finished floor, those on exposed suspended 
 sewers shall be rough brass. 
 
 Downspouts: 
 
 Set downspouts of wrought pipe as hereinbefore specified for waste 
 risers. 
 
 Traps: 
 
 In all cases where trap is not in combination with fixture, it shall 
 be as specified under "Fixtures," or as shown on diagrams. Each 
 fixture shall be fitted with a trap set in all cases as close to the outlet 
 as practicable.
 
 172 
 
 Extra Plugged Openings: 
 
 In each story where fixtures occur install in branch to each riser 
 the following fittings, located where directed, in addition to all con- 
 nections that are necessary for fixtures shown : 
 
 On each water supply a plugged tee full size of branch. 
 
 On each vent a plugged tee full size of branch. 
 
 On each waste or soil a graded fitting full size of branch, properly 
 stopped off. 
 
 On all risers having connections to plumbing fixtures, install in all 
 stories, fittings for branch connections full size of risers for waste or 
 soil, vent and hot and cold water supply. 
 
 All extra openings shall be located as directed. 
 
 Ys shall be used on all waste and soil risers in all cases. 
 
 Flashing: 
 
 Ml pipes passing through the roof shall be flashed at the roof fine 
 with a piece of sheet lead not less than eight (8) inches in all direc- 
 tions from pipe and a piece of lead soil pipe ^ inch thick, running from 
 sheet lead to top of pipe and turned down inside of pipe one (1) inch. 
 The sheet lead and pipe shall be joined with a wiped joint. 
 
 WATEE SUPPLY. 
 
 Connect to city mains in Broadway and Cedar, Nassau and Pine 
 streets, and lay in cast iron pipes to meters of the sizes shown. From* 
 the meters the pipe shall be continued to the filters with all connections 
 properly valved. 
 
 Meters: 
 
 There shall be four meters located where shown or where directed 
 by the Water Department of the City of New York, N. Y. 
 
 Meters shall be set on the floor, unless otherwise indicated on the 
 diagrams and connected with a fish strainer on each connection from 
 main, all of a make approved by the Water Department of the City 
 of New York, N. Y., and provided with a gate valve on each side of each 
 meter. Meters shall have flanged connections.
 
 173 
 
 Provide plugged fittings on each side of each meter for the insertion 
 of test meter. 
 
 Rules : 
 
 All work in connection with the water mains and meters and loca- 
 tion of same must be done in accordance with the rules of the Water 
 Department, by and at the expense of the Contractor, who shall also 
 provide the meters. 
 
 Surge Tanks: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect where shown two (2) open surge tanks 
 each of 5,000 gallons capacity ; one tank shall be used for building serv- 
 ice and one for fire pump service. Tanks shall be made of f inch thick 
 steel, water tight, and shall be provided with necessary flanges for 
 suction to house pumps or fire pumps, overflow to sewer with running 
 trap and draw off at bottom. Provide valve on each connection, except 
 overflow. Surge tanks shall be covered as hereinafter specified. 
 
 Provide each tank with a heavy sheet steel cover, having manhole 
 and cover. 
 
 Each tank shall be provided with a flange steel drip pan \ inch 
 thick and one (1) foot larger in diameter than the tank and four (4) 
 inches deep, riveted perfectly tight. 
 
 Surge tanks shall be set on concrete foundations four (4) inches 
 above floor. 
 
 Make all connections between filters and surge tank for house 
 service also by-pass around surge tank. Provide two (2) ball floats 
 in each surge tank, floats to be arranged to operate at different levels. 
 The levels at which floats operate will be determined later. 
 
 Filters: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect at location shown five (5) pressure 
 filters, each having a capacity to filter ten thousand (10,000) gallons 
 of water per hour taken from mains, based on a maximum rate of fil- 
 tration not exceeding four (4) gallons of water per square foot of filter 
 area per minute, and at the end of eight (8) hours run the filtrate 
 must be clear and not contain any free alum or other coagulent at any 
 time.
 
 174 
 
 Provide all necessary flanged openings for inlet and outlet and 
 
 washout to sewer- 
 Filters shall be fully equipped for operating and shall be set on 
 
 a concrete foundation four (4) inches above floor. 
 
 Filters shall be covered as hereinafter specified. 
 
 Filter Connections: 
 
 Filters shall be arranged and so connected that they can be used 
 singly or together as desired; also provided with a by-pass around 
 each filter. Each connection shall be properly valved. 
 
 Install on supply from filters a cross-head as shown on diagrams 
 arranged for independent connection for each supply. Also install on 
 this cross-head four (4) extra valved connections of the sizes directed. 
 
 Each branch from the cross-head shall be fitted with a valve and 
 with a brass plate plainly marked with the destination of the supply. 
 Each supply delivering water above the filters shall be fitted with a 
 lever handled drain cock connected with a £ inch pipe to nearest sewer, 
 and each supply delivering below the level of the filters shall be fitted 
 with an air cock. 
 
 House Tanks: 
 
 Furnish, set in place where shown, and connect six (6) house tanks, 
 made of flanged steel ; sides and bottoms shall be § inch thick, riveted 
 perfectly tight; tops shall be reinforced with 2|x2^-inch angle irons; 
 locations and capacities of tanks shall be as follows : 
 
 Two (2) of 12,500 gallons each in the 38th story. 
 Two (2) of 5,000 gallons each in the 26th story. 
 Two (2) of 5,000 gallons each in the 16th story. 
 The capacities noted above shall be effective capacities between 
 equalizers and overflows. 
 
 On each of these tanks shall be riveted perfectly tight pipe flanges 
 of proper size for overflow, equalizing purposes and draw-off; center 
 of overflow pipe shall be six (6) inches from top of tank. The high 
 level house tanks shall be arranged to supply both the interior stand- 
 pipes and plumbing fixtures above the 26th floor; the supply for 
 the standpipes shall be taken from an equalizer, placed between house 
 tanks and taking water from points near the bottom of the tanks. The
 
 175 
 
 supply for plumbing fixtures shall be taken from an equalizer, placed 
 between house tanks at such a height that there will always be a total 
 of 10,000 gallons reserve in the two tanks for fire purposes. 
 
 Overflow from the high level house tanks shall be to the inter- 
 mediate level house tanks, and overflow from the intermediate level 
 house tanks shall be to the low level house tanks; overflow from the 
 low level house tanks shall be to surge tank in sub-sub-basement. 
 
 Each pair of tanks shall be provided with a flanged steel drip pan 
 £ inch thick, rectangular in shape and of such size that it will receive 
 the two tanks. It shall be four (4) inches deep, riveted perfectly tight 
 and located on supports. 
 
 All tanks shall be painted two (2) coats of red lead before assem- 
 bling; after assembling they shall be painted two (2) coats asphaltum 
 inside and outside, one coat in the shop and one coat after installation. 
 
 Provide each tank with heavy sheet steel cover having a manhole 
 and cover. Make valved connections from house tanks to main sup- 
 plies, each fitted with a valve and air cock at point of connection; in- 
 stall on supplies to risers two (2) plugged "Ts" at points directed 
 by Architect and provide valve on equalizer connection at each house 
 tank. 
 
 Telltale Pipe: 
 
 Run telltale pipe from each pair of house tanks to a convenient 
 place in the boiler room to sound an alarm to warn the attendant in 
 case of failure of the ball floats to operate properly. 
 
 Hot Water Connections: 
 
 The hot water heaters will be set in the sub-sub-basement as speci- 
 fied under "Steam Fitting, Steam Heating and Ventilating." 
 
 Arrangements shall be made so that two (2) heaters can be used 
 to supply the plumbing fixtures above the 26th story; two (2) heaters 
 to supply the plumbing fixtures from the 16th to the 25th stories in- 
 clusive; two (2) heaters to supply the plumbing fixtures between the 
 2d and 15th stories inclusive, and two (2) heaters to supply the plumb- 
 ing fixtures in the sub-sub-basement, sub-basement, basement and 1st 
 story. 
 
 Connect the main supplies from each pair of house tanks in the 
 various stories to supply the hot water heaters for its respective sys-
 
 176 
 
 tern. Supply pipes shall each be fitted with an air cock at top and 
 drain pipe with valve at the bottom, discharging into nearest sewer. 
 
 Install on heaters cross heads with valved connections to heaters 
 and take off main supply connections, each fitted with brass valve and 
 with a lever handled drain cock and connected to nearest sewer. 
 
 Provide two (2) extra plugged openings on each cross head. The 
 heaters shall also be connected with drain pipe with valve ; each branch 
 from cross head shall be fitted with a brass plate, plainly marked with 
 the destination of the supply; proper connections shall be made be- 
 tween heaters complete with valves so that any one heater or any 
 combination of heaters may be used in any service while other heaters 
 are in use on other services. 
 
 Risers : 
 
 All risers shall be located as shown and securely clamped to the 
 walls or beams at floors. Each riser shall be provided at the bottom 
 with a proper drain valve. Each hot water pipe shall be made with 
 offsets or otherwise arranged in a satisfactory manner, so that expan- 
 sion at fixture will not exceed | inch. 
 
 Cold water risers shall be connected together at the bottom of 
 each system and carried to some convenient point for draining. 
 
 Provide air chamber at top of all risers of as great length as 
 possible. 
 
 At the bottom of each descending hot water riser shall be set a 
 loosely swinging approved brass angle check valve standing open 
 when no water is being drawn from riser; also globe valve. 
 
 Furnish and securely attach at bottom and top of each hot and 
 cold water riser brass plate, plainly marked in such a manner as to 
 identify the riser. Marking of these plates shall be submitted to the 
 Architect for approval. 
 
 Branches : 
 
 Branches shall be run in the manner before specified for wastes 
 and vents. All branches run to a succession of fixtures shall be pro- 
 vided with a shut-off valve at connection to riser located conveniently. 
 
 All hot water pipes shall be arranged so as to allow for expansion.
 
 177 
 
 Connections and Trimmings: 
 
 All exposed supply pipe and connections and trimmings of all 
 kinds, including faucets, etc., for all plumbing fixtures throughout the 
 building shall be of white metal ; pipe under pressure shall be iron pipe 
 size seamless white metal capable of withstanding a pressure of two 
 hundred (200) pounds per square inch. 
 
 Each connection to cock or bibb shall be provided with an air 
 chamber twelve (12) inches long, concealed in wall, where possible, 
 and approved key stop set conveniently. 
 
 Special Snpply Piping: 
 
 Make connection to cross-head at filters and run supply pipe for 
 boiler feed, terminating at a point near the feed water heaters; con- 
 nection will be made to this point as specified under "Steam Fitting, 
 Steam Heating and Ventilating," and supply run to the boilers and 
 feed water heaters. Also make connection and run supplies from the 
 cross head to the elevator tank, air compressors and refrigerating 
 plant, terminating same at points approved by the Architect. Also 
 make connection to cross head between meters and filters and run 
 piping to a point inside of each compartment of the coal storage bin, 
 terminating with hose connection located where approved by the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 The above connections shall be properly valved. 
 
 Make valved connection between supply to hot water heaters 
 from high level house tanks to supply boilers in emergency. 
 
 Run all supply piping necessary for the kitchen service, bars and 
 club. The fixtures in these rooms will be furnished and installed by 
 the Owner, and piping shall be brought to the rooms, capped and left 
 ready for future connections. 
 
 Install a sprinkler system in waste paper room in sub-basement 
 complete with all heads, piping, etc., that may be required to sprinkle 
 all portions of the room and connected to cold water supply to hot 
 water heaters from the low level house tanks. 
 
 Sprinklers shall be automatic in operation and the system shall 
 be complete with all equipment. 
 
 Provide sprinkler system in refrigerating room, same to be com- 
 plete with all piping, sprinkler heads and other equipment, and con-
 
 178 
 
 nected to cold water supply to hot water heaters from low level house 
 tanks. Heads in this room are to be open and water is to be admitted 
 to the system by opening a valve placed outside of the room. 
 
 Also provide sprinkler system in paint shop and in all other rooms 
 in which inflammable materials are stored and in kitchens, boiler room, 
 engine room and pump room. 
 
 These systems shall be automatic in operation and shall be com- 
 plete with equipment. 
 
 Supplies and Wastes in General: 
 
 All branches to horizontal pipes shall be laid to drain. All risers 
 shall be so set as to be conveniently encased. 
 
 Sill Cocks: 
 
 Set and connect, where shown, polished brass sill cocks with loose 
 keys and furnish a key with each sill cock. They shall be firmly 
 caulked in place. On each connection to sill cock provide a hand valve 
 and drain stop. 
 
 Where so indicated on diagrams they shall be installed in con- 
 nection with the Siamese connections and shall be of the design shown 
 on the drawings. 
 
 Testing: 
 
 All supply pipe shall be stopped off at outlet and filled with cold 
 water at normal pressure. The sewers shall be stopped off at curb 
 walls. All openings on sewers, wastes, soils and vents shall be plugged 
 and the entire system filled with water to roof. 
 
 All of the foregoing shall be carefully examined and if any are 
 found to leak they shall be made tight and the test repeated. These 
 tests shall be made in the presence of the Architect, and the Contractor 
 will not be entitled to either final certificate or payment until work is 
 made tight as contemplated herein. If required by the Inspector of 
 Plumbing, an air, smoke or peppermint test shall be made, by and at 
 the expense of the Contractor. 
 
 Interior Standpipes: 
 
 Furnish, set up and run from the sub-sub-basement ceiling to the 
 38th story, where shown, standpipes of extra heavy wrought pipe, gal- 
 vanized. There shall be one (1) standpipe in each main stair of the
 
 179 
 
 size required by the City Fire Department. All of the above shall be 
 complete with fittings and valves and shall be securely fastened to 
 beams or walls. The main risers shall be connected together in the 
 34th intermediate story and joined to the standpipe equalizer at the 
 high level house tanks. All risers shall be connected at the sub-sub- 
 basement ceiling and to fire pumps and Siamese steamer connections 
 located where shown on drawings. Provide brass fitted swinging check 
 valve at connection to equalizer, to each Siamese connection and to 
 each fire pump. Mains connecting standpipe risers in the 34th inter- 
 mediate story shall be of standard wrought pipe galvanized. All fit- 
 tings throughout shall be long turn fittings. All pipe, fittings and 
 valves used in this connection shall he extra heavy and fittings shall 
 be flanged fittings where required by the Board of Underwriters. Pro- 
 vide an automatic brass or bronze drip ball connection hetween each 
 Siamese coupling and check valve. Gate valve at connection to equal- 
 izer shall be of the outside stem and yoke type and built in accordance 
 with the specifications of the National Board of Underwriters. Pro- 
 vide pressure regulators on each standpipe in height of building com- 
 plete with by-passes and valves; number shall be approved by the City 
 Fire Department. 
 
 Run 24-inch connections from standpipes to the hose racks, there 
 being four (4) connections in each story from the second to the thirty- 
 sixth inclusive, and two (2) connections in thirty-seventh and thirty- 
 eighth stories. Provide the following additional 2J-inch hose connec- 
 tions located where shown on diagrams or where approved by the 
 Architect: 
 
 Sub-Sub-Basement 2 
 
 Sub-Basement 4 
 
 Basement 6 
 
 Plugged openings only shall be provided in the first story. Pro- 
 vide at each connection a drain not less than | inch in diameter with 
 shut-off cock. Drains shall be connected and run to sub-sub-basement 
 with discharge to sink in boiler room. Provide 4-inch valved drip con- 
 nection at bottom of each standpipe to nearest sewer. 
 
 Provide specially designed polished brass Siamese connections at 
 wall located where shown, and connected to main. These Siamese con- 
 nections shall be of the general design shown on drawings and shall 
 be of the size and type required by the City Fire Department.
 
 180 
 
 Racks and Hose : 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect at each hose connection throughout 
 the building an approved nickel-plated brass swinging hose rack ar- 
 ranged so that hose will hang in vertical lengths, complete with 2^-inch 
 unlined linen fire hose bearing the label of the Underwriters' Labora- 
 tories and provided with one nickel-plated brass one (1) inch smooth 
 bore play pipe not less than twelve (12) inches long, weighing not 
 less than three (3) pounds. Nozzle shall be provided with spanner 
 lugs. Hose on each rack shall be of sufficient length to reach any por- 
 tion of the building served from its respective standpipe or connec- 
 tion and shall be in 25 and 50 foot lengths, but in no case will more 
 than one 25 foot length be allowed for a rack. Hose lengths shall be 
 figured to reach the farthest point of the building and to meet each 
 other. Couplings shall be Underwriters' Coupling, of nickel- plated 
 brass. 
 
 Each hose connection shall be provided with a 2^-inch gate valve 
 constructed in accordance with the specifications of the National Board 
 of Underwriters, except that 6-inch handwheels shall be provided. 
 Valves shall be of nickel-plated brass. 
 
 All apparatus in connection with the fire protection equipment 
 
 Bhall be of a make and type approved by the Underwriters and the 
 
 Fire Department of the City of New York, N. T., and all work shall 
 
 be installed to meet their requirements. Obtain the written approval 
 
 of the Board of Underwriters and the City Fire Department on all 
 portions of this work. 
 
 FIXTtTRES. 
 
 Cuts of all fixtures hereinafter specified shall be submitted to the 
 Architect to enable him to make selection of same. 
 
 Fixtures shall be set up and connected complete to soil or waste 
 vent and water supplies. 
 
 Setting: 
 
 The fixtures included in these specifications shall be set and con- 
 nections made thereto in a neat, finished and uniform manner, making 
 the connections to all fixtures of each class of equal height and plumb 
 or at right angles to the wall, unless otherwise directed by the Archi- 
 tect.
 
 181 
 
 Water Closets: 
 
 All water closets shall be of the siphon jet pattern, with concealed 
 siphon limb, of such diameter as to permit the passage of a 2^-inch 
 hard rubber ball. 
 
 Bowl shall be of a vitreous body throughout and shall weigh not 
 less than fifty (50) pounds, without seat. It shall maintain a water 
 seal of not less than 3 inches in depth and an area at top of water line 
 which shall not be less than 8x10 inches. 
 
 Closets shall be of the floor type and shall be set on heavy cast 
 brass floor flanges not less than I inch in thickness with joints packed 
 with solid asbestos roll with lead mixture and covered with plumbago 
 treatment. Bowls shall be fastened to flanges with white metal bolts 
 having blank white metal heads. Connection to soil pipe shall be made 
 through threaded connections. 
 
 Tanks where concealed shall be plain wood tanks concealed behind 
 marble and supported on angle iron or gas pipe frame. Tanks shall be 
 lined with 16 oz. tinned and planished copper and provided with link 
 rod operated by a push button or lever as approved by the Architect, 
 and set to discharge at least five gallons at each flush. Tank shall be 
 connected to bowl with 1^-inch rough brass flush pipe. 
 
 Tanks where exposed shall be cabinet finished hardwood copper 
 lined tanks set on white metal brackets with chain and pull; flush pipe 
 shall be white metal. ■■■'■■■ ; 
 
 Each connection of water supply tank shall be fitted with a gate 
 valve set conveniently. Supply pipes shall be concealed where pos- 
 sible. 
 
 Each water closet shall be provided with seat without cover; seat 
 in each case shall match the woodwork of the room. 
 
 The water supply to each battery of water closets shall also be 
 provided with a gate valve to shut off the supply to all fixtures in the 
 battery. 
 
 Urinals : 
 
 Urinals shall be vitreous lipped urinals, having integral inlets 
 and outlets and shall be placed in stalls furnished and set in place as 
 specified under "Marble and Tile Work." 
 
 All tanks shall be automatic flushing; where they are concealed
 
 182 
 
 behind marble they shall be plain wood tanks set up on frames similar 
 to water closet tanks. Where exposed, they shall be cabinet finished 
 hardwood tanks finished to match the woodwork in the room and set 
 on white metal brackets. 
 
 They shall be of capacity to provide a flush of two (2) gallons per 
 urinal. 
 
 The water supply shall be conneqted to concealed pipe with nickel- 
 plated brass key stop set conveniently. 
 
 Lavatories: 
 
 Lavatories shall be of vitreous china. 
 
 In offices they shall have integral backs and return ends and single 
 legs of china; they shall not be less than 20x24 inches overall dimen- 
 sions. 
 
 In toilet rooms and bath room they shall be roll rim lavatories not 
 less than 20x24 inches over all dimensions and shall have single legs 
 of china. Where in batteries they shall be installed with 3-inch space 
 between end lavatory and wall and at least 2-inch space between lava- 
 tories. 
 
 Lavatories shall have splash rims and shall be provided with ad- 
 justable wall supports. 
 
 Each lavatory, except in the Engineers' and Firemen's Toilet 
 Rooms, shall be provided with two self-closing faucets connected to 
 hot and cold water supplies in wall. Faucets shall close with the pres- 
 sure. Faucets for the lavatory in the Engineers' and Firemen's Toilet 
 Rooms shall be compression faucets. Each connection shall be pro- 
 vided with an air chamber concealed in wall and a loose key stop. Pro- 
 vide each lavatory with a pop-up waste outside of the overflow or sim- 
 ilar waste approved by the Architect, and hooded overflow. Outlet 
 shall be connected to "P" trap with waste to wall and vent continued 
 from waste pipe. All faucets shall be provided with hot and cold 
 water indicators. Provide soap dish for each lavatory integral with 
 the lavatory. 
 
 All metal in connection with lavatories shall be white metal. 
 
 Slop Sinks: 
 
 Slop sinks shall be of enameled iron 20x24 inches. Each sink shall 
 be provided with one (1) combination hot and cold water compression
 
 183 
 
 faucet connected to hot and cold water supplies with air chambers and 
 loose key stops and shall be equipped with white metal dome type 
 strainer with small holes and white metal protecting rim. Faucet shall 
 be provided with brace, and shall be strong enough and arranged to 
 hold a pail. 
 
 Sinks shall have "P v trap standards, enameled inside and out- 
 side and connected to waste with three (3) inch screw thread Dur- 
 ham flange. 
 
 Shower Baths: 
 
 Shower baths in Mechanical Plant shall be head showers with 
 six (6) inch removable faces connected to hot and cold water sup- 
 plies. They shall be provided with combination cast iron drum traps 
 with seven (7) inch white metal outlet grates and three (3) inch waste 
 connection and anti-scalding valves. 
 
 All metal work shall be of white metal. 
 
 Install check valves on water supplies. 
 
 Bath Tub: 
 
 Provide in bath room in 34th intermediate story a five-foot six- 
 inch enameled iron roll rim tub, provided with chain and plug and 
 combination faucet for hot and cold water supplies, also combination 
 waste and overflow. Provide drum trap. All trimmings shall be white 
 metal. 
 
 Sink in Boiler Room: 
 
 Sink in Boiler Room shall be enameled iron, 20x36 inches, with in- 
 tegral back. Sink shall be enameled inside and outside, supported on 
 cast iron legs painted white. Sink shall be provided with compression 
 faucets for hot and cold water, also plug and chain and "P" trap, all 
 of white metal. 
 
 Earthenware : 
 
 Earthenware for all plumbing fixtures shall be of china and guar- 
 anteed not to craze. 
 
 Floor Drains: 
 
 Furnish, set in floor and connect to sewer at locations shown 
 throughout the building extra heavy cast iron combination floor drains 
 and deep seal running traps with water supply.
 
 184 
 
 Top of floor drains shall have brass strainer set flush with the 
 floor. 
 
 Shields: 
 
 All exposed pipes passing through floors or walls shall be pro- 
 vided with shields of same material as pipes and neatly fastened to 
 same. 
 
 Covering: 
 
 All hot water pipes, except branches in floors, shall be covered 
 with two (2) layers of wool felt covering, each | inch thick, lap jointed 
 with insulating paper next to the pipes, properly protected from water 
 with a water-proof paint. 
 
 All exposed cold water pipes shall be covered in a similar man- 
 ner, except that wool felt covering on piping 2| inches and less in 
 diameter shall be \ inch thick, and on all piping 3 inches and larger in 
 diameter shall be 1 inch thick, put on in two (2) layers, similar to cov- 
 ering for hot water pipes. 
 
 Filters and surge tanks shall be covered with hair felt covering 
 one (1) inch thick lap jointed with insulating paper, properly pro- 
 tected with a waterproof coating. These shall be covered with eight 
 (8) ounce canvas and treated with two (2) coats of waterproof paint. 
 
 All the above shall be covered with eight (8) ounce canvas and 
 painted as directed by the Architect. 
 
 Cover all exposed down spouts, including vertical runs, soil and 
 waste pipes similar to cold water pipes, except that covering on all 
 downspouts shall be \ inch thick. 
 
 All covering shall be neatly and thoroughly applied, special care 
 being taken with the fittings and joints. 
 
 All exposed covering on piping in the Sub-sub-basement, Sub- 
 basement, and 38th story shall be supplied with bright lacquered 
 bands, put on every eighteen (18) inches, and with similar band on 
 each side of each fitting. 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee that there will be no condensation 
 on the outside of covernig and that no moisture will appear at any 
 time in any part of same. 
 
 If, in the opinion of the Contractor, the covering as above specified
 
 185 
 
 will not comply in every respect with the intent of the specifications 
 and prove satisfactory, he shall confer with the Architect and obtain 
 instructions as to changes necessary. 
 
 Steam ends of all pumps shall be covered with 85 per cent, mag- 
 nesia blocks with Russia iron jackets and spun brass heads. 
 
 Latrines: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect latrines in temparary water closet 
 enclosures to be erected as specified under "Foundations and Ma- 
 sonry." In connection with the latrine in all stories excepting base- 
 ment, install wooden house tank and electrically driven house pumps 
 of sufficient number and capacity per hour to provide all water neces- 
 sary for latrines. Install two (2) inch discharge to house tanks. House 
 tanks shall be complete with overflow and drawoff ; drawoffs shall be 
 valved. Provide motors for house pumps. 
 
 Connect latrines to sewer with six (6) inch pipe. Make all con- 
 nections of whatever nature that may be required to install pumps, 
 motors, house tanks and latrines. Pumps shall be automatic in action. 
 
 Piping shall be boxed and packed in sawdust and all piping and 
 tanks shall be protected against freezing. 
 
 These latrines shall be kept free from stoppage during construc- 
 tion of the building and shall be disconnected and removed from the 
 premises when directed by the Architect. 
 
 Latrines shall be located where directed by the Architect, and 
 shall be moved as often as required. 
 
 House Pumps: 
 
 Furnish and install on foundations where shown steam driven du- 
 plex outside packed bronze plunger pumps, of a make approved by the 
 Architect; capacity of each pump shall be not less than the following: 
 two (2) pumps delivering to high level house tanks, 15,000 U. S. gal- 
 lons each per hour; two (2) pumps delivering to intermediate level 
 house tanks, 10,000 U. S. gallons per hour; two (2) pumps delivering 
 to low level house tanks, 10,000 U. S. gallons per hour. Piston speed 
 of each pump shall be not more than 35 feet per minute when pumping 
 the amount of water specified. 
 
 Make all steam supply and exhaust connections to pumps from
 
 186 
 
 piping installed as specified under ' ' Steam Fitting, Steam Heating and 
 Ventilating. ' ' 
 
 Install inside of delivery gate valve a safety valve for each pump. 
 
 Install in discharges from each pair of house pumps a 200-gallon 
 cushion tank. 
 
 Provide to each cushion tank air connection to high pressure com- 
 pressed air tank; all connections shall be properly valved. 
 
 Provide water glass on each cushion tank, also on pressure air 
 chamber on each house pump, all with self-closing gauge cocks and all 
 necessary tank trimmings. 
 
 Pump shall be arranged for automatic operation and shall be com- 
 plete with all connections and equipment. 
 
 Provide sniffing valve on suction of each pump. 
 
 Fire Pumps: 
 
 Furnish and install where shown two (2) steam driven fire pumps 
 of the Underwriters '■ Pattern and each having a capacity of 1,000 gal- 
 lons per minute delivering against 50 pounds at the highest outlet. 
 Pumps shall be automatic in action and with all equipment must meet 
 with the approval of the Board of Underwriters and the City Fire 
 Department. 
 
 Make all connections to surge tank for fire pumps, also to mains 
 between standpipes. 
 
 Valves : 
 
 All valves shall be of the gate pattern. All valves two (2) inches 
 and less in diameter shall be of brass; all valves above two (2) inches 
 in diameter shall have iron bodies and brass working parts, except 
 where brass valves are specifically mentioned. All valves shall be 
 supplied with hand wheels with arrow indicating "Open", and to each 
 shall be attached a brass tag indicating its use. 
 
 GAS FITTING. 
 
 Connections : 
 
 The Contractor shall pay the cost of bringing in connections 
 from mains to meters. 
 
 Provide automatic shut-off on each service of a make and type 
 approved by the Board of Underwriters of the City of New York, N. Y.
 
 187 
 
 Rules: 
 
 All gas fitting in connection with this building shall be done un- 
 der the rules of the company furnishing the gas to the building. 
 
 Working Plans: 
 
 Working drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor which 
 will show all lines of gas piping, together with the risers, runs to me- 
 ters, and outlets. 
 
 Outlets: 
 
 All outlets shown shall be piped for gas. 
 
 Piping: 
 
 Connect to meters and run all piping carrying up main risers and 
 branches on each floor, setting a cock at each branch from main riser. 
 A cock shall be set on each side of each meter. 
 
 Each pipe shall be firmly secured in place. Care must be taken 
 that no pipe shall be trapped and all runs in floors shall be bedded so 
 that they do not give or spring under tread. The sizes of this piping 
 shall be governed by the rules of the gas company furnishing the gas. 
 
 Tested pipe shall be furnished as required while partitions are 
 being set. 
 
 Each separate supply pipe shall be tested with an air pump and 
 if any leak is found it shall not be cemented or caulked, but the pipe 
 taken out and made over. 
 
 After the piping is installed and made tight, it shall be coated 
 with asphaltum. 
 
 Gas for Fuel: 
 
 Run mains, branches and risers to supply ranges and othor gas 
 appliances in kitchens in the basement and in the club in 36th story. 
 
 Sizes shall be as required for the services. 
 
 Number of Fixtures: 
 
 The number of each kind of fixtures as shown on diagrams is 
 not absolute.
 
 188 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from this 
 contract for the respective fixtures and materials named below; said 
 price to obtain until the completion and acceptance by the Architects 
 of all work called for herein. 
 
 Water closets of the floor type, furnished, set up and 
 
 connected, complete, to concealed pipes, each $. ., 
 
 Urinals, furnished, set up and connected complete to 
 
 concealed pipes, each $ 1. . ... 
 
 Lavatories, china, furnished, set up and connected, com- 
 plete, to concealed pipes, each $........ 
 
 Slop sinks, furnished, set up and connected to concealed 
 
 pipes, each ,. . ., , , ,... ... . $. .,. .,. .1. . 
 
 Shower baths furnished, set up and connected to con- 
 cealed pipes, each $ 
 
 12" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 10" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 8" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 6" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 1.. 
 
 5" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 4" in suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 1. . 
 
 2\" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ ,. . 
 
 2" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 1£" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 12" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 10" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings, 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 8" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 6" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 y suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $
 
 189 
 
 4" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 3" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 24" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 2" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot $ 
 
 1|" suspended waste pipe, installed, including fittings 
 
 and covering, per foot , — $ 
 
 10" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot $ 
 
 8" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot $ 
 
 6" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot. ... $ 
 
 4" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot $ 
 
 3" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot $ 
 
 1\" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot $ 
 
 2" vent pipe, installed, including fittings, per foot. ... % 
 
 \\" vent pie, installed, including fittings, per foot. ... % 
 
 8" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 6" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot % 
 
 5" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot % 
 
 4" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 3" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot % 
 
 1\ cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 2" cold water pipinc, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 W cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot • $ 
 
 \\" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot % 
 
 V cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $
 
 190 
 
 J" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 foot $. 
 
 \" cold water piping, installed, including fittings, per 
 foot $. 
 
 8" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 G" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $ . 
 
 5" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 4" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $ . 
 
 3" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 IV' cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 2" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $ . 
 
 IV cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 1\" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 1" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $ . 
 
 f" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 \" cold water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 5" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 4" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 3" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 2J" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 2" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot . $. 
 
 IV hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 1\" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $. 
 
 1" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 covering, per foot $.
 
 191 
 
 |" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 
 covering, per foot $ 
 
 \" hot water piping, installed, including fittings and 
 
 covering, per foot $ 
 
 10" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 dueling fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $ 
 
 8" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $ 
 
 6" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot i $ 
 
 5" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $........ 
 
 4" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $ 
 
 3" cast iron sewer in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $ 
 
 2" cast iron pipe in ground, installed, complete, in- 
 cluding fitting, excavating, back filling and re- 
 moval of earth, per foot $....,. . . 
 
 4" drain tile, installed, complete, including excavating, 
 back filling, crushed stone and removal of earth, 
 per foot .. . $........ 
 
 6" drain tile, installed, complete, including excavating, 
 back filling, crushed stone and removal of earth, 
 per foot $. ., 
 
 Roughing in for water closets, per lineal foot, includ- 
 ing soil, vent and water supply $. . 
 
 Roughing in for urinals, per lineal foot, including 
 
 waste, vent and water supply. $ 
 
 Roughing in for lavoratories, per lineal foot, including 
 
 waste, vent and water supply $ 
 
 Roughing in for slop sinks, per lineal foot, including 
 
 waste, vent and water supply. $ 
 
 Roughing in for shower baths, per lineal foot, including 
 
 waste, vent and water supply. $ 
 
 4" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $ 
 
 3" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $
 
 192 
 2\" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 2" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 \\" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 1" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 |" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 \" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 |" gas pipe, including fittings, installed, per lineal foot $. 
 
 Excavation, per cubic yard $. 
 
 Removal of earth, per cubic yard $. 
 
 Crushed stone, installed, per cubic yard ,. . . $. 
 
 EJECTOES. 
 
 Scope of The Work: 
 
 Furnish and install the ejectors, air compressors, motors, con- 
 trollers, receivers, and all appurtenances and equipment necessary to 
 make the ejector plant complete and ready for service. 
 
 Description of Plant: 
 
 The plant shall consist of two (2) air compressors, two (2) air 
 receivers and four (4) ejectors, located where shown. 
 
 The pits will be built as specified under "Plumbing, Sewers and 
 Gas Fitting" and each pit will be nine (9) feet internal diameter; tho 
 bottoms will finish 3 feet 7 inches below the invert of inlet sewers. 
 
 The sewage to be ejected will be ordinary waste, such as drainage 
 from plumbing fixtures and surface or floor water. 
 
 Ejectors: 
 
 Furnish four (4) hydro-pneumatic ejectors and erect two (2) on 
 the floor of each pit. Provide inlet and outlet flanges, to which the 
 inlet and discharge pipes will be connected through flange connections 
 as specified under "Plumbing, Sewers and Gas Fitting." 
 
 The capacity of each ejector shall be one hundred (100) U. S. gal. 
 Ions per minute.
 
 193 
 
 Air Compressors: 
 
 Furnish, set up on foundations and connect two (2) compound 
 crank and fly-wheel compressors, steam driven, and automatic in action. 
 Capacity of each compressor shall be two hundred (200) cubic feet of 
 free air per minute compressed to seventy-five (75) pounds, gauge. 
 Compressors shall be water jacketed and shall be complete with all 
 necessary piping from water jackets so arranged that all cooling water 
 can be delivered into the sewer or surge tank, as desired, with all neces- 
 sary valves and connections. 
 
 Normal speed of air compressors shall not exceed one hundred 
 (100) R. P. M. 
 
 Air Receivers: 
 
 Where shown or directed, set two (2) compressed air receivers, 
 each not less than four feet in diameter and five feet high, built of 
 flanged steel and tested to withstand a working pressure of 150 pounds 
 per square inch. 
 
 Eeceivers shall be connected together by header on which shall 
 be provided the necessary openings of proper size for ejectors, tem- 
 perature regulation system, compressed air cleaning system, barber 
 shop, and for supply to air compressors installed as specified under 
 "Elevators." These openings shall be of the size required for the 
 various services and all connections shall be valved. Also provide on 
 header two additional plugged connections of sizes approved by the 
 Architect. 
 
 Connecting Pipes: 
 
 Connect air compressors to the receivers, receivers to the ejectors 
 and ejectors to ventilating shaft, and make all water and waste con- 
 nections required. Provide pressure reducing valve on supply to 
 ejectors. 
 
 Compressors, receivers and ejectors shall be complete with all pipe 
 and fittings, water gate valves, safety valves, nickel-plated gauges, etc., 
 necessary for the continuous operation of the plant. 
 
 Operation : 
 
 When set and connected as specified, this apparatus shall be auto- 
 matic in its action, engaging one or both compressors, and one or all 
 ejectors, as may be necessary.
 
 194 
 
 Test and Acceptance: 
 
 When the apparatus is completed and ready for service it shall be 
 tested as follows : 
 
 Taking the sewage and such additional water as may be neces- 
 sary, the whole apparatus shall run at its full capacity of 400 U. S. gal- 
 lons per minute for thirty (30) minutes. The apparatus shall then be 
 delivered to the Architect and he may, during the next succeeding 
 week, make such trials within the specified capacity as may be desired. 
 
 Finally: 
 
 As it will be necessary to use these ejectors during the erection 
 of the building, they shall be installed as early as possible after con- 
 struction is begun and at such time as directed by the Architect. Pro- 
 vide all necessary protection for the machinery, and before turning 
 this plant over to the Owner put same in first-class condition. 
 
 KEFKIGEKATING PLANT. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The work covered by these specifications includes the generator, 
 absorber, condenser, pumps, foundations, tanks, piping, valves, fittings 
 of all kinds, all insulation and all other equipment and appurtenances 
 that may be required to maintain proper temperature in the refrig- 
 erators and to make the amount of ice required for the water coolers, 
 restaurants, bars and club, installed complete and ready for service. 
 
 All refrigerating machinery shall be so located that a second unit 
 can be installed in future, if desired. 
 
 Testing Material: 
 
 All piping, fittings, valves, etc. (except for ammonia), for a work- 
 ing pressure of 100 pounds or less shall be tested to 250 pounds hydro- 
 static pressure at the factory and all those over 100 pounds shall be 
 tested to 500 pounds. 
 
 Ammonia pipe, fittings and valves shall be tested to 1,000 pounds 
 at the factory. 
 
 Test and Acceptance: 
 
 After completion of this installation and before acceptance of the 
 same, all ammonia work shall be tested to 500 pounds hydrostatic pres-
 
 195 
 
 sure. The plant must be run for twenty-four (24) hours at the expense 
 of the Contractor and during that time shall fulfill all conditions herein 
 mentioned. 
 
 Capacity of Plant: 
 
 Plant shall be of sufficient capacity to make twenty (20) tons of 
 clear ice per day and to maintain the air in the refrigerators at the 
 proper temperature for this class of work. 
 
 The above conditions must be maintained continuously for twenty- 
 four (24) hours per day, with the refrigerating plant in use fourteen 
 (14) hours, it being shut down ten (10) hours during the night. The 
 room temperature to be taken at 90 degrees Fahrenheit. 
 
 System : 
 
 The plant shall be of the absorption type, refrigeration being af- 
 fected by means of indirect expension of ammonia, using Chloride of 
 Calcium brine, of 1.25 specific gravity, circulated through coils by means 
 of brine circulating pumps. Temperature of condensing water shall 
 be taken at 60 degrees Fahrenheit. 
 
 Pumps shall be steam driven, the exhaust from same being used 
 for the ammonia generator at two (2) pounds pressure, supplemented 
 when necessary with high pressure steam from the boilers. Live steam 
 will be supplied at a pressure of one hundred and fifty (150) pounds 
 at the header. Furnish necessary reducing valve with by-pass prop- 
 erly valved. 
 
 Generator: 
 
 Generator shall be of horizontal steel type, mounted on cast iron 
 saddles and provided with return bend steam coils of extra heavy 
 lap welded pipe, and special heavy return bends; all threads shall be 
 tinned. 
 
 Condenser: 
 
 Condenser shall be of the double-pipe type supported on stand- 
 ards and made of special ammonia pipe and fittings. Coils shall be 
 so arranged that the water will travel in a direction opposite to that 
 of the gas. 
 
 Ends of coils shall be connected at inlets and outlets with cast 
 iron or steel headers as required.
 
 196 
 
 Absorber: 
 
 Absorber shall be of the tubular type with steel shell riveted, sup- 
 ported an cast iron saddles and provided with straight tubes. 
 
 Brine Cooler: 
 
 Brine cooler shall have steel welded shell provided with brine coils 
 connected at inlet and outlet with cast iron headers and supported 
 on iron standards. 
 
 Otber Equipment: 
 
 Rectifier coils shall be of the submerged type, of lap welded pipe 
 with return bends neatly placed in steel tanks. 
 
 Weak liquor cooler shall be of the double-pipe type. 
 
 Exchanger shall be mounted on standards. 
 
 Eeceiver shall be welded and provided with gauge glasses. 
 
 Pumps: 
 
 Provide two (2) pumps for pumping brine and two (2) for pump- 
 ing ammonia. They shall be of the direct acting type specially 
 designed for these services and shall be provided with cast iron bed 
 plates or drip pans and force feed lubricators. 
 
 Each pump of each class shall be of ample capacity to operate the 
 entire plant. 
 
 Provide snifting valve on suction of each pump. 
 
 Brine Tank: 
 
 The brine tank shall be of tank steel provided with angles at top 
 and bottom, and horizontally through center. All parts shall be painted 
 with asphaltum inside and outside, two (2) coats before assembling 
 and two (2) coats after testing. The tank shall be watertight. 
 
 Tank shall be provided with a wood cover of M. & D. f -inch yellow 
 pine lumber, solidly constructed, neatly finished on edges, and well 
 cleated on bottom, the cleats being spaced not more than two (2) feet 
 apart. Provide a manhole in the cover. 
 
 All connections to this tank shall be made through cast iron flangeB 
 riveted water tight to tank.
 
 197 
 
 Details of Construction: 
 
 All shells shall be of steel or special cast iron. 
 
 All flanges shall be carefully faced and scored for gaskets and all 
 bolt holes shall be drilled. All bolts shall be of best locomotive stay 
 bolt iron with hexagonal heads and U. S. standard nuts. All iron 
 castings shall be of soft gray iron presenting a smooth and even 
 surface. 
 
 Equipment : 
 
 Provide necessary nickel-plated brass rim gauges six (6) inches 
 in diameter, one (1) for condenser and one (1) for back pressure. 
 
 Furnish pink Tennessee marble gauge board, not less than 1| 
 inches thick, with all connections behind the board. Gauge board shall 
 be properly supported on angle iron frame securely fastened in place. 
 
 Furnish gauge cocks with guard rods and glasses for indicating 
 the liquid levels in all tanks in connection with this plant. 
 
 Furnish six (6) inch pressure gauge similar to other aguges. 
 
 Provide oil, ammonia, etc., necessary for fully charging and put- 
 ting the plant in operation. 
 
 Also furnish a complete set of wrenches and other necessary tools 
 required for this plant. 
 
 Sixes of Refrigerators: 
 
 The approximate sizes of refrigerators for the Restaurants and 
 Club are as follows: 
 
 In Connection With Dining Room in Basement: 
 
 1 Chef's Box Wx 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Pantry Box 16'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garde Mange 12'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 I Oyster Box 10'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Back Bar Box 9'-0"x 3'-0"x3'-G" 
 
 1 Vegetable Box 8'-0"x 5 / -0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Wine Box 24'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Beer Box 14'-0"xl5'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 General Storage Box 36 / -0"xlO , -0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Ice Storage Box l(y-0"x 6'-0"x8M)"
 
 198 
 
 1 Baker's Refrigerator 7'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garbage Box 
 
 In Connection With Restaurant in Basement: 
 
 1 Chef's Box 9M)"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Pantry Box .lGMTx 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garde Mange .12'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 I Oyster Box lO^x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Back Bar Box ^-CTx 3'-0"x3'-6" 
 
 1 Vegetable Box S'-fTx 5'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Wine Box .24'-0"x 3'-e"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Beer Box 14'-0"xl5'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 General Storage Box 36'-O"xl(y-0"x8'-O" 
 
 1 Ice Storage Box lV-Crx 6'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Baker's Refrigerator 7'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garbage Box 
 
 In Connection With Ladies' Tea Room: 
 
 1 Chef's Box &-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Pantry Garde Mange 16'-0"x y-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 General Storage Box 18M)"x 7'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Oyster Box 7'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garbage Box 
 
 In Connection With Future Service Kitchen: 
 
 1 Chef's Box 6'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Pantry Garde Mange lS'-Cx 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 General Storage Box 18'-0"x 7'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Ice Storage Box &-Q"x 6'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Oyster Box 7'-0"x 3'6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garbage Box 
 
 In Connection With Club in 36th Story: 
 
 1 Chef's Box &-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Pantry Box W-W'x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garde Mange 12'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Oyster Box 10M)"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Vegetable Box 8'-0"x 5'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Wine Box . . : 24'-0"x 3'-6"x7'-0" 

 
 199 
 
 1 Beer Box 14'-0"xl5'-O"x8'-0" 
 
 1 General Storage Box 36 , -0"xl0'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Ice Storage Box KK-0"x 6'-0"x8'-0" 
 
 1 Baker's Refrigerator 7'-0"x 6 / -0"x7'-0" 
 
 1 Garbage Box 
 
 The above sizes are approximate and are given for the basis of 
 estimate only. Definite sizes will be determined later. Sizes of ice 
 boxes in the bars will also be determined later. Ice boxes and coils 
 in same will be furnished and installed by the Owner, but all piping 
 for same shall be installed by the Contractor to a point near each 
 refrigerator, capped, and left ready for future connection to coils. 
 
 Ice Making Machinery: 
 
 Furnish and install freezing tank together with coils, cans, agita- 
 tor, and other equipment necessary for making the quantity of ice 
 hereinbefore specified. 
 
 Cans shall be of heavy galvanized iron of proper size to make ice 
 cakes of 150 pounds each. 
 
 Furnish trolley, dump and all other equipment necessary for easy 
 handling of ice. 
 
 Freezing tank shall be well insulated with wainscoting made of 
 matched boards with clear space of not less than fifteen (15) inches 
 on sides and twelve (12) inches under bottom between tank and boards 
 which shall be filled with granulated cork. 
 
 Provide storage box for ice, thoroughly insulated. 
 
 Make all connections necessary for the ice making machinery. 
 
 Brine Piping: 
 
 The brine shall be circulated through the brine cooler by means 
 of brine pumps, the cooled brine being pumped through the ice-tank 
 and then returned to the brine tank. 
 
 Pipe Work: 
 
 All pipe work, except as noted above, shall be put in place by 
 the Contractor; pipes, unless otherwise specified, shall be wrought 
 pipe, galvanized. 
 
 All pipes coming in contact with ammonia shall be extra heavy
 
 200 
 
 wrought iron pipe. All coils shall be made of extra heavy and re- 
 worked full weight iron pipe known as "coiling pipe." All spiral coils 
 shall be continuously welded from end to end, and joints scarfed long. 
 All coils shall be hammered while being tested to dislodge scale and 
 uncover defects. 
 
 Fittings: 
 
 Fittings for brine piping shall be malleable iron, galvanized. 
 
 All fittings in connection with ammonia piping sball be of cast 
 steel or malleable iron and protected at the threads by glands or rub- 
 ber rings and sweated joints. All unions shall be flanged male and fe- 
 male. All gaskets shall be specially made to withstand the action of 
 ammonia. 
 
 Valves: 
 
 All valves used in this work shall be of water gate pattern of a 
 kind required for each particular purpose. 
 
 Each shall be provided with a hand wheel. 
 
 Connections: 
 
 Make all necessary water, waste, steam supply, exhaust and drip 
 connections to this apparatus from the piping installed as specified 
 under "Plumbing, Sewers and Gas Fitting" and "Steam Heating and 
 Ventilating." 
 
 All pipes shall be wrought pipe, fittings shall be malleable or cast 
 iron. 
 
 Furnish all labor and material and install all piping required for 
 cooling water, so arranged that this water after passing through the 
 condenser, absorber and rectifier can be delivered to the surge tank 
 or wasted to the nearest sewer, as desired. 
 
 This piping shall be complete with all necessary valves, fittings, 
 etc. 
 
 Covering: 
 
 All tanks, except freezing tank, installed in connection with this 
 plant shall be properly insulated by the Contractor with granulated 
 cork boards and paper ten (10) inches thick, properly secured in place, 
 finished with sectional hardwood lagging, lagging rings and necessary
 
 201 
 
 brass bands and clips for same. Bodies of generator and cooler sball 
 be covered in a similar manner. Freezing tank shall be covered as 
 hereinbefore specified. 
 
 All ammonia and brine pipes shall be covered with cork brine 
 covering approximately two and one-half (2^) inches thick with min- 
 eral rubber finish; all end joints shall be broken, and all longitudinal 
 joints shall be on the top and bottom of pipes. Covering shall be se- 
 curely wired in place and all spaces between covering and pipes, or be- 
 tween covering and fittings shall be filled with melted paraffine and 
 fine granulated cork. Where pipes pass through insulated walls the 
 covering shall extend one inch beyond the walls. All screw fittings 
 and all flange fittings 3 inches and less shall be covered with moulded 
 cork jackets, installed in a manner similar to pipe covering. All flange 
 fittings larger than 3 inches shall be covered with cork insulation lag- 
 ging properly wired in place. All spaces shall be filled with melted 
 paraffine and fine granulated cork. All seams and broken edges shall be 
 filled with melted paraffine and cork dust so as to leave a smooth sur- 
 face, which shall be painted with asphaltum as directed. 
 
 All cold water pipes shall be covered with wool felt covering \ inch 
 thick, covered with eight (8) ounce canvas. 
 
 All covering shall be neatly and thoroughly applied, special care 
 being taken with fittings and joints. 
 
 All exposed covering in the sub- sub-basement shall be provided 
 with bright lacquered bands, put on every eighteen (18) inches, and 
 there shall be a similar band on each side of each fitting. 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee that there will be no condensation 
 on the outside of covering, and also that no water will at any time ap- 
 pear in any part of covering. If in his opinion any part of the cover- 
 ing above mentioned will not comply with the intent of these specifica- 
 tions and prove satisfactory in every particular, he shall confer with 
 the Architect before installing same and obtain instructions for in- 
 stallation of the work. 
 
 Steam ends of all pumps shall be covered with 85 per cent, mag- 
 nesia blocks with Russia iron jackets and spun brass heads. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 This Contractor shall name one price only for additions to or 
 deductions from his contract for the respective materials named below:
 
 202 
 
 said prices to obtain until the completion of this work and its accept- 
 ance by the Architects. 
 
 4" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 3" pipe for ammonia, installed, including fittings, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 2i" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot ;'., $..•... 
 
 2" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 1£" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot . .i — . $. 
 
 li" PiP e f° r ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 1" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot . ., $ 
 
 f" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 \" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, installed, 
 
 per foot $ 
 
 4" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 3" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $..,.. 
 
 2£" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot , $. 
 
 2" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $. 
 
 \\" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 li" pip e f° r ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 1" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot , $. 
 
 5" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 \" pipe for ammonia, including fittings, covering 
 
 and painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 4" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 3" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot ■.....$
 
 203 
 
 2^" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $• 
 
 2" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot • $• 
 
 1\" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $. 
 
 1£" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $• 
 
 1" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot $• 
 
 J" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, per 
 
 foot i $• 
 
 4" piping for brine, installed, including fittings, cov- 
 ering and painting, per foot $. 
 
 3" brine piping installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 2£" brine piping, installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 2" brine piping, installed, including fitting, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 \\" brine piping, installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 14" brine piping, installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 1" brine piping, installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 \" brine piping, installed, including fittings, cover- 
 ing and painting, per foot $. 
 
 Valves on ammonia work of the following sizes, installed, each: 
 
 4" $ IF $ 
 
 3" $ 1" i $• 
 
 2£" $ I" $ 
 
 2" $ i" $ 
 
 vr %
 
 204 
 
 Valves except on ammonia work of the following sizes installed, 
 each: 
 
 4" $ 1£" $ 
 
 3" $ 1" $ 
 
 2J" $ |" $ 
 
 2" $ i" $ 
 
 ir $ 
 
 Finally: 
 
 If approved by the Architect a compression type of refrigerating 
 plant, using ammonia or carbonic anhydride may be substituted for 
 the absorption type specified, same to be complete in every respect 
 and of the capacity specified.
 
 205 
 
 STEAM FITTING, STEAM HEATING AND VENTILATING, 
 STACK AND CEILING LTNING. 
 
 STEAM FITTING, STEAM HEATING AND VENTILATING. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 Furnish and install the boiler feed and vacuum pumps, high pres- 
 sure drip pumps, blow-off pumps, feed water heaters, blow-off, receiv- 
 ing and expansion tanks, radiators, coils, valves, piping, fittings of all 
 kinds, covering, fans, ducts, temperature regulation system, motors, 
 controllers, trenches, ash removal system, etc., as hereinafter specified, 
 together with the necessary auxiliaries and appurtenances to complete 
 the steam heating and ventilating plant and make all live and exhaust 
 steam and drip connections required in and around the Mechanical 
 Plant, leaving the whole complete and ready for operation. 
 
 Sizes of piping shall in no case be smaller than those shown on 
 drawings or specified. 
 
 Installation of Work: 
 
 All suspended pipes and duets shall be kept as close to the ceiling 
 as possible. 
 
 Special care shall be taken in the installation of all concealed 
 portions of tbis work. 
 
 All supports for radiators, coils, etc., that may be required in addi- 
 tion to work shown on the Architectural and Structural Steel drawings 
 shall be furnished in place. 
 
 Testing Material: 
 
 All pipe, fittings, valves, etc., for a working pressure less than 100 
 pounds shall be tested to 250 pounds and those above 100 pounds to 
 500 pounds hydrostatic pressure at the factory. Extra heavy fittings 
 will be required for 100 pounds pressure and above. 
 
 Guarantee : 
 
 The Contractor shall guarantee the perfect operation of all ap- 
 paratus installed by him, tbat a complete circulation of steam will be 
 established throughout the entire heating system at atmospheric pres- 
 sure within thirty (30) minutes after the main valves are opened; 
 that the said circulation will be accomplished fully and completely
 
 206 
 
 without any part of the apparatus filling with water, without ham- 
 mering or surging in any part, and also that after the circulation 
 is established the plant will maintain a temperature of 70 degrees 
 Fahrenheit in all rooms when the temperature outside is zero (0) with 
 steam at atmospheric pressure. 
 
 Steam Pressure: 
 
 Steam pressure at boiler header will be 160 pounds per square 
 inch gauge. Exhaust steam will be used for steam heating at atmos- 
 pheric pressure or vacuum supplemented by live steam when neces- 
 sary. 
 
 Auxiliaries and Steam Fitting. 
 Pipe Connections: 
 
 Connect all steam, exhaust and drip connections from the entire 
 Mechanical Plant. 
 
 All high pressure piping shall be blown out in the presence of the 
 Architect, and shall be kept clean. 
 
 Boiler Header: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect main boiler header as shown on dia^ 
 grams. This header shall be made of best quality wrought steel with 
 welded flanges and all joints shall be made up with approved gaskets. 
 The header shall be subjected to a test pressure of 300 pounds per 
 square inch. 
 
 Each boiler shall have an independent double valved connection 
 to the header with valves at the header and adjacent to boiler. The 
 valve at the boiler shall be an automatic stop and check valve arranged 
 for hand operation, of a make and type approved by the proper bureau 
 of the City of New York, N. Y. 
 
 Provide on this header all connections shown on diagrams. Also 
 provide two (2) extra six (6) inch connections closed with valves and 
 blind flanges. All these connections shall be made through extra heavy 
 flanged fittings. 
 
 Header shall be supported on pipe standards with large size floor 
 flanges placed in such a manner that no vibration will be transmitted 
 to the building structure. Tops of standards shall be equipped with 
 adjustable saddle supports. 
 
 Provide dividing valves in header as shown.
 
 207 
 
 Circulating Mains: 
 
 Run high pressure circulating main to supply engines and aux- 
 iliary circulating main and provide valve at each connection to main 
 header. Also run auxiliary high pressure circulating main to supply 
 house pumps, fire pumps, air compressors, refrigerating plant and 
 other auxiliary equipment, and provide valve at each connection to 
 circulating main for engines. 
 
 Mains shall be supported on pipe standards as specified for high 
 pressure header. 
 
 Bends: 
 
 All changes in direction in connections to boilers, engines, and in 
 circulating mains shall be made with bends, made of extra heavy 
 wrought pipe, bent to a radiu?i of not less tban 5 times the diameter of 
 the pipe, great care being taken not to burn the pipe nor crimp the 
 weld, except immediate connections to boilers, which shall be long 
 radius elbows. 
 
 Returns to Feed Water Heaters: 
 
 All returns from steam heating mains and low pressure apparatus 
 shall be connected to feed water heaters with necessary valves and by- 
 passes to insure operation of the plant when heaters are cut out. 
 
 Free Exhaust: 
 
 Exhaust riser shall be installed in pipe shaft where shown, firmly 
 supported at bottom upon pipe standard with concrete foundation, so 
 that expansion will be upward to the thirty- fourth intermediate story; 
 at this point connection will be taken to supply the heating system. 
 Install immediately below this connection an expansion joint to take 
 up the expansion of the vertical riser. A special fitting shall be pro- 
 vided in this story to take the weight of riser above the expansion 
 joint, same to be securely anchored in place and arranged so that 
 expansion in riser will be upward. 
 
 Riser shall be secured so as to maintain a vertical alignment. 
 Riser shall finish with cast iron exhaust head above roof, terminating 
 an directed, and shall have a two (2) inch drip to carry water of con- 
 densation to blow-off tank with two (2) inch branch to feed water heat- 
 ers through loop seal, with necessary valves; drip pipe shall be prop-
 
 208 
 
 erly fastened with provision for expansion. Install back pressure 
 valve on main exhaust above point of connection of distributing mains 
 to heating system in thirty-fourth intermediate story and arranged 
 for operation from the sub-sub-basement. 
 
 Safety Valve Relief: 
 
 Safety valves on each boiler shall discharge into a heavy steel 
 hood, connected into an eight (8) inch pipe connected with base of 
 vapor riser. 
 
 Provide additional $-inch safety valve on each main safety valve 
 connection to blow into Boiler Booni. Safety valve outlets must be ar- 
 ranged to point away from the bridge or direction in which persons 
 would be liable to stand. 
 
 High Pressure Drips: 
 
 All water of condensation from high pressure piping free from 
 oil or other matter shall be returned by independent connections to 
 the boilers by means of a gravity return system with swing checks 
 ready for operating and provided with a high water alarm. For this 
 purpose an opening shall be left in each boiler of the size required by 
 the return system. 
 
 Open blows shall discharge into pipes run independently to a 
 tank placed in a location approved by the Architect. This tank shall 
 be connected to nearest sewer. 
 
 High pressure drips shall be covered as hereinafter specified for 
 other high pressure piping, except that covering shall be one (1) inch 
 thick. 
 
 (If approved by the Architect, a trap system of high pressure re- 
 turns may be installed, discharging to feed water heaters.) 
 
 Blow-Off Connections: 
 
 Join the blow-off connections from each boiler with extra heavy 
 wrought pipe, galvanized, and connect to blow-off tank. Each connec- 
 tion shall be complete with water gate valve. Blow-off line shall be 
 run in trench. 
 
 Provide plugged "T" in blow-off connection from each boiler, 
 placed between the blow-off valve and gate valve.
 
 209 
 
 Trenches: 
 
 All water of condensation, including high and low pressure drips, 
 shall be returned to their proper basins by gravity, pipes being run, 
 where required, in trenches. These trenches shall be of concrete eight 
 (8) inches thick made water tight on sides and bottom. Except in 
 the Engine Eoom, the tops shall be made of heavy cast iron or steel, 
 diamond pattern floor plates, with lifting holes making lap joints with 
 each other and sides of trenches. The tops of these trenches shall bo 
 level with the finished floor. Provide necessary angle iron frames to 
 receive floor plates. In the Engine Room covers will be provided aa 
 specified under "Marble and Tile Work." 
 
 Oil Separator: 
 
 Provide on exhaust connection to expansion tank an oil separator 
 and muffler of ample capacity. 
 
 Blow-Off Tank and Pnmps: 
 
 Furnish and set up in pit one (1) blow-off tank of 1,000 gallons 
 capacity, made of one-half (1) inch flange steel; tank shall have 
 bumped heads, securely riveted and made water tight under a pressure 
 of 150 pounds per square inch. 
 
 Equip this tank with a manhole 10x16 inches, with bolts, crab and 
 gasket complete. Paint inside and outside of tank two (2) coats of 
 asphaltum. Make all connections between boilers, tank, pumps and 
 sewers of extra heavy wrought pipe, galvanized, with screwed joints 
 also run eight (8) inch vapor pipe from tank with free exhaust, ter- 
 minating in a cast iron exhaust head above roof. 
 
 Run 2-inch condensing water pipe from supply to feed water heat- 
 ers through coil in the blow-off tank with proper connections to feed 
 water heaters, so that all water used for condensing purposes can be 
 used as make-up water in the boilers. All connections shall be prop- 
 erly valved. 
 
 Also furnish and install in pit two (2) steam driven blow-off 
 pumps for taking water from blow-off tank and discharging same to 
 sewer and provided with govei'nor. Make all steam and exhaust con- 
 nections; also connection to blow-off tank. 
 
 Pit shall have walls and bottom of concrete not less than eight 
 (8) inches thick, and shall be made water-tight in a manner approved
 
 210 
 
 by the Architect. Pit shall be of proper size to receive the blow-off 
 tank and pumps. 
 
 Provide gas pipe rail around pit with iron ladder for access to pit. 
 
 Receiver Separators: 
 
 Equip each steam connection to engines with a receiver separator 
 of wrought steel installed in a vertical or horizontal position as 
 directed, complete with flanges, water glass and valved drip connec- 
 tions. Capacity of each separator shall be not less than three (3) 
 times the capacity of the high pressure cylinder of the engine which 
 it supplies. Details of separators must be submitted to the Architect 
 for approval. 
 
 Hot Water Heaters: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect eight (8) hot water heaters with all 
 connections complete. Two (2) heaters will be used on high level 
 house tanks; two (2) on intermediate level house tanks; two (2) on 
 lower level house tanks, and two (2) on city pressure. These heat- 
 ers will all be installed in sub- sub-basement. Heaters shall be sup- 
 ported on wrought pipe or I beam stands, resting upon and securely 
 fastened to the floor with large size floor plates. Supports for heaters 
 shall be arranged in such a manner as will not interfere with passage 
 or access to machinery at floor level. Tanks shall be well stayed and 
 braced. Heating of water will be done by exhaust steam from expan- 
 sion tank, and water of condensation returned to feed water heaters, 
 but all connections shall be valved and by-passed so that if desired 
 water can be heated by live steam with corresponding return of con- 
 densation. Provide all valved and flanged connections required. 
 
 These heaters shall be of the closed heater type, and provided 
 with steamless drawn brass tubes not less than one and one-half (H) 
 inches in diameter, and properly arranged for expansion and cleaning. 
 
 Each heater shall have a capacity to heat 2,000 gallons of water 
 per hour from fifty (50) degrees to one hundred and eighty (180) 
 degrees Fahrenheit with steam at atmospheric pressure. Water stor- 
 age capacity of each heater shall be not less than five hundred (500) 
 gallons. Provide on each heater thermometer and automatic tempera- 
 ture regulating device of a make and kind approved by the Architect 
 
 Provide a pressure reducing valve on high pressure connection to 
 hot water heaters.
 
 211 
 
 Low Pressure Drip Tank and Pumps: 
 
 Furnish and install in pit an ample sized tank made of one-half 
 (£) inch flange steel with humped heads, made steam tight under a 
 pressure of one hundred and fifty (150) pounds per square inch. Con- 
 nect to this receiving tank all drips containing oil and other matter 
 from the plant. Place in this pit duplicate separators, arranged to 
 separate oil from water and complete with all connections and equip- 
 ment necessary to deliver the oil to the oil filters and the water to the 
 drip tank. Provide two (2) steam driven high pressure drip pumps, 
 each of sufficient capacity for the plant, and provided with governor. 
 Make all steam and exhaust connections, also make connection between 
 tank, pumps and sewer. Connections to sewer shall be through a four 
 (4) inch extra heavy wrought pipe, galvanized, complete with back 
 water valve. 
 
 All high and low pressure drips emptying into this tank shall be, 
 run separately and connected into a header at receiving tank. In ad- 
 dition, all drips from exhaust piping shall be run in separate pipes. 
 Equip each connection at each engine and exhaust pipe with check 
 valve and hand valve, both of brass. 
 
 The receiving tank shall be painted inside and outside two (2) 
 coats of asphaltum, and all parts shall be heavily coated with red lead 
 before assembling. 
 
 Construction of pit and covering for same shall be as specified for 
 blow-off tank pit. 
 
 From the top of this receiving tank take out a four (4) inch pipe 
 and run to roof, terminating in cast iron exhaust head, with three (3) 
 inch connection from receiving tank on heating system. 
 
 Boiler Feed Pomps: 
 
 Furnish, set up on foundations and connect two (2) duplex out- 
 side end packed bronze plunger pumps, of the pot valve type, of a makp 
 approved by the Architect; each pump shall have a capacity to de- 
 liver 93,000 pounds of hot water per hour taken from feed water heater 
 under a back pressure of three (3) pounds. These pumps shall be 
 fully equipped for the pumping of water at a temperature of 210 
 degrees and shall have large size air chambers on both suction and 
 discharge. The piston speed of pump shall not exceed twenty-five (25) 
 feet per minute under the above conditions.
 
 212 
 
 These pumps shall be so connected as to admit of their being nsed 
 singly or combined on any one boiler and piping must be so adapted 
 that one pump can deliver hot water from heaters to any one boiler 
 and tbe other pump take water from cross-head at filters for the other 
 boilers, or vice versa. 
 
 The pumps shall be also so connected that there will be a double 
 system of piping to boilers. 
 
 Make all necessary connections between heaters, cross-head, boil- 
 ers and pumps, leaving the pumps complete and ready for operation. 
 
 Install all live steam, exhaust steam, drip connections, traps, etc.,, 
 in and around these pumps. All water connections in and around 
 these pumps and heaters shall be equipped with gate valves, except 
 that valves at the boilers shall be globe valves, with a flanged union on 
 each side of valve. 
 
 Each boiler feed pump shall be equipped with an approved force- 
 feed cylinder lubricating pump as also sight feed lubricators, spanner 
 wrenches and nickle-plated pet cocks on air chambers. 
 
 Provide snifting valve on suction to each pump. Also provide 
 pressure regulating valve on each pump. 
 
 (If approved by the Architect, steam driven turbine pump may 
 be substituted for the plunger pump specified.) 
 
 Thermometer Wells: 
 
 Provide the hot and cold water headers at boilers with tubes so 
 that temperature of feed water can be read from same. 
 
 Meters: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect in .each boiler feed pipe, making all 
 necessary valved connections and by-passes, one meter of a make ap- 
 proved by the Architect; meter shall be especially adapted to boiler 
 feed work. They shall be supported in a substantial manner and 
 located where approved by the Architect. 
 
 Feed Water Heaters: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect where shown two (2) open vertical feed 
 water heaters, each to have purifier, filter, oil separator and condensa- 
 tion receiver and having a capacity to filter and heat in one (1) hour 
 200,000 pounds of water from 45 degrees to 210 degrees Fahrenheit,
 
 213 
 
 and to remove all oil and other matter from water of condensation 
 returning to it. These heaters shall be fully equipped with trimmings 
 to take care of exhaust, blow-off connections to catch basin of oil and 
 water, and automatic water supply. The heaters shall be set so there 
 will be at least four (4) feet head from the level of the water to the 
 pump suction. 
 
 Auxiliary Boiler Feed Piping: 
 
 Cold water supply piping will be brought to points near the boiler 
 feed headers as specified under "Plumbing, Sewers and Gas Fitting." 
 Connect with same and to the boiler feed headers, properly valved, in 
 such a manner that any boiler can be filled with water from the high 
 level house tanks when desired, and so that any boiler when cold can be 
 filled with water at city pressure. Feed headers at boilers shall be 
 located so that valves can be operated easily from floor. 
 
 Gauge Board: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect in chief engineer's office at location 
 directed one (1) gauge board of pink Tennessee marble, properly 
 stopped, chamfered and mounted on japanned angle iron frame, well 
 braced at top and bottom. 
 
 Gauge board shall be not less than 2 inches thick, free from faults. 
 
 Equip the board with the following apparatus, all to be dust proof, 
 nickel-plated brass, mounted on face of board. All connections shall 
 be made at rear of board, and each connection shall be provided with 
 lever handled stop cock, placed where easily accessible. 
 
 One (1) gauge for vacuum and heating systems. This shall be a 
 compound gauge, with zero for center line. 
 
 One (1) recording gauge for heating system, with zero as center 
 line, complete with book, chart and ink. 
 
 One (1) recording gauge for high pressure steam connected to 
 steam header with high and low alarm batteries, chart book and charts. 
 One (1) recording thermometer for boiler feed. 
 
 One (1) pressure gauge for high pressure steam, connected to 
 steam header, and corrected for difference in level below boilers. 
 One (1) draft gauge graduated to 1/10 inch. 
 
 One (1) recording vacuum gauge for heating system, complete 
 with book, chart and ink.
 
 214 
 
 One (1) air pressure gauge for air receivers, ejector system. 
 
 One (1) air pressure gauge for temperature regulation system. 
 
 One (1) Howard movement eight-day clock. 
 
 One (1) recording device for recording C0 2 in flue gases. 
 
 All gauges shall be 8^ inches in diameter, standardized. 
 
 Furnish all material and labor and do all work necessary to con- 
 nect these gauges with the machinery of which they are a part. For 
 high pressure work the range shall be between and 300 pounds, with 
 150 pounds for center line. All connections between machinery and 
 this board shall be made with extra heavy fittings. 
 
 Design of board shall be submitted to Architect for approval. 
 
 Special Supply and Return Piping: 
 
 Run high pressure supply and return piping to kitchens, bar and 
 club as shown on diagrams. Fixtures in these locations will be fur- 
 nished by the Owner, but the Contractor shall cap pipe in floor or 
 walls and leave ready for connection by the Owner. Provide all press- 
 ure reducing valves required. Returns shall be run to feed water 
 heaters. 
 
 Compressed Air System: 
 
 Connect to the compound air receivers installed as specified under 
 "Ejectors" and install air filter and run piping to supply compressed 
 air in proper location for cleaning all motors and generators, and for 
 the Barber Shops. 
 
 Install a 2-inch riser to 38th story with connections for cleaning 
 all motors in elevator machinery rooms and 38th story. Riser shall be 
 run in pipe shaft and branches in floors. 
 
 Piping for cleaning generators and all motors in the basement, 
 sub-basement and sub-sub-basement shall be run where approved by 
 the Architect with the number of outlets required for properly clean- 
 ing the machines. 
 
 Provide three hundred (300) feet of hose in lengths directed, com- 
 plete with a nozzle for each length. 
 
 Piping shall also be run to Boiler Room and connections made to 
 the compressed air cleaning apparatus for boilers. 
 
 Connections in Barber Shops shall be made at each lavatory as
 
 215 
 
 directed. AH connections shall be capped and be left ready for hose 
 with all necessary valves and fittings. 
 
 Horizontal mains shall be run at sub-sub-basement ceiling, except 
 for Barber Shop in Basement, which shall be run at sub-basement 
 ceiling. 
 
 All pipes shall be wrought; pipe and fittings shall be galvanized. 
 
 Provide all pressure reducing valves necessary. 
 
 Oiling System: 
 
 Furnish, set up and connect complete, oil filters, oil tanks, pumps, 
 piping, valves, etc., for an oiling system for engines. All piping in 
 connection with this system shall be wrought pipe and all piping and 
 fittings shall be galvanized except that all piping and fittings in and 
 around engines shall be nickel-plated brass; oil tanks adjacent to en- 
 gines, and suspended oil tank over filters, shall be of flanged steel with 
 bumped and dished heads, made tight under 100 pounds pressure per 
 square inch. 
 
 Oil filters and pumps shall be in duplicate and shall be complete 
 with all connections to gravity tank. Suspended and return tanks shall 
 be connected to gravity tank and each connection shall be provided 
 with valve. Also provide drain pipes with valves on tanks; tanks shall 
 be equipped with water glasses. 
 
 Provide proper means for supplying oil from barrels to the 
 system. 
 
 All tanks at engines shall be fastened to sub-base with wrought 
 iron brackets and all connection to tanks, filters and manifolds shall 
 be provided with valves. 
 
 A complete layout of this oiling system must be submitted to the 
 Architect for his approval. 
 
 Boiler Compound Device: 
 
 Furnish and install a device for supplying compound to the boil- 
 ers, through the discharge of the boiler feed pump. 
 
 Boiler Tube Cleaning Pump: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install where directed a steam 
 driven centrifugal pump for circulating water through boiler tubes, 
 taking suction from blow-off tank. Make all steam and exhaust con- 
 nections, also make connection to nearest water supply.
 
 216 
 
 Expansion Tank: 
 
 Furnish, set up on concrete saddles and connect one (1) flange 
 steel expansion tank with bumped heads, well stayed and braced, and 
 equipped with gauge glass and nickel-plated combination vacuum and 
 low pressure gauge. All exhaust shall return to this tank with by- 
 pass to atmosphere and heating mains in thirty-fourth intermediate 
 Btory. Make live steam connection to this tank, provided with two (2) 
 pressure reducing valves and by-passes to admit of two (2) reductions 
 in steam pressure. From this tank run connections for first story steam 
 heating mains, fan coils and for hot water heaters. Equip tank with 
 5-inch pop safety valve. Make necessary valved connection with drips 
 to vacuum pumps. Make all connections to this tank, sizes to be as 
 shown on diagrams. Each connection shall be valved at tank, and 
 provided with a brass tag showing what it supplies. Tank shall be 
 made steam tight under 150 pounds per square inch. All connections 
 to this tank shall be made through flanges securely riveted to tank. 
 Provide manhole complete with crab and gasket. 
 
 Tank shall be provided with a baffle for separating water from 
 eteam. 
 
 Provide runway around expansion tank and ladder for access to 
 valves on same. 
 
 Damper Regulator: 
 
 Furnish and install an approved automatic damper regulator and 
 connect with damper in main breeching. 
 
 Furnish all necessary shafting, anti-friction bearings, hangers, 
 etc., to properly connect this regulator and damper in order that same 
 ehall have positive action. 
 
 Ladders and Runways: 
 
 Furnish and install ladders and runways for access to valves on 
 main header and boiler connections, also to manholes in boiler drums. 
 Kunways shall be provided with two (2) inch pipe rails and ample size 
 pipe rail holders and pipe supports. Floor of runways shall be made 
 of ca&t iron or steel open work of a neat pattern, the whole put up in a 
 substantial and workmanlike manner. 
 Tracks: 
 
 Furnish and install in boiler room where shown a system of 
 cast iron tracks, with switches, for handling coal cars in boiler room.
 
 217 
 
 Tracks shall be of the narrow gauge type, and shall he complete 
 with all necessary switches, turntables, etc. 
 
 Tracks shall be imbedded in floor in Boiler Room while floor is 
 being laid. 
 
 Complete layout of track system shall be submitted to Architect 
 for approval. 
 
 Coal Cars: 
 
 Furnish six (6) coal cars for handling coal and ashes in boiler 
 room. They shall be of one ton capacity and arranged for one side 
 to let down parallel to the floor. 
 
 Cars shall be made of sheet steel, stiffened with angle irons and 
 with rounded corners and arranged to run on tracks hereinbefore spec- 
 ified. 
 
 Type of car shall meet with the approval of the Architect. 
 
 Platform Scale: 
 
 Furnish and install in Boiler Room where shown or directed a 
 platform scale of not less than two (2) tons capacity complete with 
 platform, pit, beam box, track, and all necessary mechanism in connec- 
 tion with this type of scale. Platform shall be of sufficient length to 
 accommodate the charging coal cars herein specified. Graduation of 
 the beam shall be in pounds. 
 
 Type of scale shall meet with the approval of the Architects. 
 
 Boiler Cleaning Device: 
 
 Furnish and install in each boiler setting a soot cleaning system 
 of piping, so that the boiler tubes may be cleaned with compressed air 
 without the use of hose. This device shall be complete with all piping, 
 fittings, valves, etc., and with hose connection. 
 
 ,, 
 
 MOTOBS. 
 
 Motors and Accessories: 
 
 Motors used in connection with the ventilating plant (except for 
 air wash circulating pumps) shall be variable speed and shall operate 
 their respective machines continuously over the entire range of speed 
 from 50 per cent, below normal speed by armature control to 10 per
 
 218 
 
 cent, above normal speed by field control or over the same range of 
 speed by field control only. 
 
 All other motors shall be constant speed. 
 
 Each motor shall be of ample size to operate the respective de- 
 vice to which it is connected at its proper full load and speed contin- 
 uously. 
 
 Under the above conditions each motor shall operate without shift- 
 ing of the brushes from no-load to full-load, without sparking, cutting 
 or blackening of the commutator, and without heating in any part of 
 windings more than 40 degrees Centigrade or any part of commutator 
 more than 45 degrees Centigrade above the temperature of the sur- 
 rounding atmosphere. 
 
 Motors must be of high efficiency and must be subjected at tbe 
 factory to an insulation test of 1,500 volts alternating current for a 
 period of one (1) minute. 
 
 Bearings sball be self oiling and equipped with oil gauges. 
 
 Controllers. 
 
 Each variable speed motor shall be equipped with a no-voltage re- 
 lease speed regulator designed to give 50 per cent, reduction by arma- 
 ture control and 10 per cent, increase by field control or above varia- 
 tion by field control only. The controller resistance shall have capac- 
 ity for continuous operation over the entire range of speed without 
 injurious heating. 
 
 All other motors shall be equipped with no- voltage release start- 
 ing rheostats. 
 
 All controller boards shall be of pink Tennessee marble, not less 
 than 1^ inches thick, free from faults. Each board shall be properly 
 secured to a japanned angle iron frame and shall stand at least one 
 (1) foot from any combustible material, and shall have a distance of 
 at least three (3) feet between the bottom of the board and the floor 
 line. 
 
 Starting rheostats shall have removable segments with binding 
 posts at rear with connections plainly stamped thereon and boxes shall 
 be arranged for either wall or floor connections. In place of line switch 
 and fuses each controller board shall be equipped with one double
 
 219 
 
 pole, double arm, with independently operating arms, overload re- 
 lease laminated contact and pressure carbon break circuit breaker in 
 main line of circuit of motor. 
 
 Installation of Motors and Controller Boards: 
 
 All motors and controllers shall be installed by the Contractor. 
 
 Bases: 
 
 All motors shall be provided with No. 20 B. & S. gauge planished 
 copper drip pans with beaded edges placed under bearings and se- 
 curely attached to motors. 
 
 HEATING SYSTEM. 
 
 All rooms above grade shall be heated by direct radiation. 
 
 Mechanical ventilatidn shall be installed where shown. 
 
 Radiators and coils are to be operated by a two-pipe vacuum sys- 
 tem with mains located at points shown. 
 
 The Contractor shall be responsible for stoppages in return valves 
 and piping, and all piping shall be blown out in the presence of the 
 Architect and shall be kept clean. 
 
 Mains: 
 
 Distributing mains shall be connected to main exhaust in thirty- 
 fourth intermediate story as indicated on diagrams. They shall be 
 run as shown and shall be supported from beams above by wrought 
 iron clamp hangers set not over twelve (12) feet apart. 
 
 The supply mains shall deliver steam to the distributing risers 
 located around walls of the building. One set of pipes shall be run to 
 supply radiators and another set to return water of condensation to 
 the return system. 
 
 Connections of risers to supply radiators located below the mains 
 shall be made from the under side of the main and connections to 
 supply risers or branches to radiators above the mains shall be made 
 from top side of main. Each riser shall be separately valved with a 
 gate valve at the main. 
 
 An independent supply and return shall be run for direct radia- 
 tion in the first story.
 
 Steam heating mains shall be raised and dripped wherever nec- 
 essary in the opinion of the Architect to provide the maximum amount 
 of head room. 
 
 Risers: 
 
 All supply and return risers shall be located where shown and 
 shall be of the sizes shown on diagrams. They shall be provided with 
 valves at connections to mains. 
 
 Each riser shall be anchored firmly in the 2d, 8th, 16th, 24th and 
 32d floors so that expansion will be in both directions from tliese points 
 with expansion loops in the 4th, 12th, 20th and 28th floors. Sides of 
 loops shall be as long as possible in the space provided. 
 
 Special attention must be paid to the offsets at all floors where 
 same occur. At the other floors risers shall be so anchored to beams 
 as to maintain perfect alignment. All anchors at fastening point-3 
 shall be at least four (4) inches long at points where same are clamped 
 to risers. 
 
 Eisers are to be concealed throughout the building and special 
 care shall be taken in the installation so that they will be located wholly 
 within the space provided for them and perfect alignment vertically 
 maintained. 
 
 Provide in each riser in each story where same is not shown con- 
 nected to a radiator, at the proper height above the floor line, a 
 plugged tee of proper size for the future installation of a radiator. 
 
 Returns: 
 
 All returns of condensation shall be delivered to the feed water 
 heaters by means of the vacuum system employed. 
 
 At the bottom of each supply riser shall be placed a drip connec- 
 tion to return complete with a valve of the kind used in the vacuum 
 system. 
 
 Each return riser shall be provided with a valve at its lowest 
 point. 
 
 Provide drip pockets at the bottom of all risers located at acces- 
 sible points. , , *
 
 221 
 
 Sizes of Connections: 
 
 All radiators and coils shall be connected through a two-pipe sys- 
 tem and graded down toward the return end. The supply and return 
 connections shall be graded down toward respective risers. 
 
 These connections must be so set that they will not be trapped by 
 the expansion of the risers. Where one branch serves two radia- 
 tors, it shall he not less than 1 inch in diameter and no connection shall 
 be less than f inch in diameter. 
 
 The size of supply valves on radiators and coils shall be as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 f-inch shall not supply more than 60 square feet. 
 
 1-inch shall not supply more than 90 square feet. 
 1-^-inch shall not supply more than 140 square feet. 
 
 Branch connections to radiator valves shall be run below the floor 
 and shall be as follows : 
 
 1-inch pipe shall not supply more than 40 square feet. 
 1^-inch pipe shall not supply more than 75 square feet. 
 l|-inch pipe shall not supply more than 125 square feet. 
 
 Radiators and Coils: 
 
 Radiators shall be located as shown, unless express permission is 
 given for change. Special care must be taken in the location of radia- 
 tors which are to be concealed. Sizes shall not be less than indicated, 
 although, if in any case the Contractor considers a larger radiator or 
 coil necessary to enable him to fulfill the guarantee which accompanies 
 these specifications, the increase in size shall be made by him. Top 
 of radiator shall in no case come above the sill of window. 
 
 All radiators shall be cast iron of the steam pattern with plain 
 surfaces. 
 
 The coils shall be of new wrought pipe, unless specifically noted 
 to the contrary, and shall be supported on iron supports neatly and 
 securely attached to iron work. Coils shall have spring pieces at inlet 
 ends ; all shall be provided with necessary manifolds. 
 
 Finish of Radiators and Coils: 
 
 All radiators, coils and connections to same shall be painted two 
 (2) coats, final coat tinted as directed by the Architects.
 
 222 
 
 Pipe: 
 
 All pipe shall be new wrought pipe, standard weights and dimen- 
 sions, except where otherwise specified. All pipe between boiler feed 
 pumps and boilers shall be of brass, iron pipe size, and extra heavy. 
 
 Fittings: 
 
 Fittings shall be fine grained gray cast iron, except that all fit- 
 tings in connection with brass pipe for hot water boiler feed shall be 
 extra heavy brass, cast in same mold as extra heavy iron fittings. 
 
 All flanges and fittings shall be of uniform thickness throughout 
 and concentric, thoroughly cleaned, wire brushed, pickled and finished 
 smooth inside and outside. All flanges shall be faced and drilled. 
 Standard weights and dimensions to govern. All threads shall be 
 clean cut, smooth and tapering. Blind flanges shall be heavy ribbed 
 from center boss to outside edge of flange, and all bolt holes shall have 
 bosses. All curved fittings, except as specified for bends, shall be of 
 the sweep or long radius pattern. 
 
 Joints : 
 
 All flanged joints on low pressure work shall be made with rubber 
 gaskets. All flanged joints on high pressure work shall be welded 
 steel faced on pipe approved by the Architect, and made with sheet 
 packing of a material especially designed for this class of service. 
 
 Threaded joints may be made with red lead, but caution must be 
 taken that only a thin coat of lead is put on the threads. 
 All joints shall be made tight under steam pressure. 
 
 All pipes, fittings and valves three (3) inches and greater in diam- 
 eter shall be made up with flanged joints, except that heating piping 
 below twelve (12) inches in diameter, other than connections at expan- 
 sion tank, shall be made up with screwed joints. 
 
 Securing Piping: 
 
 All piping shall be firmly secured with proper allowance for ex- 
 pansion and contraction, which shall be compensated for as much as 
 possible by right angle turns. Wherever suspended, expansion hang- 
 ers must be used; all supports for pipes must be arranged to prevent 
 swaying.
 
 223 
 
 Pitch: 
 
 In all work the main supplies shall have a pitch of not less than 
 ] inch in ten (10) feet. All small pipe shall have a pitch of not less 
 than one (1) inch in ten (10) feet. 
 
 Insulation: 
 
 Where pipes pass through walls, floors, partitions, pipe enclos- 
 ure walls, marble or wood trim, they shall be provided with galvanized 
 iron sleeves. For vertical piping sleeves shall be made with top edges 
 turned over to give good bearing surface and beaded edges at ceiling; 
 on risers they shall be adjustable and so made that bottom of sleeve 
 will project one (1) inch below ceiling, and shall be arranged to per- 
 mit covering to pass up in same. Where risers are exposed sleeves 
 shall be finished at floor line with cast iron plates. For horizontal 
 pipes, sleeves shall have expansion plates to allow for expansion of 
 pipes ; plates must not slide by sleeve flanges. 
 
 Sample of sleeve shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Steam Piping in Floors: 
 
 Except branches to radiators, in every case where steam supply 
 and return pipes must be run concealed in the fill above floor beams 
 they shall be installed in ducts of No. 20 galvanized iron, rectangular 
 in section and of a width required. These ducts shall be provided with 
 covers of similar material soldered on before floors are laid. Where 
 pipes pass through these covers, provide thimbles with heavy cast iron 
 floor flanges. Great care must be taken in the installation of these 
 boxes and proper provision must be made for expansion. Pipes shall 
 be covered as hereinafter specified under "Covering." 
 
 Place a covering of rock concrete at the sides of the galvanized 
 iron boxes and provide all necessary protection of boxes until floors 
 are laid. 
 
 Over radiator connections where in floor provide an arched cover 
 of No. 18 galvanized iron. Connections must be covered same as the 
 risers. 
 
 Valves : 
 
 For high pressure steam, valves shall be of the globe or angle pat- 
 tern, extra heavy, except dividing valves in main high pressure header,
 
 224 
 
 in high pressure engine circulating main and engines fed from same, 
 high pressure pump circulating main, and high pressure supply from 
 circulating main to expansion tank, which shall be gate valves. All 
 these valves shall be suitable for a working pressure of 250 pounds. 
 Body and bonnet flanges shall be grooved to hold packing. Flanges 
 shall be faced and drilled to a template. 
 
 All gate valves 6 inches and larger in diameter shall be provided 
 with by-passes and with wedge gates and rising stems. 
 
 These valves shall be of the highest quality and shall contain not 
 more than seven-tenths of 1 per cent, phosphorus, and not more than 
 one-tenth of 1 per cent, sulphur ; tensile strength shall not be less than 
 20,000 pounds per square inch. Valves shall be provided with renewa- 
 ble seats. 
 
 For low pressure steam, valves shall be of the water gate pattern. 
 
 All gate valves on the expansion tank connections and all other 
 gate valves 3 inches and above in diameter, except on heating system, 
 shall be flanged and provided with companion flanges. 
 
 All check valves shall be of brass. 
 
 All fan coils operated by thermostats shall be equipped with auto- 
 matic valves. All radiators and coils shall be provided with packless 
 radiator valves with wood wheels, nickel-plated trimmings, unions and 
 rough bodies. Valve handles which control radiators behind grilles 
 shall be placed in easily accessible locations at points approved by the 
 Architect. 
 
 All radiators and coils and each sub-division of the fan coils shall 
 be provided with automatic return valves of a kind suitable for the 
 system operating the plant at atmospheric pressure or vacuum. Ex- 
 cept on fan coils, return valves shall be nickel-plated. 
 
 All main steam valves in Engine and Pump Rooms which are not 
 within easy reach of the operator shall be provided with chains or 
 other approved means for closing same from the floor. 
 
 Vacuum System: 
 
 It is the intention to have the steam throughout the entire system 
 circulate at one-half (i) pound pressure or below same, and the Con- 
 tractor shall install a complete system of piping to accomplish this 
 result. All piping shall terminate in the Pump Room.
 
 225 
 
 All subdivisions of the heating apparatus, including fan coils, 
 Bhall have corresponding subdivisions in the vacuum system of piping 
 so that a shutting down of a portion of the apparatus will not inter- 
 fere with the successful operation of the balance. 
 
 The vacuum system shall be of a type which does not require con- 
 densing water and valves shall be so constructed that no steam will 
 pass through and shall be noiseless in operation. 
 
 Provide a connection to hot water heaters. 
 
 Furnish all apparatus, machinery, valves, etc., for the vacuum sys- 
 tem, run all return or other pipes required to make all connections to 
 radiators, coils, heaters, etc., also to sewer and water supply, if re- 
 quired. 
 
 Furnish and install, in location approved by the "Architect, on 
 foundations, and connect three (3) vacuum pumps. Each pump shall 
 be of sufficient capacity to operate one-half the system. Vacuum pumps 
 shall be steam driven and shall deliver into a receiving tank which 
 shall be provided with vent and connection to feed water heaters. 
 
 Gauges shall be mounted on a pink Tennessee marble gauge board 
 not less than 1} inches thick, free from faults, and shall be mounted 
 on an angle iron frame similar to frame hereinbefore specified for con- 
 troller board under "Motors and Accessories." 
 
 All gauge board connections and instruments shall be nickel-plated 
 brass. 
 
 Test and Acceptance: 
 
 When the vacuum system is ready to be turned over, and before 
 acceptance same shall be tested as directed by the Architect. This 
 plant must be capable of producing and maintaining a vacuum through- 
 out the entire return piping of not less than five (5) inches at all points 
 in the system. 
 
 Licenses : 
 
 Furnish the Owners with the necessary licenses to operate the 
 vacuum system, but under no circumstances will any licenses be ac- 
 cepted that demand of the Owners the acknowledgment of the validity, 
 of the patents covering the apparatus installed.
 
 226 
 
 Testing: 
 
 The Contractor shall thoroughly test his work, and all risers and 
 other pipes to be concealed shall be subjected to proper pressure test 
 and be made steam tight before covering is put on. The heating sys- 
 tem shall be steam tight under a pressure of fifteen (15) pounds per 
 square inch. 
 
 Covering : 
 
 After all piping is thoroughly tested and accepted, pipe and fit- 
 tings shall be covered as follows: 
 
 All high pressure piping and all exhaust piping, including riser, 
 shall be covered with 85 per cent, magnesia 1£ inches thick. 
 
 All heating and low pressure piping, except distributing risers in 
 the heating system, shall be covered with high pressure asbestos 
 moulded sectional covering, having walls not less than one (1) inch 
 thick. 
 
 All supply and return risers shall be covered with f -inch thick wool 
 felt sectional covering, asbestos lined and covered with asbestos sheath- 
 ing and covered with canvas. This covering shall be set into cups 
 provided on risers and shall extend inside of floor sleeves; special care 
 shall be taken to see that covering extends inside of sleeve not less 
 than two (2) inches. 
 
 All piping exposed in cold places shall be provided with an addi- 
 tional frost proof covering. 
 
 All cold water piping shall be covered with wool felt covering one- 
 half (I) inch thick, covered with insulating paper and properly pro- 
 tected with a waterproof covering. 
 
 All piping between boiler feed pumps and boilers shall be coA'ered 
 with wool felt covering in two layers each § inch thick. 
 
 All tanks and heaters installed shall be covered with 14-inch thick 
 moulded asbestos blocks wired on with one (1) inch air space formed 
 of angles between covering and shell, stretching thereon wire netting 
 of one-half (|) inch mesh, and covered with one-half (£) inch thick 
 asbesots cement felt. 
 
 Steam ends of all pumps shall be covered with 85 per cent, mag- 
 nesia blocks with Russia iron jackets and spun brass heads. 
 
 All of the above work shall be covered with eight (8) ounce can
 
 227 
 
 vas, which shall be so put on that no frayod edges will be exposed. All 
 high pressure and exhaust piping and fittings in the sub-sub-basement 
 shall be neatly covered with sheathing paper and eight (8) ounce can- 
 vas, sewed on over the covering above specified. Flanges in above 
 shall be provided with similar covering made removable. 
 
 Asbestos moulded sectional covering and blocks shall contain not 
 less than ten (10) per cent, of white asbestos fibre and shall not be 
 subjected to extreme heat in drying as determined by finger impres- 
 sions on finished material. 
 
 All covering on pipes in third intermediate and thirty-fourth in- 
 termediate stories shall be provided with bright lacquered bands put 
 on every eighteen (18) inches, and with similar band on each side of 
 each fitting. 
 
 All covering shall be neatly and thoroughly applied, special care 
 being taken with the fittings and joints. 
 
 VENTILATING SYSTEM. 
 System: 
 
 Fresh air is to be introduced and foul air exhausted at points 
 indicated on diagrams, and all systems shall operate practically noise- 
 lessly. 
 
 Fresh Air Intakes: 
 
 Intakes with iron gratings for fresh air fans will be furnished and 
 installed as specified under "Ornamental Iron." Connect with these 
 intakes and run No. 18 galvanized iron ducts to fans, an independent 
 duct being run to each unit as shown. 
 
 Tempering Chambers: 
 
 Build a tempering chamber for each fresh air fan, of No. 18 gal- 
 vanized iron, well stayed and braced with angle irons, the whole being 
 air tight. Make connections to fans and provide each chamber with a 
 tight fitting door having lock, key and hardware, and set in wall of 
 chamber for access from floor. Edge of door shall be faced with felt 
 on the inside to insure a tight fit. 
 
 Exhaust Chambers: 
 
 Build exhaust chambers where shown and make connections to 
 exhaust fans, all in the manner specified for tempering chambers. 

 
 228 
 
 Where two or more ducts are connected to one exhaust chamber 
 they shall be so arranged that the flow of air shall be free through all 
 ducts. 
 
 Fresh Air Dampers: 
 
 Furnish and put in place in each fresh air connection to tempering 
 chambers a balanced sheet iron damper to close tight. The damper 
 shall be painted two (2) coats of asphaltum. Provide this damper 
 with necessary operating device so that it can be operated easily from 
 the floor. 
 
 Fan Discharge Outlets: 
 
 Equip each exhaust fan with discharge outlet, protected with hood 
 and deflector. These outlets shall be made of 20-ounce copper above 
 roof and shall be properly secured to roof beams; they shall be de- 
 signed so as to present as little obstruction to passage of air as pos- 
 sible. In addition to the exhaust outlet specified each exhaust fan for 
 kitchen service shall be provided with a free discharge direct to atmos- 
 phere with fusible link and damper, so arranged that in case of fire 
 the damper will close against the fan inlet and allow the products of 
 combustion to pass directly to the atmosphere. 
 
 Air Washing Devices: 
 
 Furnish, install and connect between each fresh air fan and its 
 tempering coil3, an air washing device, which shall be of ample ca- 
 pacity for the amount of air passing through, the velocity of which 
 shall not exceed 500 feet per minute. All parts of the washing device 
 coming in contact with water shall be of heavy copper and all parts 
 shall be made water tight. Spray heads shall be of brass and shall bo 
 arranged for automatic cleaning. 
 
 This air washing device shall be complete with circulating pump 
 and motor of ample capacity for supplying all necessary water for 
 the spray pipes. 
 
 All main connections to air washers shall be provided with valves 
 to regulate the flow of water, and all branches to spray pipes must 
 be installed in such a manner that they can easily be cleaned or flushed. 
 Make all necessary water and sewer connections, and supply and re r 
 turn piping. This work shall be completed in the same manner as 
 other similar work installed in the building.
 
 229 
 
 Complete details of the air washing devices shall be submitted to 
 the Architect for approval. 
 
 All piping in connection wtih these air washes shall be wrought 
 pipe galvanized, of standard weights and dimensions, except inside of 
 chambers, which shall be brass. 
 
 Provide all necessary doors for access to air washing device with 
 window in door between tempering coils and washer. Directly opposite 
 this window on the other side of chamber provide a similar window. 
 
 Heating Coils: 
 
 Furnish, set up on an angle iron frames and connect the coils for 
 heating the air supplied to the fresh air fans. Each heating coil shall 
 be made of one (1) inch wrought pipes, staggered in a heavy cast iron 
 base and there shall be four (4) rows of tubes in each base. 
 
 Heating coils shall be of the capacity and free area indicated on 
 heating diagrams. 
 
 Heating coils shall be of the approximate width shown on dia- 
 grams, extra wide bases being provided where necessary. Where 
 shown, coil3 shall be set end to end. 
 
 (If approved by the Architects "Vento" cast iron heaters may 
 be substituted for the pipe coils specified, same to be of the same ca- 
 pacities and having not less than the free area specified.) 
 
 Tempering and re-heating coils shall be connected in batteries, 
 each enclosed in a steel housing, provided with extension for connec- 
 tion to fan as shown. 
 
 Sub-divisions of the fan coils, except first section of tempering 
 coils for each fan, shall be provided with diaphragm valves which 
 will automatically control the steam supply; the tempering coils shall 
 be arranged so as to be controlled by two thermostats and the re- 
 heating coils so as to be controlled by one thermostat. Hand valve 
 only shall be installed on the first section of tempering coils for each 
 fan. 
 
 Provide under each battery of tempering coils for fresh air fans 
 a cold air by-pass, at least two (2) feet high, provided with a damper 
 controlled by a thermostat. Provide under each battery of re-heating 
 coils a similar by-pass, without main damper; by-pass shall be con- 
 nected to hot air ducts from tempered air chamber, and each hot air
 
 230 
 
 duct and its by-pass shall be provided with a pair of dampers con- 
 trolled by a thermostat arranged to maintain air in the rooms at a 
 temperature to be determined later. Locations of these thermostats 
 shall be as directed. 
 
 These thermostats shall be operated with compressed air and con- 
 nection shall be made with compressed air receivers installed as spec- 
 ified under "Ejectors." Furnish complete all piping, fittings, valves, 
 etc. 
 
 Make all steam and return connections required, properly valved. 
 
 Fans: 
 
 Fans shall be of the multivane type and shall be properly pro- 
 portioned for the requirements specified. The housing of each fan 
 shall be properly designed for the conditions under which the fan 
 must be installed; they shall be made of steel with heavy stiffeners 
 of channels, angles or tees, or if approved by the Architect, of cast 
 iron. 
 
 They shall be set upon large angle iron bases and be complete 
 with shafting, adjustable boxes, ring oilers, etc., and equipped with 
 polished brass sight feed oil gauges on all bearings. 
 
 Each fan shall be provided with a plate fastened to fan housine 
 where directed, stating the portion of the building to which air is 
 supplied, or from which air is exhausted, the quantity of air supplied 
 or exhausted per minute, and the revolutions of the fan under normal 
 load. Marking for each plate shall be submitted to the Architect for 
 approval. 
 
 Fan Requirements: 
 
 The fans must operate practically noiselessly under maximum 
 pressure and maximum revolutions. 
 
 The capacities of fans shall be as noted on heating diagrams. 
 
 Foundations : 
 
 Foundations for fans shall be continuous under fans and motor 
 pedestals. 
 
 Fans shall be provided with large size angle iron bases only, and 
 shall be bolted to floors with insulating material consisting of two (2) 
 one (1) inch layers of cork between base and floor to take up any 
 vibration. Furnish a wood frame on top of each cork base.
 
 231 
 
 Motors: 
 
 Each fan shall be driven by a direct connected, direct current 240 
 volt electric motor of the shunt wound, open, multipolar type, with con- 
 troller of ample size to operate its respective machine at its proper 
 full load and speed as hereinbefore specified under "Motors and Ac- 
 cessories." 
 
 The motors, controllers and all appurtenances and equipment re- 
 quired by same shall be furnished, the whole to be as specified under 
 "Motors and Accessories." 
 
 Ducts: 
 
 Ducts shall be made of galvanized iron. 
 
 All suspended ducts shall be made with double lock joints and 
 shall be made air tight. Joints shall be soldered if necessary in ordei 
 to make them tight. They shall be made with galvanized angle iron 
 frames and hangers and shall be firmly secured in place. If of four 
 (4) square feet area or greater, they shall be of No. 22 gauge iron 
 and if of less than four (4) square feet area, of No. 24 gauge. In ad- 
 dition, all suspended ducts of more than 256 square inches area shali 
 be thoroughly stiffened with galvanized one (1) inch angle irons placed 
 not more than four (4) feet apart. 
 
 All ducts in connection with kitchens shall be of not less than No. 
 14 gauge. 
 
 All changes in direction shall be along easy curves, the radius 
 measured from center of duct to be in no case less than twice the diam- 
 eter of the duct, if circular, nor less than twice the diameter of a cir- 
 cular duct having an equivalent cross sectionel area, if rectangular. 
 Connections to outlets shall be made through trumpet shaped mouth 
 pieces flared out as much as the construction will permit. All branches 
 shall be taken out at an angle not to exceed 45 degrees with line of air 
 flow. 
 
 Provide in each fresh air and exhaust duct an air tight damper 
 located near fan so that the fresh air to or exhaust from any portion 
 of the building can be shut off completely ; also mark each duct neatly 
 in a conspicuous place to or from what portion of the building it sup- 
 plies or exhausts air. 
 
 Ducts at entrances and at other points delivering fresh air below 
 radiators shall be made of proper size to deliver air directly beneath
 
 232 
 
 the entire radiators. Duet work shall terminate just below the floor 
 line and all openings in floor around duct work and radiator connec- 
 tions shall be properly filled in with tile or concrete. 
 
 Hoods in Kitchens: 
 
 Furnish and install hoods in kitchens where so indicated on dia- 
 grams. They shall be made of heavy black iron, properly reinforced, 
 and connected with exhaust ducts. 
 
 Ventilation of the Equitable Company Space: 
 
 An exhaust ventilating system shall be installed in the Equitable 
 Company space in the entire 4th and 5th stories, the air being taken 
 from points east and west of the elevators in each story, as shown on 
 diagrams, with the exhaust fan located in the 4th story and discharg- 
 ing into the vent shaft. 
 
 The discharge shall be continued the full height of the building 
 with discharge above roof, similar to hoods for other exhaust fans. 
 
 Canvas Ducts: 
 
 The connection of each fresh air fan to main outlet shall be made 
 of No. 6 duck, two (2) feet long, having substantial iron frame at each 
 end, bolted securely in place with air tight gaskets at all joints. These 
 ducts shall be well sized and painted as directed. 
 
 Openings in Ducts: 
 
 Provide openings not less than ten (10) inches square in sus- 
 pended ducts larger than 12x12 inches with air-tight sliding doors, 
 located as follows: 
 
 One (1) at every curve on each main pressure and exhaust duct, 
 and one (1) at each junction of main branch with main supply. 
 
 Air Splits: 
 
 At every junction of a fresh air branch duct to a main or sub-main, 
 an air split hinged at junction shall be furnished in place and at every 
 junction of an exhaust branch duct to a main or sub-main a deflector 
 hinged at junction shall be furnished. Where ducts are concealed, 
 these adjusting splits and deflectors must be arranged in branches be- 
 hind inlets and outlets in easily accessible locations; where exposed, 
 they must be provided with solid rod connections to outside of duct 
 with handles and lock nuts to lock the splits in place after adjustment.
 
 233 
 
 Air splits and deflectors shall be of a design which, will permit 
 variation in the amount of air passing through the branch duct without 
 presenting an obstruction to the passage of air in main duct. Design 
 of air splits and deflectors shall be submitted to the Architect for 
 approval. 
 
 All air splits and deflectors shall be made of heavy galvanized 
 iron. 
 
 Inlets and Outlets: 
 
 Fresh air inlets and exhaust outlets where required in toilet rooms 
 and janitors' closets, first story vestibules, and in certain portions of 
 the basement and sub-basement will be furnished and installed as spec- 
 ified under "Ornamental Iron and Bronze Work." Furnish and in- 
 stall all other inlets and outlets. 
 
 Inlets in the sub-sub-basement, including all portions of the Me- 
 chanical Plant, shall be provided with beaded edges and all exhaust 
 outlets in the Mechanical Plant shall be screened outlets with beaded 
 edges, except where grilles are specifically mentioned. 
 
 These shall be register faces (with louvres) of a design approved 
 by the Architect. Register faces shall be finished to match the hard- 
 ware. 
 
 Inlet and outlet connections shall be made air tight. 
 
 Each fresh air inlet shall be provided with a diffuser to equally 
 distribute the air across the full area of the inlet. Details shall be 
 submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 The quantities of air supplied or exhausted through inlets and 
 outlets shall be in accordance with a schedule provided at a later date 
 by the Architect. Measurements of the air supplied or exhausted 
 will be made by the Architect at the points of entrance to and exit 
 from the various rooms, and if the results obtained are not in accord- 
 ance with the schedule, such changes and adjustments must be made 
 in the ventilating equipment as may be required. 
 
 Ventilation of Vaults: 
 
 The Safety Deposit Vault and the Silver and Trunk Vault shall 
 be provided with ventilation. 
 
 The duct work inside the Safety Deposit Vault will be provided 
 by the Owners.
 
 234 
 
 Duct shall enter this vault through the emergency door. The sec- 
 tion passing through the door shall he made of aluminum and installed 
 in such a manner that it can easily he removed to allow closing of 
 door and when in place joints shall be air tight. 
 
 Confer with the Owners and so arrange the work as to make the 
 installation complete in every respect. Complete details of the in- 
 stallation shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Insulation of Boiler Room and Pump Room Ceilings: 
 
 A vitrified asbestos ceiling will be installed in the Boiler Room and 
 Pump Room, leaving a clear space of approximately eight (8) inches 
 between tile ceiling and top of asbestos ceiling. Air will be admitted 
 to this space through grilles. Make connection from this air space into 
 the exhaust systems from the Boiler Room and Pump Room. Exercise 
 great care in all work in connection with the ceiling and see to it that 
 all work is made air tight. Lf it is necessary to provide any sleeves for 
 ducts or pipes through this space, the sleeves shall be of sufficient 
 length to extend entirely through this space to the ceiling below. 
 
 Sleeves Through Floors and Walls: 
 
 In all cases where ducts pass through floors and openings for same 
 are not framed with steel beams or channels, the Contractor shall fur- 
 nish and install sleeves made of cast iron not less than i inch thick, or 
 of 3/16-inch steel properly stiffened with angle irons, and made proper 
 length to extend through floor, but no edges shall be exposed. 
 
 Where ducts pass through main building walls provide similar 
 sleeves. 
 
 Full details of these sleeves must be submitted to the Architect 
 for approval. 
 
 In every case sleeves shall be installed at the time the floor or 
 wall is built and shall be properly secured in place. 
 
 Covering: 
 
 The fresh air intakes shall be covered with £-inch thick air cell 
 blocks put on single and covered with 8-ounce canvas. These blocks 
 shall be securely fastened to the intakes and guaranteed against con- 
 densation. 
 
 In addition, that portion of the fresh air ducts exposed in the
 
 895 
 
 Boiler and Engine Rooms shall be covered with two (2) layers of ^-inch 
 thick air cell sheets put on single, covered with 8-ounce canvas. These 
 sheets shall be supported on f-inch angle irons attached to the ducts 
 spaced every twenty-four (24) inches. Angle irons shall have | inch 
 holes at outside edge spaced every twelve (12) inches for wiring sheets 
 in place. 
 
 Special care must be taken in the construction of ducts and appli- 
 cation of covering to insure straight lines after covering is applied. 
 
 Temperature Regulation : 
 
 Temperature regulation shall be installed for the ventilation sys- 
 tem. Compressed air shall be taken from the air receivers specified 
 under "Ejectors," connection being made through pressure reducing 
 valve. This system shall be complete with all necessary parts, tanks, 
 valves, piping, etc., and shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike 
 manner. All air pipes shall be wrought pipe galvanized, and shall be 
 concealed as much as possible. Thermostats shall be automatic in 
 uction and must govern within a variation of two (2) degrees. 
 
 If it is necessary to install additional filters in the air supply to 
 this system, or to provide cooling coils to remove moisture from the 
 air same shall be furnished and installed complete in every respect 
 in a manner approved by the Architect. 
 
 The finish, style and location of thermostats shall be approved by 
 the Architect. 
 
 Before this apparatus is installed, a layout of the same shall be 
 submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Test and Acceptance: 
 
 When the ventilating plant is ready to be turned over, and before 
 acceptance of same, the Contractor (after all ducts are properly ad- 
 justed for carrying capacities) shall subject the plant, at its own 
 expense, to a continuous run of six (G) hours under full loads, and 
 it shall perform all the duties hereinbefore specified, and the quan- 
 tities of air shall be as hereinbefore specified. 
 
 This test shall be made under the direction of the Architect. 
 Adjustment: 
 
 Before acceptance of the plant, the Contractor shall enter into a 
 written agreement with the Owners to properly clean out, adjust and
 
 236 
 
 put in first-class condition at its own expense, all valves, thermostats, 
 air splits and deflectors the winter next following the acceptance. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from the 
 contract for the respective materials named below ; said price to obtain 
 until tho completion of this work and its acceptance by the Architects : 
 
 36" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 30" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 24" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 20" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 18" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 16" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 14" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 12" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 10" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 8" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 6" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 5" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 4" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 3" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 2+/' pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 2" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 1$" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 1£" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 1" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 f" pipe installed, including fittings, per foot. 
 
 by the A 
 ... $..,. 
 
 rchuects : 
 
 ... $.., 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 (• ■ 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 ... $.... 
 
 • • • • . •!• • 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 ..'••••!•• 
 
 ... $.... 
 
 I. . . .!. .'. . 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 
 ...$..,. 
 
 la • • •• •!■ • 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 !•' 
 
 ... $... 
 
 i. • 
 
 ...$... 
 
 ...... .i. . 
 
 ...$... 
 
 
 
 ...$.., 
 
 
 
 ... $... 
 
 <«•■•••••
 
 237 
 
 4" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 3" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 2|" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 
 per foot $. 
 
 2" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 
 per foot $ . 
 
 1$" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 
 per foot $ . 
 
 H" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 per foot , $. 
 
 1" pipe installed, including fittings and painting, 
 per foot $ . 
 
 |" pipe installed, including fittings and paintings, 
 per foot $. 
 
 36" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 30" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 24" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 20" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 18" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 aabestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 16" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 14" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot ...,$. 
 
 12" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $. 
 
 10" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 
 foot $. 
 
 8" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $.
 
 238 
 
 6" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 5" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 4" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 3" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 2V pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 2" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 IV' pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 
 foot $ 
 
 H" pip e » including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 1" pipe, including fittings, magnesia or moulded 
 asbestos covering, and painting, installed, per 
 foot $ 
 
 4" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 3" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 1\" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 2" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $. 
 
 \\" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 1" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ — . 
 
 \" pipe, including fittings, wool felt covering and 
 
 painting, installed, per foot $ 
 
 Radiation as follows, including radiator, freight, drayage, all han- 
 dling necessary to set radiator in place in the building, ready for in- 
 stallation, and also including painting, per square foot: 
 
 • • •
 
 239 
 
 45" high $ 20" high $. 
 
 44" high $ 18" high $. 
 
 38" high $ 16" high $. 
 
 32" high $ 14" high $. 
 
 26" high $ 13" high $ 
 
 22" high $ 
 
 Radiator connections of the following sizes, including correspond- 
 ing return connections, painting connections, etc., each: 
 
 14" $ 
 
 W $ 
 
 1" $ 
 
 !" $....'....'.... 
 
 Return valves, each $ 
 
 Disconnecting radiators after installation, each. . . $ 
 
 Valves of the following sizes, each: 
 20" $ 6" 
 
 IS" $ 5" $. 
 
 16" $ 4" $. 
 
 14" $ 3" $. 
 
 12" $ 2$" $. 
 
 10" $ 2" $. 
 
 8" $ U" $. 
 
 Breaking radiators and reconnecting same, each.. $.
 
 Radiator valves of the following sizes, each: 
 
 li" •• 
 
 li" 
 
 1" 
 
 •■• 
 
 if/ 
 
 r 
 
 Installation and removal of radiators used for tem- 
 porary heating purposes, each $ 
 
 Radiation in coils, including coil, freight, drayage, 
 labor, all handling necessary to set coil in 
 place in the building ready for connection, and 
 also including the necessary hangers, painting, 
 etc., per square foot $ 
 
 Suspended galvanized iron ducts, per lb., includ- 
 ing angle iron stiff eners, hangers, etc $ 
 
 Covering for ducts, per square foot, installed , $ 
 
 Excavation, per cubic yard ....$.., . . 
 
 Concrete, per cubic yard, installed $. 
 
 Removal of earth, per cubic yard ...$... 
 
 STACK AND CEHJNG IJNTNG. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute, install and complete 
 the Stack and Ceiling Lining in accordance with the accompanying 
 drawings and as required by these specifications. 
 
 Scope of tlie Work: 
 
 The smoke stack and the necessary angles for supporting the lin- 
 ing inside the stack, will be furnished and set as specified under 
 "Structural Steel" and "Erection of Steel." 
 
 Line the entire inside of the smoke stack and the entire ceiling of 
 the Boiler Room and Pump Room with Vitrified Asbestos Lining not 
 less than two (2) inches thick. 
 
 Furnish all necessary fastenings to secure the stack lining in place, 
 supported on angle irons ; all joints shall be made perfectly tight with 
 specially treated Asbestos Cement.
 
 241 
 
 Also furnish all metal angles, strips, etc., for supporting the ceil- 
 ing lining. This ceiling lining shall be a suspended ceiling installed 
 so as to leave a clear space of approximately eight (8) inches between 
 the tile ceiling and top of asbestos ceiling. This space will be used 
 for the circulation of air and proper means shall be provided for 
 supporting lining leaving this air space as free as possible. Where 
 drop beams and girders extend below suspended ceiling, the asbestos 
 lining shall be carried around the sides and bottom of beams and gir- 
 ders next to the fire proofing. 
 
 At certain points, pipes, conduits, ducts, etc, will extend from the 
 floor above through the ceiling lining ; at all points where ceiling lining 
 is penetrated the opening shall be filled with asbestos cement in such a 
 manner as to make a close fit around all pipes, conduits, ducts, angles, 
 etc.; all joints shall be made perfectly tight. Plaster the entire ceil- 
 ing of the Boiler Room and Pump Room one-half (i) inch thick with 
 Asbestos and Portland Cement Plaster, and the entire installation 
 when completed shall be air tight. 
 
 Teat: 
 
 The vitrified asbestos lining must show under test that it can be 
 heated to a temperature of 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit and immediately 
 immersed in cold water without causing any change in its construc- 
 tion. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 Name one price only for any additions to or deductions from this 
 contract for the material named below, said price to obtain until the 
 completion and acceptance by the Architects of all work included 
 herein : 
 
 Vitrified asbestos stack lining, installed, per square 
 
 foot , $ 
 
 Vitrified asbestos ceiling lining, installed, per 
 
 square foot $
 
 242 
 
 ELECTRIC WIRING. 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute, install and complete 
 the Electric Wiring and Switchboard Work in accordance with the 
 accompanying drawings and as required by this specification. 
 
 Installation of Work: 
 
 The Contractor shall examine the Architectural, Heating, Plumb- 
 ing and Structural Steel drawings and if any discrepancies occur be- 
 tween them which in any way affect the work, or if any details of 
 construction interfere with the work, report the same to the Architect 
 and obtain written instructions for changes necessary in the work. In 
 all- cases where heat and vent ducts prevent locating of outlets in ceil- 
 ingj the Contractor shall provide a special type of approved strap 
 hanger for the proper support of conduit and boxes beneath the ducts, 
 or install pipe thimble to allow conduits to pass through the duct, as 
 approved by the Architect. 
 
 Any cutting and patching of floors or walls made necessary by 
 the neglect of the Contractor to provide necessary openings through 
 same shall be done by it at its expense. 
 
 Painting: 
 
 Cabinet and other iron work, not including exposed conduits, in- 
 stalled under these specifications, shall be painted two (2) coats of 
 black insulating paint, one (1) coat before delivery at the building and 
 one (1) coat after installation and after all pipes and wires are con- 
 nected complete. Exposed conduits shall be painted with two coats of 
 lead and oil, last coat tinted as directed. 
 
 Insulation Resistance: 
 
 After wiring is complete, it shall be tested in sections, and all 
 defects shall be made good before current is turned on to the building. 
 The Contractor shall make all tests in the presence of the Architect 
 to show that insulation resistance meets Underwriters' requirements, 
 and shall provide all apparatus required to make such tests. 
 
 Inspection: 
 
 All work and material shall be strictly first-class in every particu- 
 lar, and shall be installed in accordance with the rules and require-
 
 243 
 
 ments of the Electrical Inspection Department of the City of New 
 York, and the rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters, 
 anything in these specifications to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 
 This shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from com- 
 plying with any requirement of the plans and specifications, which 
 may be in excess of the requirements of the hereinabove mentioned 
 rules, and not contrary to same; nor for any special construction for 
 which the Architect obtains special permission from the Inspection 
 Department, although same may conflict with the letter of the rules. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish, at his own cost and expense, a per- 
 mit and certificate of acceptance for all electrical work installed un- 
 der these specifications, including inspection fee for all motors, ex- 
 cept for elevators and elevator pumps, installed in the building, and 
 the final inspection and certificate of the Architect will not be made 
 or issued until the Inspection Department's certificate is delivered to 
 him. 
 
 Guarantee : 
 
 All material and workmanship shall be of the best, and must meet 
 with the approval of the Architect, who reserves the right to reject 
 any material not in accordance with these specifications, either be'fore 
 or after installation. 
 
 The Contractor shall be responsible for all work put in under 
 these specifications. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own 
 cost and expense, as may be necessary, any defective work, material 
 or part which may show itself within one (1) year after date of final 
 certificate, if, in the opinion of the Architects, said defect is due to 
 imperfection in material or workmanship, as specified, and not to care- 
 lessness or improper operation. 
 
 Plans : 
 
 To accompany these specifications there will be a set of plans, 
 showing the arrangement of the building, electric outlets, cut-out cab- 
 inets, wire shifts, etc. The plans, such writings, interlineations, fig- 
 ures and details as may be upon them shall be considered as part of 
 and illustrating these specifications. 
 
 The drawings and specifications are not intended to show all de- 
 tails, and the Architect will not be responsible for the absence of any
 
 244 
 
 details which the Contractor shall require, or any special construction 
 which may he found necessary, as the work progresses. The Con- 
 tractor must satisfy himself on all points in regard to the work, and 
 obtain all necessary information before submitting his proposal, and 
 shall include in his price a sum sufficient to cover same. No extras will 
 be allowed for any work or material, unless same can be clearly shown 
 to be an addition beyond the intent and contemplation of the drawings 
 or specifications, and necessary to complete the work. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install in a good and substantial 
 manner the generator leads, main bus bars, all switchboards, all neces- 
 sary switches, fuses, conduits, telephone and telegraph conduits, pull 
 boxes, junction and outlet boxes, distributing centers, cut-out cabinets, 
 complete with panel boards, all necessary feeders, wire, drop cords, etc., 
 complete, furnishing all material and labor necessary to install all 
 wiring for power and lights complete from the generators to all out- 
 lets shown on the plans or otherwise hereinafter specified. 
 
 Working Drawings: 
 
 The Contractor must submit drawings to scale, showing the lay- 
 out of generator leads, switchboard, complete feeder riser diagram, 
 lines of conduit, cables, wires and sizes of same, junction and cut-out 
 boxes, copper sizes, the current carried and the number of feet in the 
 run; also drawings covering all changes that may be ordered by the 
 Architect during the progress of the work. 
 
 Riser diagram shall show main feeders, all cut-out cabinets with 
 number of lights fed from each, number of circuits, etc., pull boxes, all 
 distributing centers with capacity of all motor feeders indicated com-, 
 plete. 
 
 Wiring Diagrams Shall Be Drawn Up at £" Scale. It is recom- 
 mended that conduit runs be laid out in pencil on these diagrams, which 
 will permit of readily changing locations of switches and grouping of 
 outlets. Prints from these preliminary plans are to be submitted for 
 examination by the Architect. After checking, one set will be returned 
 with corrections, after which the drawings are to be revised and com- 
 pleted in ink and four sets of prints sent in for approval. 
 
 Complete working drawings and detailed wiring diagram of the 
 switchboard shall be submitted to the Architect for approval.
 
 245 
 
 Complete working drawings showing method of cable suspension 
 in wire shaft shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Each drawing must be marked with the name of the building, with 
 a serial number, as also with the number of the Architect's drawing 
 from which it is made. Four prints of each drawing must be sub- 
 mitted. 
 
 Each drawing must be approved in writing by the Architect be- 
 fore any work covered by same is begun by the Contractor. The 
 Architect's approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of re- 
 sponsibility for errors, as the Architect's approval of the drawing is 
 only general, and is intended as an assistance to the Contractor and not 
 to serve as a check, and does not in any way relieve the Contractor 
 from the necessity of furnishing the materials and performing the 
 work as required by the drawings and specifications. The cost of all 
 these drawings shall be included in the contract price. 
 
 Samples : 
 
 Not less than thirty days before purchasing such material, the 
 Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval the following. 
 Material shall not be ordered until approval of samples or makes. 
 
 1. Sample of 200-ampere knife switch. 
 
 2. Rubber covered conductor. 
 
 3. Varnished cambric conductor. 
 
 4. Cut-out cabinet. 
 
 5. Ceiling outlet box, with hanger and fixture stud. 
 
 6. Receptacle outlet box. 
 
 7. Plug and receptacle. 
 
 8. Wall switch. 
 
 9. Grip for supporting riser cables. 
 
 10. Floor box, complete with fittings. 
 
 11. Cartridge and link fuses. 
 
 Wiring: 
 
 Feeders for the entire lighting system shall be run on the three- 
 wire 120-240 volt, direct current system. The neutral conductor shall 
 have the same cross-sectional area as either outside conductor, except
 
 246 
 
 as specified under "Generator Leads." All cut-out cabinets shall be 
 arranged for three-wire mains and two-wire branch circuits. Three- 
 wire branch circuits will not be permitted. 
 
 All power circuits and wiring shall be arranged for the direct 
 current 240-volt two-wire system. 
 
 All lamps on switchboard shall be fed from the low tension storage 
 battery. 
 
 All wires of a circuit may be run in the same conduit, but the 
 wires of no more than one circuit shall be run in the same conduit, ex- 
 cept for public lighting, where two circuits may be run in the same 
 conduit. No tenant circuit conduit shall be less than §" from cutout 
 closet to switch outlet and thence to the first ceiling outlet on each leg 
 of the circuit. 
 
 Main feeder conduits passing through floor structure at offsets 
 shall not be larger than two-inch, and where the feeder capacity re- 
 quires it, duplicate feeders shall be run. Feeder cables shall not be 
 larger than 1,000,000 C. M. 
 
 All main feeders shall be without reduction in cross-section to the 
 farthest cutout cabinet on that feeder. 
 
 Elevator feeder conduits shall be run up in spaces back of the ele- 
 vators, where they will avoid counterweights, etc. 
 
 All conduits for bracket lights and wall receptacle outlets shall 
 be run from the floor up to the outlet. 
 
 All circuit conduits from cut-out cabinets to switch outlets in ten- 
 ant offices and suites shall be run in the floor of the story in which 
 the fights supplied by the respective circuits occur, and not in the floor 
 above. 
 
 Wall switches for the control of ceiling lights in tenant offices 
 and suites shall in general be located near corridor doors and on col- 
 umns; all switches, however, to be located subject to the approval of 
 the Architect. 
 
 Where office space is divided into separate rooms, run the f-inch 
 circuit conduit into the bottom of the switch box. Run conduit down 
 to floor and across to feed the various wall outlets. Run a f-inch con- 
 duit up to first ceiling outlet and extend a £-inch conduit to second 
 outlet. Where space is undivided the same method is to be followed 
 as closely as consistent with lack of division partitions.
 
 247 
 
 Dossert joints shall be soldered. 
 
 Where running threads would otherwise occur, Erickson coup- 
 lings, or other similar device approved by the Architect, shall be used. 
 
 Loss of Potential: 
 
 It is intended that the sizes of all lighting feeders shall be pro- 
 portioned on the basis that all lights shown on plans or herein specified 
 are burning, and when thus loaded the wires shall be of ample size, 
 so that the loss of potential between the main switchboard and any 
 cut-out cabinet will not exceed four volts, measured across the outside 
 legs of the three-wire system. The loss of potential on any branch 
 circuit from cut-out cabinet to farthest lamp, with circuit fully loaded 
 (1,320 watts), shall not exceed 1J volts. 
 
 The ampere capacity of all power feeders shall be based upon the 
 horse power ratings hereinafter specified, but all feeders shall be of 
 ample size, so that when fully loaded the loss of potential shall in no 
 case exceed ten (10) volts from the service to any motor. 
 
 Generator Leads and Bus System: 
 
 All generators shall be so connected as to feed into a double bus 
 system, composed of lead covered cable run in conduit laid under the 
 engine room floor. Generator leads shall run from each generator to 
 a remote-control circuit breaker panel located as near to generator as 
 consistent with accessibility. From this two sets of connections shall 
 be run to the light and power busses, respectively. At each point 
 where connections from contactor panels join main bus cables, junc- 
 tion box shall be provided, set flush in floor and provided with outer 
 and inner iron covers, the latter fitted with rubber gasket and bolted 
 down. All conduit joints shall be made up with red or white lead and 
 terminals sealed with asphaltuin or other approved insulating com- 
 pound. The entire under-floor system shall be so constructed as to 
 be absolutely water-tight in a manner acceptable to the Architect. 
 
 Generator leads shall be of such size that when generators are 
 operating at 50 per cent, overload, carrying capacities shall be in ac- 
 cordance with Underwriters' requirements. Each set of bus cables 
 shall be of a capacity equal to 75 per cent, of total full-load rating of 
 the plant. Equalizer legs shall each have a carrying capacity equal to 
 one-half that of the corresponding outer legs. Shunt field leads shall
 
 248 
 
 not be less than No. 6 B. & S. gauge. Ammeter shunt leads shall be cali- 
 brated by the instrument manufacturer with the ammeters and their 
 respective shunts. After calibration their lengths shall not be altered 
 by cutting or splicing, any surplus length being coiled up back of the 
 board. Shunts shall be mounted in generator pits and protected by 
 cages of galvanized iron wire not smaller than No. 8, 1-inch mesh. 
 
 Feeder boards shall be located where shown on plans, each to 
 serve lighting feeders running up the adjacent wire shaft. Positive 
 and negative feeders for these boards shall be connected to main bus 
 cables by lead covered cable in the same manner as previously de- 
 scribed. They are to be connected to the main busses at the nearest 
 junction boxes in floor. A similar method is to be followed in the 
 case of feeders running to each elevator distributing center and at the 
 sub-basement distributing center 
 
 Each neutral leg shall have a carrying capacity of not less than 
 25 per cent, of its outer legs. All of the neutral legs shall be brought to 
 a common neutral bus on main switchboard. Balancer leads shall be 
 run directly to the switchboard. 
 
 Where necessary to place fuses in engine room floor junction 
 boxes, they shall be so enclosed that the blowing of one fuse or set of 
 fuses will in no way affect the operation of other feeders. Neutral 
 feeder connections shall not be fused. 
 
 In making connections between lead-covered cables and lugs, tap- 
 ing and cable insulation shall be kept back \ inch from lugs. 
 
 Switchboards : 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install, where shown on plans, a 
 main switchboard of polished pink Tennessee marble not less than 2 
 inches thick and free from faults. Panels shall stand approximately 
 ninety (90) inches high and no panel shall be wider than thirty (30) 
 inches. Board shall be located where shown on plans, not less than six 
 feet from wall in rear, and extend down to the floor line resting on a 
 6 inch, 8 pound channel iron base, securely grouted in place with best 
 quality cement, and shall be properly secured to a self-supporting 
 frame of 2 inch by 3 inch japanned angle iron with copper-plated bolts 
 and countersunk washers, or acorn nuts. Frame shall have corners 
 properly braced with gusset plates. The space between the ends of the 
 board and the wall shall be closed by an electro-bronze basket work
 
 249 
 
 grill of flat ribbon wire not less than f inch by 3/32 inch crtfss section 
 and not more than 1 inch mesh. In this grill shall be a door not less 
 than two feet by six feet, six inches, fitted with Yale lock and three 
 keys. 
 
 On this main switchboard shall be provided all the required in- 
 struments, switches and appliances for the control of the main gen- 
 erators, balancers and low tension sets. 
 
 Each of the six generator panels shall be equipped with an am- 
 meter of full scale reading equal to 200 per cent, of normal full load 
 rating of its generator; a watthour meter of capacity equalto normal 
 full load rating of its generator; a flush mounting bullseye pilot lamp 
 socket to receive standard 16 c. p. carbon filament lamp; controlling 
 switch for motor-operated rheostat; controlling switch for each re- 
 mote-control generator circuit breaker, provided with red and green 
 indicator lamps connected so as to show whether breaker is opened or 
 closed. 
 
 For each balancer set there shall be provided a panel on which is 
 to be mounted a rear-of -board starting rheostat of a type (details to 
 be submitted for approval) which will automatically limit acceleration 
 current to not more than 25 per cent, more than normal; one center- 
 zero neutral ammeter of capacity equal to 150 per cent, of normal bal- 
 ancer rating; necessary single and double pole knife switches of a 
 capacity equal to normal neutral rating of the balancer set; one or 
 more field rheostats (if required by scheme of connections adopted) ; 
 series relay in neutral, connected to bell and annunciator in engineer's 
 office, to ring on overload. 
 
 There shall also be provided on main board a 10-inch secondary 
 clock with trim to match meters, clock to be of same type as other sec- 
 ondary clocks ; two 300-volt voltmeters, together with necessary connec- 
 tions and approved voltmeter switches or plugging scheme to read the 
 voltage on light busses, power busses, any generator independently, 
 between neutral and either positive or negative leads to either com- 
 pensator set, and voltage to ground on positive and negative light and 
 power busses. 
 
 There shall be provided a low-tension panel for each small motor- 
 generator set on which shall be mounted a rear-of-board starting rheo- 
 stat ; a D. P. S. T. fused main motor switch ; an ammeter for generator
 
 250 
 
 of capacity equal to 150 per cent, of rated capacity of same; switch- 
 board mounting field rheostat ; main fused generator switch. For both 
 panels and mounted on one, shall be a 30-volt voltmeter, connected with 
 voltmeter plug and receptacle on each low-tension panel. 
 
 On one of the low tension panels shall be provided battery charg- 
 ing equipment as follows : D. P. S. T. main switch ; rear-of -board type 
 charging rheostat; overload and reverse current single pole circuit 
 breaker; center-zero ammeter with full scale reading in each direction 
 equal to 125 per cent, of normal charging rate; 3-volt voltmeter, with 
 switch to connect same to any cell of battery ; receptacle to connect 30- 
 volt voltmeter mentioned above across entire battery ; D. P. S. T. fused 
 discharge switch. Reverse current relay on circuit breaker shall be 
 so arranged that it may be readily cut out, if desired. Fuse connec- 
 tion for switchboard lights shall also be provided. 
 
 At each main generator shall be located where approved by the 
 Architect a 3-inch pink Tennessee marble panel on angle iron frame- 
 work on which shall be mounted two double-pole, two-coil, overload 
 and reverse current release, rigid arm, remote controlled, solenoid 
 operated circuit-breaker of a capacity equal to 150 per cent, of normal 
 rating of its generator and equipped with five-second definite time limit 
 tripping mechanism. One is connected to light bus and other to power 
 bus. Emergency means shall be provided for hand operation. Breaker 
 shall be so connected to generator that all current generated by the 
 machine shall pass through it. Contacts shall be provided for opening 
 the equalizer connection when the breaker trips. Grill shall be pro- 
 vided entirely to protect copper work on back of panels. 
 
 At locations shown on plans, four feeder boards shall be located, 
 one for the lighting feeders up each wire shaft. They shall be of the 
 same form of construction and material as specified for main control 
 board and be provided with a 3 P. S. T. knife switch for each feeder 
 fed from them. Each circuit shall have removable links in the bus bar 
 construction so that shunts for portable meters may be inserted in 
 positive, negative and neutral leads. Grill work and doors, as pre- 
 viously described shall be placed at the sides or rear of each board. 
 
 All distributing centers shall be built up on oil finished Monson, 
 Maine, slate, \\ inch thick, mounted upon a japanned angle iron frame 
 of similar construction as specified for main switchboard.
 
 251 
 
 All switches, bus bars and connections shall be of a capacity and 
 construction as specified for similar work on switchboard. Each dis- 
 tributing center controlling more than two (2) motors shall be pro- 
 vided with unfused main switch of the total capacity of the power fed 
 from its respective center. Each motor circuit, except for the elevator 
 motors, shall be provided with a switch and link fuses mounted on face 
 of board and all enclosed in a sheet metal cabinet with doors, hinges 
 and nickel-plated vault handles, similar to those specified under 
 "Cutout Cabinets." The whole shall be carefully secured in place on 
 a japanned angle iron frame. Each switch shall be provided with neat 
 fibre name plate. 
 
 In place of switch and fuses, each elevator motor circuit shall be 
 provided with one overload release, double pole, double arm, with in- 
 dependently operating arms, laminated contact, pressure carbon break 
 circuit breaker. Normal capacity of circuit breaker to be 150 amperes 
 with tripping range of 110 to 300 amperes. 
 
 All bus-bar work shall be on rear of panel. 
 
 Sub-sub-basement motors shall be fed from sub-basement center. 
 A 600-ampere, 240-volt watthour meter shall be furnished and in- 
 stalled on each elevator distributing center, a 700-ampere meter on 
 sub-basement distributing center, a 350-ampere meter on pent house 
 distributing center No. 2 and a 40-ampere meter on laundry power 
 panel. 
 
 All circuits, switches and instruments shall be marked with neat 
 copper name plates of approved design. List of names for circuits 
 and switches will be furnished by the Architect. 
 
 The main switchboard shall be equipped with continuous J-M Lino- 
 lite, mounted m special switchboard reflector, run the full length of the 
 board. The outside of the reflector trough shall be finished to match 
 the equipment on the board, as approved by the Architect. The re- 
 flector shall be complete with tungsten Linolite lamps. An approved 
 rotary snap switch shall be placed at the rear of the board, near the 
 access door, and connected so as to control the lighting in this reflector. 
 Linolite, switch indicator and other lamps essential to the operation 
 of the switchboard shall be connected to the 24-volt battery circuit. 
 
 There shall be furnished and installed on pink Tennessee marble 
 panel, where approved, in Chief Engineer 's office, the following graphic 
 recording meters :
 
 252 
 
 Oile voltmeter, scaled 180-280. 
 
 Three ammeters, scaled 0-3500, one connected to each 600 K. W. 
 generator. 
 
 Two ammeters, scaled 0-1800, connected to 300 K. W. Generators. 
 One ammeter, scaled 0-1200, connected to 200 K. W. generator. 
 
 The graphic meters shall be of a type having a uniformly divided 
 scale and a pen motion perpendicular to the direction of paper travel. 
 In addition to the scale marking on the paper, meters shall be provided 
 with a fixed scale and pointer on the pen arm. The action shall be 
 dead beat and accurate within 1 per cent, of full scale reading. Paper 
 shall be fed at 2 inches per hour. Extra paper shall be furnished for 
 six months' operation. 
 
 It is to be understood that graphic meters are to be manufactured 
 by Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co., General Electric Co., 
 Esterline Co., or equal, as approved by the Architect. 
 
 The switchboards shall be built up at the factory complete, and 
 when approved by the Architect shall be taken to the building and set 
 up. Final approval will be given after the boards are installed and 
 in successful operation. 
 
 Attendant: 
 
 A competent attendant must be furnished by the switchboard 
 builder to take charge of the switchboard until the plant is in running 
 order and ready to be turned over to the owner. He shall remain in 
 charge and be responsible for the switchboard equipment until same 
 has been accepted. He must be qualified and be required to give to 
 the Chief Engineer all necessary and proper directions regarding the 
 operation of the switchboard and other apparatus furnished by his 
 company. 
 
 Erection: 
 
 Before each switchboard has been unboxed after delivery, the Con- 
 tractor shall construct around its location a substantial partition of 
 rough planks and joists at least as high as the board and provided 
 with strong door with padlock. This space should be sufficiently large 
 to give ample working space around the switchboard. Suitable cover- 
 ing shall be arranged over this enclosure to protect the board from 
 dirt and other objects which may be dropped in. This enclosure shall
 
 253 
 
 be maintained until all construction work has been completed in the 
 engine room and there is no further risk of damage to the switchboard. 
 
 Instruments : 
 
 All instruments mounted on the front of the board shall have 
 metal parts finished with brushed copper finish. Ammeters and volt- 
 meters shall be 7-inch, round pattern, glass face, uniform scale type. 
 Wattmeters shall be of the shunt type (with separate shunts), with 
 glass cases, three-wire (or two two-wire) for light; two-wire for power. 
 All wattmeters shall have test links and fuses. 
 
 After board is installed, all instruments shall be installed and cali- 
 brated. 
 
 Instruments shall be manufactured by one of the following makers : 
 Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co., General Electric Co., 
 "Weston Electrical Instrument Co., Keystone Electrical Instrument Co., 
 or other approved by the Architect. 
 
 Circuit Breakers: 
 
 Circuit breakers shall be of the laminated contact, pressure carbon 
 break type. Current density and brush pressure shall be such as to 
 warrant the breakers to operate at their full rated capacity by con- 
 tinuously with temperature rise in any part not exceeding 20° C. above 
 the surrounding air. They shall be manufactured by General Electric 
 Co., Westinghouse Elec. & Mfg. Co. or Cutter Co. 
 
 Bus-Bars and Connections: 
 
 All bus-bars and connections shall be made from the best quality 
 of hard drawn Lake Superior copper of 98% conductivity, mounted 
 on rear of board. All bars and connections shall be built up of ^-inch 
 laminations separated by copper ventilating spacers and the current 
 density shall not exceed 800 amperes per square inch of cross section 
 of conductor, nor 100 amperes per square inch of clamped contact 
 surface for the full connected load. 
 
 All connecting surfaces and contacts shall be perfectly tight over 
 entire connection, and shall be machined down to an absolutely true 
 surface; all contact surfaces shall be carefully cleaned. All switch 
 studs and fuse studs shall be long enough so that bus-bars run ver- 
 tically.
 
 254 
 
 Provide brackets secured to angle iron frame, and insulated with 
 black fiber or slate slabs where bus-bars rest in such a manner that no 
 portion of the weight of bus-bars comes on switch or fuse studs; size 
 of bars shall be shown on wiring diagram of board. 
 
 Vertical bus bar work for mains and feeders shall be carried to the 
 bottom and top of board and so arranged that no cable work need be 
 brought back of panels. 
 
 Switches on Board and Distributing Centers: 
 
 All switches shall be made from the very best quality of cold rolled 
 and hard drawn Lake Superior copper. All jaws, clips and blades 
 shall be of sawed copper and must be in perfect alignment. All parts 
 shall be machined, no cast parts to be used. All jaws, clips and studs 
 shall be securely pinned aiid sweated into the base blocks. Switches 
 with offset lugs will not be approved. 
 
 All switches shall have draw-file finish. 
 
 All switches shall be "ground in" with pumice stone and oil to 
 insure good contact. 
 
 No switch on board or distributing center shall be of a smaller 
 capacity than one hundred (100) amperes. 
 
 Sample switch shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Carrying capacity of switches shall be based on 800 amperes per 
 spare inch of cross section of conductor throughout, and fifty (50) 
 amperes per square inch of sliding contact. Clamping nuts on switch 
 studs shall lie of copper of 98 per cent conductivity. 
 
 Fnses: 
 
 Each switch on switchboards, unless otherwise specified, shall be 
 provided with fuses on separate marble fuse panels extending across 
 the main panel and supported on angle iron frame on the rear of the 
 board. 
 
 All fuses throughout the building, unless specifically stated to the 
 contrary, up to and including 30 amperes capacity, shall be of the 
 cartridge type provided with approved terminals and indicators. Fuses 
 of over 30 ampere capacity shall be of the open link type. Type, make 
 and sizes of fuses must be approved by the Architect. Suitable hori- 
 zontal barriers shall be provided to prevent vapors from any blowing 
 fuses reaching other fuses above.
 
 255 
 
 Wire Shafts: 
 
 There will be provided throughout the building wire shafts at loca- 
 tions shown on plans in which the vertical mains and feeders supplying 
 the various distributing centers and cut-out cabinets shall be run. All 
 mains and feeders shall be run in conduits from the switchboard to all 
 the outlets. 
 
 All cables must be securely anchored with cable supports enclosed 
 in sheet steel boxes at intervals of three or four floors as required by 
 the rules of the National Board of Underwriters, and as directed by 
 the Architect. These cable supports shall be of a make satisfactory to 
 the Architect. 
 
 All supports not shown on Structural Steel diagrams in these wire 
 shafts shall be provided by the Contractor. No wood construction will 
 be permitted. Detail drawings of this construction shall be submitted 
 to the Architect for approval. 
 
 Cutout Cabinets: 
 
 There shall be a cut-out cabinet in each shaft on every floor where 
 wire shaft opens, and additional cabinets as shown on plans, or as re- 
 quired, of sufficient size to contain all cut-outs feeding the circuits on 
 their respective floors and as otherwise specified. 
 
 These cabinets shall be made of No. 10 U. S. gauge sheet steel, 
 provided with suitable braces and having side, top and bottom wiring 
 compartments not less than six inches wide. The slate shall be rubbed 
 down with boiled linseed oil, giving a fine dull jet black surface free 
 from blemishes. Slate for panel shall be 1 inch thick. Double panels 
 shall be provided with a removable strip in the center, separating the 
 two sections. 
 
 This box shall be fitted with doors of heavy iron, complete with 
 nickel-plated vault handle and piston bolts, and extending full height 
 of panel. Doors shall be fitted with approved Yale cylinder locks and 
 keys; all locks keyed alike. 
 
 Cut-outs shall be of the panel board type, connections being made 
 through machine copper strips; all strips for circuits shall be continu- 
 ous from one side to the other. 
 
 All cut-out cabinets in the building shall each be provided with an 
 even number of circuits; each cabinet with not less than six extra
 
 256 
 
 circuits over and above those required by lights shown on plans or 
 called for in specifications. 
 
 All panels in building shall be of the same make. The main bus- 
 bars and branch copper bars shall be in no case less than I inch by \ 
 inch, and shall be figured on a basis of 800 amperes per square inch of 
 cross-sectional area and 12 amperes at 120 volts per branch circuit, 
 counting the total number of branches on the panels, including spares. 
 
 Double panels must be used where the top of the cabinet would 
 otherwise be over 7 feet from floor when installed. 
 
 Only rolled or drawn copper shall be used, copper castings will 
 not be permitted in the construction. 
 
 Each branch circuit shall be plainly numbered or suitably lettered 
 as approved by the Architect. For each panel board there shall be 
 provided a heavy polished glass and neat frame for holding same in 
 which shall be placed a suitable typewritten directory and plan indicat- 
 ing the location of lights fed over each circuit. All metal parts shall 
 be well polished and lacquered. 
 
 A Hubbell flush wall receptacle shall be set into the face of each 
 panel for use in connection with Inspector's extension cord. Circuit 
 fuses shall be of the cartridge type. 
 
 Before beginning the manufacture of any of these cabinets or cut- 
 outs, this Contractor shall first submit to the Architect, for his ap- 
 proval, sample of switch and fuse terminals, together with all draw- 
 ings or details that may be required. 
 
 Conduits : 
 
 All wires shall be run in conduits, which shall be of mild steel 
 tube, sherardized or galvanized, especially selected with reference to 
 uniformity of thickness and freedom from defects. Conduit shall be 
 delivered at the building in not less than ten-foot lengths. The Con- 
 tractor shall furnish samples of conduit to be used before ordering. 
 The decision as to the quality of conduit furnished and the acceptance 
 of same, or the approval of any standard make, shall be made by the 
 Architect. 
 
 Joints shall be made tight with standard galvanized couplings and 
 corners turned with elbows or long radius bend in pipe. 
 
 The ends of all conduits or elbows shall be cut square and reamed,
 
 257 
 
 and all joints shall be brought to a shoulder. All conduits shall be 
 put up first and wires pulled through after plaster is on. 
 
 All conduits and fittings shall be earfully examined before being 
 installed and all blistered and defective pieces shall be rejected. 
 
 All conduits shall be concealed unless specified to the contrary, or 
 otherwise shown on drawings. 
 
 All conduits installed underground or in floors under which there 
 is no excavation shall be put together with joints made up with white 
 lead and tested as directed by the Architect, to show that they are 
 airtight. 
 
 Special care must be taken to run conduits from switchboard to 
 ceiling along plumb-lines. 
 
 Outlet Boxes: 
 
 At each outlet an approved galvanized or sherardized pressed 
 steel outlet box of the knockout type, of not less than No. 12 B. & S. 
 gauge, shall be placed and securely fastened. Each box shall have 
 threaded stud in the bottom to act as a fixture fastener. The conduits 
 shall be fastened to these boxes with lock nuts and bushings, and all 
 unused outlets or holes must be left sealed. There must be sufficient 
 room for insulating joints, wires and bushings, and deep boxes must 
 be installed where required by the type of fixture called for by the 
 plans. 
 
 All ceiling outlet boxes shall have a support independent of the 
 conduits to same, this support to consist of pipe nipple fastened to the 
 outlet boxes with lock nut and bushing and extending through the floor 
 above with a "T" and cross-bar transmitting the weight to the floor 
 arching. 
 
 Boxes where gas outlets are shown shall be provided with a hole 
 to allow for the reception of gas piping. All wall switches shall be 
 provided with similar boxes. Care must be taken in placing these 
 boxes so that fixtures will stand at right angles to the wall and hang 
 plumb. 
 
 Such boxes as are set in concrete slab shall be fitted with exten- 
 sions to increase the depth of the box, so as to allow conduit to enter 
 the side of the upper section, the object being to avoid pockets in the 
 conduit in which moisture may collect.
 
 258 
 
 Floor Outlet Boxes: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install water-tight floor boxes 
 where shown on plans or as herein specified. Boxes shall be of cast 
 iron, not less than £ inch thick, 4$ inches outside diameter and 3i inches 
 net inside opening. All joints shall be made with white lead. Boxes 
 shall have a machine finish brass top, not less than 3/16 inch thick, 
 made watertight with rubber gaskets and provided with leveling ad- 
 justment. Cover plates shall be set in a brass edge frame and floor 
 boxes shall be set flush in floor in a neat and finished manner. Floor 
 outlets for electric light shall be provided with plug and receptacle 
 and bell nozzle. 
 
 All floor boxes shall be of a make approved by the Architect. 
 
 Floor outlets for telephones and other low tension service shall be 
 provided with special elbow outlets as detailed in drawings. 
 
 Switches: 
 
 Ceiling and wall outlets shall be controlled by wall switches as 
 herein specified. All wall switches, except as otherwise specified, shall 
 be of "the flush push ten (10) ampere type, with face plate to match 
 the hardware in the various rooms in which they are located, and of 
 a make approved by the Architect. Switches shall be placed in 
 gang boxes where directed. Single pole switches shall not be used to 
 control circuits which supply more than 330 watts. All switches located 
 in places accessible to the public must be of flush lock push type. 
 Switches on columns shall be so placed as not to interfere with future 
 partitions on column center or be separated from the lights which they 
 control. 
 
 "Wire: 
 
 No wire smaller than No. 14 B. & S. gauge shall be used for light 
 and power circuits and all wires larger than No. 10 B. & S. gauge must 
 be stranded. 
 
 "Wire shall be rubber covered, double braided, and shall conform 
 strictly to all the requirements of the latest edition of the Electric 
 Code of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, and the four chem- 
 ical extractions and the ash test specified shall show not less than 20 
 per cent, of pure rubber gum. This Contractor shall submit samples 
 for test upon request of the Architect, and the Architect reserves the
 
 259 
 
 right to make any tests on samples of the wire delivered at the build- 
 ing. A complete coil of wire is to be loaned for the insulation resist- 
 ance test. All tests shall be made by a responsible and experienced 
 laboratory engineer selected by the Architect, and shall conform in 
 all respects to the Underwriters' Laboratories Specifications. All ex- 
 pense incurred in making these tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 
 
 All wire which is rejected by the Architect, on account of tests 
 made during construction, shall be at once removed from the work 
 by the Contractor. 
 
 For all cables of No. 6 B. & S. gauge and larger sizes, double 
 braided, varnished cambric covered cable may be used, in place of the 
 rubber covered wire herein specified, subject to the approval of the 
 local inspection departments. This varnished cambric cable shall be 
 of the General Electric Company's standard make, or equal in the 
 opinion of the Architect, and thickness of insulation shall not be less 
 than called for in General Electric Company's bulletin No. 4787, for 
 working pressure of 1,000 volts. Carrying capacities shall be figured 
 on the same basis os rubber covered wire. Ends are to be sealed with 
 "PB." or other approved waterproofing compound before being 
 taped. 
 
 All cables and wires installed underground or in floors under which 
 there is no excavation shall be lead covered. 
 
 The decision as to the quality of wire furnished and the accept- 
 ance of same, or the approval of any standard make of wire, shall be 
 made by the Architect. 
 
 Fixtures : 
 
 At all typical ceiling outlets the Contractor shall leave wire ter- 
 minal extending not less than eight inches below the plaster so that 
 wires may be run directly into socket without splice. 
 
 Lamps : 
 
 All lamps will be furnished and installed by the Owner. 
 
 Engine Room Lights: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install at each 400-watt outlet in 
 engine and boiler rooms an Adams-Bagnall G-63 pdfcelain enamel 
 steel reflector, with stem, canopy and insulating joint complete, or
 
 260 ! 
 
 equal in the opinion of the Architect. Stem to be of a length approved 
 by the Architect. 
 
 Drop Cords: 
 
 All outlets where drop cords are called for, as shown on plans and 
 as otherwise specified, shall be provided by the Contractor with a drop 
 cord of sufficient length to bring socket within six (6) feet of the floor, 
 complete with Edison key socket (General Electric, Perkins, Pass & 
 Seymour or Hubbell), rosette and cord adjuster. Cord shall be extra 
 heavy braided. 
 
 Receptacles and Plugs: 
 
 For each baseboard and wall outlet other than bracket and switch 
 outlets, the Contractor sball furnish and install, unless otherwise 
 specified, flush receptacles and plugs complete with face plate finished 
 to match the hardware of the various rooms in which they are located. 
 Receptacles and plugs sball be of a make and type approved by the 
 Arcbitect. All plug and receptacle outlets, except for show windows, 
 shall be located just above the baseboard. Window outlets shall be 
 located near the tops of show windows. 
 
 The Contractor shall locate outlet so there will be no interference 
 with pipe work, outlets being readily accessible. Receptacles in col- 
 umn faces sball be placed at one side, so as not to interfere with future 
 partitions, which will be run on column centers. 
 
 Air Washer Lights: 
 
 There shall be provided a drop cord at one side of each air washer, 
 so placed that the light from same will be thrown through the window 
 into the spray chamber. 
 
 Elevator Lights: 
 
 Run the necessary 120-volt lighting circuits to the top of travel 
 of each bank of elevators, as approved by the Architect, to provide 
 four lights capacity per car for the up and down elevator signal lamps 
 on the various floors; also to provide current for a 1 H. P. elevator 
 signal light motor generator for each bank of elevators. 
 
 Telephone and Telegraph Conduits: 
 
 Furnish and install a complete system of telephone and telegraph 
 conduits as hereinafter specified, and provide a continuous race-way
 
 261 
 
 from service entrance to outlets provided in every room in the build- 
 ing for use of the telephone, telegraph and signal service wires. In- 
 cluded in the drawings is a plan of the basement showing location of 
 service rooms for telephone, telegraph, etc., distributing frames and 
 boxes. Also, the conduit runs from this room to each wire shaft and 
 the local distributing points. 
 
 These services will enter the building on the Cedar street side 
 approximately 125 feet east of the Broadway building line. There 
 shall be provided two sets of 3" conduits, twelve per set, extending 8" 
 beyond the Cedar street curb wall and 2' 6" below the street level. 
 Each of these sets of conduits shall be arranged in two tiers of six 
 each. Particular care must be taken in installing these conduits that 
 the run from the curb wall to the north partitions of service rooms 
 shall be as nearly straight as possible. There shall also be provided 
 through the Pine street curb wall a sleeve of 3-inch inside diameter to 
 provide entrance of future cables at each of the following points: 85 
 feet and 179 feet east of east curb line on Broadway. 
 
 Wire shafts will be provided where shown on plans, same to ex- 
 tend from basement ceiling through the thirty-sixth floor. From the 
 telephone service room to a pull box located at the foot of each shaft 
 shall be run three 3" conduits for the use of the New York Telephone 
 Company and the same number from the telegraph and signal room 
 to each shaft, for the use of other service companies. 
 
 No bends of radius smaller than 36" shall be used in these con- 
 duits. All necessary pull boxes, of sizes and shapes to meet the re- 
 quirements of the telephone, telegraph and signal companies, shall be 
 furnished and installed by the Contractor. These boxes shall be not 
 less than 12" deep and placed so that their lower faces are flush with 
 the suspended ceiling. At each offset in each low tension wire shaft, 
 provide six 3" conduits running from the ceiling of one closet through 
 the floor of the closet above, in the corresponding location. 
 
 Referring to typical plan showing telephone conduit arrangement 
 on floors from second to thirty-sixth, inclusive, there shall be run from 
 each low tension closet to each of five exterior columns as shown a \\" 
 telephone conduit to provide access to distributing box and a 1" con- 
 duit for miscellaneous low tension wires, the latter terminating in No. 
 14 sheet steel box 3 inches high, 3 inches wide and 2 inches deep, so 
 placed as to provide ready access to wire mould. Both of these outlets
 
 262 
 
 shall be placed as close as possible to the side of the pier to avoid 
 future partition. From the bottom of the telephone distributing box 
 and the above-mentioned outlet box, run f" conduits down the column 
 and terminate in standard receptacle outlet box fitted with metal plate 
 (finished to match other hardware in the room) with bushed opening 
 in center for wires. This box is to be placed immediately above the 
 base. From the bottom of it run a §" conduit down to floor, bend at 
 right angles to face of column and extend four or five inches in floor 
 fill and cap, so that conduit will be concealed under finished floor and 
 ready for future extension. 
 
 Interior columns, where shown, shall each be provided with a re- 
 ceptacle outlet box with cover (as described above and similarly 
 located) for telephone wires and one for other low tension wires, placed 
 on opposite sides of the same face of the column. Similarly located 
 boxes on adjacent columns shall be interconnected by two runs of §" 
 conduit, as shown, and each series connected to low tension closet by 
 %" conduits, as shown on diagram. Care is to be taken to place outlet 
 boxes far enough from center of column face to avoid possible parti- 
 tions. 
 
 Where low tension floor outlets are shown on plans, conduit from 
 nearest outlet box shall terminate in special floor elbow shown on plans. 
 
 The telephone company will furnish and install their distributing 
 boxes, but the Contractor shall furnish and install No. 12 gauge sheet 
 steel boxes set flush into columns where shown, and of such size as to 
 accommodate the telephone company's equipment. 
 
 Separate scale drawings shall be prepared showing the telephone 
 and telegraph conduit work, locations of distributing and outlet boxes, 
 etc., for each floor from basement to thirty-seventh, where any varia- 
 tions occur ; that is, conduit plans need not be submitted for more than 
 one floor where such floors are exact duplicates as regards corridors, 
 etc. The typical conduit layout shown in the drawings is intended as a 
 general guide to the Contractor in laying out this work and is subject 
 to modification where required by changes in the architectural features. 
 
 The Contractor shall submit his telephone and telegraph conduit 
 plans to the various companies interested and shall obtain their writ- 
 ten approval of the layout before beginning this part of the work. 
 
 The Contractor shall also furnish and install from the second to
 
 263 
 
 the thirty-sixth floors, inclusive, in each bay a 1" (inside dimensions) 
 porcelain tube connecting corridor wire mould with picture mould in 
 office or undivided rentable area. 
 
 Also furnish a 5" conduit connection from telephone outlet on the 
 outside of each vault running to nearest telephone distributing box. 
 At the vault ends of these conduits near the doors, outlet boxes, cover 
 plates, etc., shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the New 
 York Telephone Company's specifications for portable systems. 
 
 All free ends of all of the above conduits shall terminate in bush- 
 ings and conduits shall be fastened to outlet boxes with lock nuts and 
 bushings. All conduits shall be reamed at both ends to remove all burrs. 
 
 Intercommunicating Telephones: 
 
 Furnish and install complete an intercommunicating telephone 
 system connecting to stations hereinafter specified or shown on the 
 plans. The system is to be such that any station can communicate with 
 any other station by use of a private exchange and operator, located 
 in superintendent's office, and it shall be possible for as many separate 
 conversations to take place at the same time as there are pairs of in- 
 struments in the system. At the switchboard, connection shall be made 
 to a New York Telephone Company line. The system is to be free 
 from inductive disturbances and cross-talk, and is to be operated by 
 two separate sets of dry batteries, one for the ringing circuit and the 
 other for the talking circuit. 
 
 Each station shall be provided with a wall mounting, non-flush 
 metal telephone set, the exact locations of which shall be subject to 
 approval of Architect. The design and workmanship in this equip- 
 ment shall be of the best. All circuit contact points on keys and switch- 
 hooks shall be of platinum. The sets shall be arranged for metallic 
 circuit wiring. The operation of the sets shall be such that a connec- 
 tion can be established between any station and the exchange by re- 
 moving receiver from hook. 
 
 All wiring between stations shall be run in standard telephone 
 cable made by the manufacturer of the telephone equipment or recom- 
 mended and guaranteed by him. All wires shall be twisted in pairs, 
 each pair being distinguished by different colored insulations. All 
 cable shall be run in conduit except where use is made of regular tele- 
 phone wire shaft. When the wires are distributed to terminals in tele-
 
 264 
 
 phone sets or telephone terminals they shall be neatly formed and laced 
 with heavy waxed linen twine and boiled out in bees wax. No acid 
 shall be used in making soldered connections. The batteries shall be 
 of a make and number as recommended by the telephone manufacturer, 
 considering the length of runs and number of stations in the system. 
 
 Each elevator car will be provided with a telephone instrument. 
 It shall be the duty of the Contractor to complete the necessary con- 
 nections from these car telephones to the starters' stations, and ar- 
 range the latter so that the starter may connect any car instrument in 
 that bank with the private exchange. 
 
 The starters' telephones will be set behind ornamental iron doors 
 provided in place by the ornamental iron contractor. 
 
 The locations of telephone stations shall be as follows: 
 
 One in each Elevator Controller Room; 
 
 One for each Elevator Starter; 
 
 One in Janitor's Headquarters; 
 
 One in Superintendent's Office; 
 
 One in Chief Engineer's Office; 
 
 One in House Mechanic's Quarters; 
 
 One in Machine Room; 
 
 One in Lounging Room ; 
 
 One in Porter's Headquarters; 
 
 One in Freight Entrance ; 
 
 One on each floor in janitor's closet, from basement to 37th 
 floor. 
 
 In connection with each of these janitor's closet telephones, there 
 shall be provided a 120-volt flash lamp outlet (located in corridor, 
 where approved by the Architect), connected so that lamp will light 
 when corresponding telephone station is called, and remain lighted 
 until call is answered, regardless of whether or not the connection is 
 continued at the switchboard. Answering call shall cause flash lamp to 
 be extinguished. 
 
 All intercommunicating telephone equipment shall be of a make 
 and type approved by the Architect.
 
 265 
 
 Clamp Socket: 
 
 Furnish and install a porcelain clamp screw socket at each outlet 
 where called for on drawings or otherwise specified. Sockets and cover 
 shall be of a make approved by the Architect. 
 
 Vault Wiring: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary wiring for 
 lights in each vault as follows: 
 
 From nearest cut-out cabinet run a 120-volt sub-feeder to a ^-inch 
 sheet-steel circuit breaker box mounted where directed adjacent to 
 vault door. This box and its contents shall be furnished and installed 
 by the Contractor. Box shall be of an ample size to accommodate cir- 
 cuit breaker, approximately 8^ inches deep by 10^ inches wide by 14 
 inches high. Door and trim will be furnished in place by the Con- 
 tractor. In it place a 20 ampere ITE type EL, or equal, circuit breaker, 
 double pole, plain overload, front connection, with special handle and 
 slate base, as shown on Cutter Co.'s drawing No. 11954. All connec- 
 tions on back of circuit breaker shall be countersunk and filled flush 
 with insulating compound. Drill and tap back of box for four No. 
 14-20 standard machine screws for supporting slate panel so that same 
 will be removable from the front. Provide rubber washers between 
 slate panel and back of box to prevent cracking of slate. Panel shall 
 be mounted with one inch clearance between bottom of panel and bot- 
 tom of box. 
 
 Extend sub-feeder from circuit breaker to receptacle and plug 
 beside vault door, furnishing necessary flexible cable to connect with 
 wiring inside of vault in a manner approved by the Architect. 
 
 All wiring within vaults will be furnished and installed by the 
 Vault Contractor. 
 
 Burglar Alarm Conduits: 
 
 Furnish and install from telephone and telegraph room a f-inch 
 conduit to an outlet box near each door of each vault in a manner ap- 
 proved by the Architect. This conduit is to be used for installation 
 of burglar protection service wires to be installed under future con- 
 tract.
 
 266 
 
 Motor Generators: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install in engine room, where 
 shown on plans, two 500-watt, 230-volt primary, 30-volt secondary 
 motor generators (motor and generator separate, but on common bed 
 plate), operating at speed of approximately 1,600 E. P. M. These shall 
 be set on foundations similar to those provided for the balancer sets. 
 These shall be of a make approved by the Architect and able to take 
 one-minute pack loads amounting to 150% of normal load without un- 
 due heating or injurious sparking. They shall be able to carry normal 
 load continuously with temperature rise not exceeding 40° C. above sur- 
 rounding air. 
 
 Furnish and install for use in connection with them an Edison 
 storage battery of 20 amperes normal (8-hour) discharge rate at 24 
 volts. This battery is to be so connected that it may be kept floating 
 on the 24-volt line to serve as a reserve. 
 
 Fire Alarm System: 
 
 Furnish and install a 6" gong of approved make on each floor from 
 the second to the thirty-seventh, inclusive, on the north corridor wall 
 near the ceiling opposite the entrance to No. 6 bank of elevators ; also 
 one gong at the top and bottom of each of the No. 6 bank of elevators 
 (making a total of 42 gongs). The system shall include break-glass 
 fire alarms located one on each floor from basement to thirty-seventh, 
 inclusive, at the south corner of No. 6 bank of elevators. An annunci- 
 ator which will indicate location of alarm box which has been rung 
 shall be placed in the engine room and a similar annunciator in the su- 
 perintendent's office. 
 
 There shall also be provided all necessary conduits for a combina- 
 tion fire alarm and watchman service, as approved by the Manhattan 
 Fire Alarm Company, locations to be where directed later. 
 
 Illuminated Signs: 
 
 Provide outlets and wire to all illuminated signs showing room 
 numbers and signs for directing to elevators. There will be provided 
 an illuminated sign at each floor served by the various banks of ele- 
 vators at either end of the cross halls in east and west corridors so 
 that it can be read in the corridors, indicating the location of the ele- 
 vators to be used by tenants on various floors. Similar sign will be
 
 267 
 
 placed at the end of the north and south halls serving the auxiliary 
 group. 
 
 Similar signs will be placed in the main hall indicating the number 
 of the group of elevators. Each of these signs shall be provided with 
 separate lock wall switch for its control. 
 
 Mains and Feeders: 
 
 The Contractor shall run three-wire feeders from each feeder 
 board up their respective shafts to feed all tenant lighting in the build- 
 ing, the runs of feeders to be as follows : Sub-basement to 2d, 3d to 
 6th, 7th to 11th, 12th to 15th, 16th to 19th, 20th to 23d, 24th to 26th, 
 27th to 29th, 30th to 32d, 33d to 34}th, 35th to 37th. 
 
 For engine, boiler, pump and sub-basement fan room lights run a 
 separate three-wire feeder, tapping cut-out cabinets where shown on 
 plans. 
 
 Separate three-wire feeders shall be run for each of the following 
 classes of service: Night lights (marked "N" on plans), other corri- 
 dor and hall lights, exit and stair lights, all other public lights (ele- 
 vators, toilets, janitors' closets, etc.). 
 
 Four No. 10 two-wire 30-volt feeders shall be run up the four low 
 tension wire shafts, and be provided with suitable junction boxes on 
 each floor. 
 
 One set of two-wire feeders to each motor shown on plans or here- 
 in specified and not provided for in distributing centers. 
 
 One set of two-wire feeders to each distributing center shown on 
 plans or herein specified. 
 
 In addition, run one set of two-wire feeders from each distribut- 
 ing center to each motor, as hereinafter specified. 
 
 The Contractor shall do all wiring and make all connections from 
 distributing switches on switchboard or distributing centers to all mo- 
 tors and controllers shown on plans or hereinafter specified. 
 
 Also install and connect motors and controllers, doing all wiring 
 for temporary latrine pumps on eighth, sixteenth, twenty-fourth and 
 thirty-second floors with control circuits to tanks, all as directed by 
 the Architect, removing same when directed by the Architect. Motor 
 will be of approximately 10 H. P. capacity.
 
 268 
 
 Sub-Sub-Bas enie n t : 
 
 Machine shop (feed from sub-basement center) .20 H. P. Total 
 
 Sub- Basement: 
 
 Fresh Air Fan for Boiler Room 1-35 H. P. 
 
 Fresh Air Fan for Engine Room , 1-25 H. P. 
 
 Fresh Air Fan for Pump Room 1-15 H. P. 
 
 Fresh Air Fan for Safety Deposit 1-25 H. P. 
 
 Fresh Air Fans for Basement ,. .2-20 H. P. 
 
 Fresh Air Fan for Entrances 1-20 H. P. 
 
 Air Washers 7-5 H. P. 
 
 Third Intermediate: 
 
 Laundry 15 H. P. Total 
 
 Fourth Floor: 
 
 Exhaust Fan for Equitable Space (feed from 
 
 laundry center) 1-30 H. P. 
 
 Fifteenth Floor: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 1) 8-35 H. P. 
 
 Twenty-Third Floor: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 2) 8-35 H. P. 
 
 Thirtieth Floor: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 3) , .8-35 H. P. 
 
 Thirty-Fourth Floor: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 4) 8-35 H. P. 
 
 Thirty-Sixth Floor: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 5) 8-35 H. P. 
 
 Pent House Dist. Center No. 1: 
 
 Elevators (Bank No. 6) .8-35 H. P. 
 
 Pent House Dist. Center No. 2: 
 
 Exhaust Fan for Club Kitchen .1-15 H. P. 
 
 Exhaust Fan for Boiler Room. ., l-£0 H. P. 
 
 Exhaust Fan for Safety Deposit 1-25 H. P. 
 
 Exhaust Fans for Basement .,. . .,. .2-18 H. P. 
 
 Exhaust Fans for Toilet Rooms 2-20 H. P. 
 
 Note : In above list, ' ' total ' ' indicates the aggregate horse-power 
 of two or more motors fed from the board over a single feeder, which 
 is to be run to each motor starter.
 
 269 
 
 The above motor sizes are given for estimating purposes only, and 
 the Contractor shall confirm or correct them before working draw- 
 ings are submitted. Wiring for motors of proper sizes shall be pro- 
 vided without increased charge. 
 
 CONTROL. OF LIGHTS. 
 
 All lights shall be controlled by wall switches as directed by the 
 Architect. 
 
 All wall switches in the building to be located subject to the ap- 
 proval of the Architect. 
 
 Unit Prices: 
 
 The Contractor shall name one price only for any additions 
 to or deductions from this contract for the respective materials and 
 labor named below; said prices to obtain until the completion and 
 acceptance by the Architect of all work called for herein; these prices 
 shall include material and appliances installed complete and ready for 
 service : 
 
 Price for receptacle, plug and box complete, installed. . $ 
 
 Price for drop cord, fifteen (15) feet long, socket, rosette 
 and adjuster, installed $ 
 
 Price for single pole flush push wall switch with outlet 
 box, installed $ 
 
 Price for double pole flush push wall switch, with out- 
 let box, installed $ 
 
 Price for ceiling outlet box, complete with hanger as 
 specified, installed $ 
 
 Price for wall outlet box, installed $ 
 
 Price for switch outlet box, installed $ 
 
 Price for water-tight floor outlet box, complete with 
 plug and receptacle as specified, installed $ 
 
 Price for sectional water-tight floor outlet box, com- 
 plete with plug and receptacle, as specified, per 
 section, installed $. 
 
 Price for water-tight telephone floor outlet box, com- 
 plete as specified $. 
 
 One (1) clamp screw thread socket, installed $.
 
 270 
 
 One (1) 12-circuit standard panel board complete with 
 
 fuses and cabinet as specified, installed $. 
 
 Two (2) additional circuits on panel board, with fuses 
 and necessary increase in cabinet $. 
 
 Conduit as specified (per foot), installed, including all fittings: 
 
 \" $ If $ 
 
 |" $ 2 " $ 
 
 1 " $ 2r $ 
 
 \\" $ 3 " $ 
 
 34" $ 
 
 Wire, per foot, rubber covered or Varnished Cambric, double 
 braid, as specified, installed : 
 
 No. 14 Duplex $ No. Single $. 
 
 No. 12 Duplex $ No. 00 Single $. 
 
 No. 10 Duplex $ No. 000 Single $. 
 
 No. 14 Single $ No. 0000 Single $. 
 
 No. 12 Single $ 300,000 C. M. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 10 Single $ 400,000 C. M. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 8 Single $ 500,000 CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 6 Single $ 600,000 CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 5 Single $ 700,000 CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 4 Single $ 800,000 CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 3 Single $ 900,000 CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 2 Single $ 1,000,000CM. Single. .$. 
 
 No. 1 Single .$ 
 
 Bids: 
 
 State what amount will be added to contract price for substituting 
 "Okonite" wire for that specified.
 
 271 
 
 ELEVATORS. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install a complete elevator plant, 
 consisting of: 
 
 Forty-six (46) passenger elevators, one (1) combination passen- 
 ger and freight elevator and one (1) freight elevator, all of the 1 to 1 
 electric gearless traction type. 
 
 One (1) passenger elevator and one (1) freight elevator of the 
 direct lift plunger type. 
 
 Working Drawings: 
 
 Complete working drawings of the entire plant, showing location 
 and arrangement of all machinery, tanks, piping, elevator cars, and all 
 devices and appurtenances pertaining thereto, shall be submitted to 
 the Architect, and his written approval must be obtained thereto 
 before beginning the work, and any work performed without first 
 having obtained the written approval of said Architect shall be at 
 once removed when so ordered by him, and shall be performed in 
 a manner satisfactory to said Architect and according to his written 
 directions. 
 
 Foundations and Supports: 
 
 Furnish and install all immediate machine and sheave supporting 
 beams and channels, and for the electric elevators furnish and install 
 upon same floors of f" Linden steel. Openings in this floor with 
 substantial iron gratings for ventilation and access to secondary 
 sheaves as well as iron ladders from controlling floors to secondary 
 sheave compartment and all other necessary openings for ropes, etc., 
 with proper curb around same, shall be provided. 
 
 Upon the Linden steel floor and beneath winding engine bed 
 plates shall be four-inch thick strips of wood or other sound and vibra- 
 tion reducing material. 
 
 All supports, additional steel work, excavation, flooring, openings, 
 gratings, ladders or change in construction in the building in any way 
 that may be required in addition to that shown or specified, or that 
 may be required for the complete installation of and access to all parts 
 of this elevator plant shall be provided.
 
 272 
 
 Foundations shall be of the best cement concrete, and where they 
 extend above floor line shall be neatly finished with cement, with the 
 top edges chamfered. 
 
 Fit Pans: 
 
 Furnish and install for the combination, the freight elevator, and 
 the direct lifts, pit pans of 5/16 inch steel, all water tight and painted 
 inside and outside with two (2) coats of asphaltum. Those for the 
 direct lifts shall be properly provided with and pitched to four (4) 
 inch flanges. 
 
 The pans shall be set in concrete pits. 
 
 All rivet heads shall be countersunk and flush. 
 
 Guide Lubricators: 
 
 Furnish and install on all main and counterbalance guides auto- 
 matic oiling devices of type and make to be approved by the Archi- 
 tect. 
 
 Painting: 
 
 After installation paint all machinery and other iron work in con- 
 nection with these elevators at least two (2) coats of lead and oil, final 
 coat of all shaftway iron work to be black with varnish added. The 
 elevator winding engines shall be filled, painted, striped and varnished, 
 and each shall have its number at least six inches in length upon it. 
 
 Testing and Acceptance: 
 
 When complete and ready to be turned over for acceptance and 
 payment of retained percentage the Contractor must subject the ele- 
 vator plant to sixty (60) minutes running, as in service conditions, 
 with the speed loads and speeds as hereinafter set forth, and shall 
 make such other tests as may be deemed necessary by the Architects 
 to show compliance with these specifications. 
 
 These tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor 
 and under the direction and supervision of the Architect. The Con- 
 tractor shall furnish all the labor, instruments and weights necessary 
 to make these tests. 
 
 Final Adjustments: 
 
 After the elevators have been in regular building service for a 
 reasonable length of time should any adjustments, repairs or lining
 
 273 
 
 up be required in such installation in the opinion of the Architect, such 
 work shall be done at such times and as directed by the Architect. 
 
 Traction Elevators. 
 
 Bank 
 Number. 
 
 Car 
 
 Numbers. 
 
 Service 
 
 Total 
 
 Rise of Car 
 
 From To 
 
 Normal Class 
 of Service 
 
 Erpress Local 
 to to 
 
 Live 
 Load 
 Lbs. 
 
 Live Load 
 at Speed 
 of Feet 
 
 Per Min. 
 
 1 
 
 11. 12, 13, 14, 
 15, 16, 17, 18 
 
 Passenger 
 
 1 12 
 
 
 10 
 
 2500 
 
 550 
 
 2 
 
 21, 22, 23, 24, 
 25, 26, 27, 28 
 
 Passenger 
 
 1 20 
 
 11 
 
 18 
 
 2500 
 
 550 
 
 3 
 
 31, 32, 33, 34, 
 35, 36, 37, 38 
 
 Passenger 
 
 1 27 
 
 19 
 
 24 
 
 2500 
 
 650 
 
 4 
 
 41,42,43,44. 
 45,46,47,48 
 
 Passenger 
 
 1 32 
 
 25 
 
 30 
 
 2500 
 
 650 
 
 5 
 
 51, 52, 53, 54, 
 55, 56, 57, 58 
 
 Passenger 
 
 1 35 31 
 (Ultimate rise to 
 
 35 
 36th 
 
 2500 
 floor) 
 
 650 
 
 
 61, 62, 63 
 66, 67, 68 
 
 64 
 65 
 
 Passenger 
 Inter floor 
 and Special 
 
 Freight 
 Combinat 'n 
 
 1 37 
 
 S.S.B. 37 
 S.S.B. 37 
 
 
 37 
 
 37 
 37 
 
 2500 
 
 3600 
 7000 
 3600 
 
 550 
 
 450 
 
 Slow 
 
 450 
 
 Safety Devices: 
 
 A complete description of the safety devices, automatic stops, 
 brakes, etc., to be used, must be submitted to the Architect. 
 
 Each car and each counterweight shall be equipped with a speed 
 governor, the acting of governor to clamp car or counterweight to its 
 guides and bring same to rest without injurious shock or jar. All 
 governors must be constructed in such a manner that the respective 
 machines will be first slowed down, and the potential switch opened 
 before the application of safety, the application of the car safety to 
 immediately open emergency circuit as herein described. 
 
 Provide for the freight car a device to lock it at any floor when 
 loading or unloading heavy freight. 
 
 Provide each car with an emergency apparatus for applying 
 Bafety device independent of governor. 
 
 Under each car and counterweight shall be placed such an oil 
 buffer or retarder as should the car under any conditions of loading 
 run beyond its ordinary limits of travel it will be brought gradually
 
 274 
 
 to rest without injurious shock or jar even at a speed of 50% in ex- 
 cess of contract speed previously specified. 
 
 Each elevator in banks 3, 4, 5 and 6 shall be equipped with such 
 retarding devices (independent of both electric apparatus and oil buf- 
 fers) as will prevent the car and counterweights from striking the top 
 of shaftway, as also a device that should car or counterweight come 
 within one foot of such ceiling in shaftway that such car or counter- 
 weight will be mechanically arrested from descent without injurious 
 shock or jar, all independent of other safety apparatus. 
 
 Automatic stops shall be so located in hatchway that car will be 
 gradually stopped near top and bottom of shaftway independently of 
 the operator, and shall be located as far below and above lower and 
 upper landings respectively as is consistent with good practice. Emer- 
 cency limits shall also be provided in hatchway at such points as should 
 the car by any chance overrun its ordinary limits of travel it will be 
 brought quickly to rest in the same manner as by opening the separate 
 emergency switch in car. The directional and emergency limit switches 
 in hatchway shall open both the plus and minus control circuits. 
 
 Each elevator shall also be equipped with a separate emergency 
 switch in the car, the opening of wbich will immediately interrupt cur- 
 rent and apply both dynamic and mechanical brake at the same time. 
 
 Controlling Devices: 
 
 The elevators shall be furnished with switch in car which shall 
 have an independent mechanical or electrical stop on both the up and 
 the down sides which can easily be set by the elevator operator to limit 
 the speed of car in either or both directions to about 80% of full speed, 
 all operating a magnetic controller complete in its connections and 
 attachments. 
 
 Starting current shall not exceed 150 per cent, of the maximum 
 running current. Car switches and controllers shall be arranged for 
 not less than two (2) running speeds. Ordinary service stops shall 
 be made dynamically, the brake coming on at the last moment only. 
 Only current for safety devices shall be on when elevator is not in use. 
 Controller contacts shall be of such size as to carry not more than 
 100 amperes per square inch. 
 
 Each car must attain specified speed in four (4) seconds from the 
 time of starting.
 
 275 
 
 Each controller shall be plainly marked with a number corre- 
 sponding to its machine. 
 
 Cars: 
 
 The ornamental iron work in connection with the passenger and 
 combination cars will be as specified under Ornamental Iron. 
 
 Car frames shall be of wrought iron or steel of such strength 
 that they will not be unduly stressed by eccentric loading or unduly 
 strained by the application of main safeties or action of buffer. 
 
 Each elevator shall have in the floor an easily removable brass 
 plate of such size that fire department hose and couplings can be pulled 
 through same into the car. 
 
 All platforms shall be of clear maple. Floor plates, collars and 
 angles for passenger cars shall be properly arranged for tile floor to 
 be laid on the above mentioned maple floor. 
 
 The freight elevator shall be enclosed on three (3) sides with 
 finished hardwood wainscoting six (6') feet high and provided with 
 collapsible gate. The sides above wainscot and the roof shall be of dia- 
 mond mesh netting and roof shall be of such stiffness as to support 
 two men without undue sag, and a section of the roof shall be easily 
 removable. The floor shall be covered with diamond floor plate and 
 the sides, to a height to five (5) feet with \" sheet steel. 
 
 The secondary cross head for both the freight and the combina- 
 tion elevators shall be beneath floor. 
 
 Wiring: 
 
 Direct current will be furnished for power at a pressure of 230 to 
 240 volts. Provide and install motor controller boards with all neces- 
 sary fuses and minimum circuit breaker of self-closing type, wiring be- 
 tween distributing center, controller boards and motors and all neces- 
 sary wiring for controlling apparatus. 
 
 All wires shall be run in conduit of same type as used for work 
 of like nature in building; all ends must be lock-nutted in place and 
 conduits shall be securely fastened to supports. 
 
 Connection between car switches and junction boxes in shaft shall 
 be made with best grade rubber insulated, taped and braided flexible 
 elevator cable, and emergency circuits shall be run in a separate swing- 
 ing cable.
 
 276 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish all labor and material, including flex- 
 ible rubber-covered cable, to install complete in each elevator car a 
 three-light outlet and flush push controlling switch. Under and fast- 
 ened to the floor of each elevator car furnish and install a clamp screw 
 socket fastened to outlet box for inspector 's use. A similar outlet shall 
 be provided on the roof of the car. 
 
 Motor controllers shall be mounted on pink Tennessee marble not 
 less than two (2) inches thick, free from blemishes and of even color, 
 and mounted on angle iron frame. Details of controllers shall be sub- 
 mitted to the Architect. 
 
 Motors : 
 
 Each motor shall be wound for the requirements herein specified, 
 provided with carbon brushes carrying not to exceed thirty-five (35) 
 amperes per square inch of surface contact at full load ; motors shall 
 have self-oiling bearings. Motors must withstand under factory test 
 an alternating current potential of 1,500 volts for one (1) minute. 
 
 Each elevator shall be of ample size to operate at its proper full 
 load and speed, as in service conditions, without shifting of the brushes 
 from no-load to full-load, without sparking, cutting or blackening of 
 the commutator and without heating in any part of the windings more 
 than 40 degrees Centigrade or any part of the commutator more than 
 45 degrees Centigrade above the temperature of the surrounding atmo- 
 sphere. 
 
 Proper provision shall be made so that oil will be prevented from 
 reaching the commutators of all motors. 
 
 Sheaves: 
 
 All main and secondary sheaves shall have machine turned grooves 
 to properly fit ropes without clamping same. The rims of the driving 
 sheaves shall be demountable. 
 
 Bed Plates: 
 
 Each winding machine and its motor shall be mounted on a single 
 extra heavy well ribbed cast iron base plate securely anchored to 
 foundation or supports. Bed plates shall be so ribbed that oil cannot 
 drip on the car. Proper provisions with the same object in view shall 
 also be made in connection with sheaves and governors.
 
 277 
 Insulation: 
 
 Insulation resistance between field and armature wire and frames 
 of motors shall not be less than one (1) megohm. 
 
 Equipment: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish a lifting bar for each size of arma- 
 ture and all connections necessary for attaching to armature or shaft, 
 as also two demountable triplex or other suitable trolley tackle to 
 travel on hitch beams provided. Provide such a frame or portable 
 structure as may be necessary in connection with above tackle to re- 
 move armatures of bank No. 5. 
 
 Main Brake: 
 
 A spring actuated magnet brake shall be provided on each ma- 
 chine of sufficient power to stop and hold the car under maximum and 
 minimum load. The brake must be applied when its circuit is opened 
 by the service limit stops, emergency shaftway limit stops, excessive 
 speed of car, emergency switch in car, application of main safties, and 
 by operator in ordinary service stops. 
 
 Cables: 
 
 Each elevator shall be equipped with the necessary wire cables, 
 which shall have a factor of safety of at least ten under the speed 
 loads called for. The attachment of cables to car and counterweight 
 shall be able to rotate freely and maintain practically an equal tension 
 on cables. 
 
 Efficiency: 
 
 Each machine when operating with the loads and speeds herein- 
 before mentioned shall have as a whole at least a net efficiency of 70 
 per cent, from wire to load, electrical measurements to be taken at the 
 elevator control board. 
 
 Guides and Guide Posts: 
 
 Furnish and put in place in proper alignment finished steel Tee 
 guides for all cars and counterweights, which shall be reinforced 
 where necessary. The car guides must withstand eccentric loading 
 on platform without undue stress and all guides the application of 
 safety, without undue distortion. All guides shall be properly lined
 
 278 
 
 up and securely clamped or fastened to the adjoining structure beams 
 or supports, and through bolt positive attachments shall be used about 
 every sixth floor. 
 
 Counterweights : 
 
 The counterweights shall be proportioned to balance the dead 
 weight of car plus a portion of the live load, and produce proper 
 amount of traction on the driving sheaves for the maximum loads. 
 They shall be so designed and constructed that weights cannot be 
 jarred out or released by spread of frame. 
 
 Rope losses shall be compensated for in a practically noiseless 
 manner otherwise than by chains. 
 
 Signaling System. 
 Flashlight: 
 
 The six banks of elevators are to be considered, insofar as sig- 
 naling is concerned, as distinct groups. 
 
 Equip each group of elevators with a full flashlight signal system 
 complete with up and down lamps, fixtures, push button sets, swinging 
 cables, all necessary wiring in conduits and connections complete 
 throughout. The operation of the system shall be such that the press- 
 ing of a directional button on any floor shall light a white or a red light 
 in suitable fixture in front of the first car on its near approach to 
 such landing in the desired direction ; a single light in suitable fixture 
 in car to flash simultaneously with the corridor light. A single stroke 
 bell shall sound at each flash light, both in corridors and cars simul- 
 taneously with the lighting of such lamp. The whole combination thus 
 indicating to intending passenger the car he is to take and to operator 
 that he is to stop at such floor. The response of any car to a call to 
 cancel automatically such call. 
 
 Provide a cutout switch in each car so as to transfer the call to 
 the next approaching car in group, if desired. 
 
 In addition group No. 6 shall have such a switch for each car as will 
 transfer to next approaching car all signals except for 1st, 36th and 
 37th floors. 
 
 There shall be placed in each of four of the passenger elevators 
 and in the combination elevator of bank No. 6, in addition to the
 
 279 
 
 flash lamp, an annunciator for night service, so arranged that by op- 
 erating a double throw switch located near the top of the hatchway 
 it will throw off the flash signals and throw the annunciators into serv- 
 ice, operating same from the flash push buttons. 
 
 Provide for the elevators of each group two sets of flash push 
 buttons on each floor served. These push buttons shall be located as 
 directed by the Architect and mounted on neat ornamental plates of 
 a design and finish to match grille work, all of which must be sub- 
 mitted to the Architect for written approval. 
 
 These plates, in addition to "UP" and "DOWN," shall have such 
 other descriptive lettering as may in the opinion of the Architects be 
 necessary to designate the class and scope of the service. 
 
 While it is the intention at the start to operate the elevators and 
 signal system as called for in column "Normal Class of Service" 
 caption "Loads, Rise and Speeds," all signal mechanism shall be ar- 
 ranged for and wires run in conduit ready to connect to fixtures and 
 mecbanism so tbat the following additional floors in the various groups 
 may be properly served : 
 
 Group No. 1— 11th and 12th. 
 
 Group No. 2— 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th. 
 
 Group No. 3— 17th, 18th, 25th, 26th, 27th. 
 
 Group No. 4^24th, 31st, 32d. 
 
 Group No. 5— 30th, 36th. 
 
 Furnish and install complete for each group of elevators one (1) 
 iron-clad noiseless motor generator set to operate the flashlights and 
 annunciators, each motor of a capacity, however, for two (2) groups, 
 with motor controller board on which shall be mounted all necessary 
 switches, fuses, motor starting box, etc., so connected tbat either set 
 will operate one or two banks of elevator signals and annunciators. 
 Furnish and install controller boards mounted on brackets near motors 
 and all wiring between motor generators and controller boards and 
 signal apparatus in conduit similar to that used in other portions of 
 work. 
 
 Controller boards shall be of pink Tennessee marble similar to ele- 
 vator controller boards. Direct current will be furnished at controller 
 boards at a pressure of 120 volts.
 
 280 
 
 Each motor generator set shall be mounted on a hard wood foun- 
 dation, and efficient means provided to prevent oil from reaching such 
 foundation, all to be approved by the Architect. 
 
 There shall be provided in each car, where directed, a switch con- 
 trolling the signals of its respective car and so connected that its sig- 
 nals may be disconnected at that point. 
 
 Telephones and Miscellaneous: 
 
 Furnish and install in each car a telephone equipment for op- 
 erator's use. All the elevators of any bank to connect to a telephone 
 terminal box on first floor near said bank. Make all connections in a 
 proper manner between telephones in cars and terminal boxes. 
 
 Near the base of each bank of elevators (except No. 6) shall be 
 located a bell which can be used for night service, using the up and 
 down push buttons, a throw over switch being provided which shall 
 cut out or in the flashlight signals or the bells. 
 
 Each elevator bank (except No. 6) shall be provided with a varia- 
 ble time starting single stroke bell system, with regulator for changing 
 interval between strokes of bell. Bells to be located near bottom of 
 each group of four elevators. The regular boxes for varying interval 
 between strokes to be located in a central position on first floor for 
 ready adjustment in a location as directed by the Architect. All con- 
 nections, wiring, etc., shall be made to render the system operative. 
 
 Annunciators : 
 
 Provide the freight and as hereinbefore called for the combination 
 elevator each with an electric annunciator provided with drops for 
 each floor at which cars land, and each with proper push buttons in an 
 inconspicuous place provided at such floors. The two circuits to be 
 independent of each other. 
 
 Proper connections shall be made between each push button and 
 its annunciator with all necessary wire run in conduits, to connect to 
 motor generators, junction boxes, etc., and all materials, etc., to make 
 the system operative. 
 
 In addition provide and install for each group a duplicate system 
 of batteries, on which all of its bells or buzzers (except flashlight bells) 
 can be operated at night. They shall be complete with all wiring and 
 switches necessary to operate them on either the motor generator sys-
 
 281 
 
 tern or the battery system. The battery cells to be in locked boxes or 
 cupboards and to rest on non-corroding trays or pans. 
 
 Indicators : 
 
 Position indicators and pointers will be installed for the elevators 
 in the first story as specified under Ornamental Iron, furnished with all 
 necessary material and labor to connect each indicator with the lifting 
 machinery of its respective car. An extra indicator for each the com- 
 bination and the freight shall be installed in sub-sub-basement, all prop- 
 erly connected. 
 
 Travel Recorders: 
 
 Each elevator shall be equipped with an accurate mileage re- 
 corder. 
 
 Hydraulic Direct Lifts. 
 
 Load, Rise and Speed: 
 
 The freight elevator No. 1 shall rise from sub-sub-basernent to six 
 feet above first floor and shall have a maximum ordinary capacity to lift 
 a live load of 3,300 pounds on the platform at a speed of 50 feet per 
 minute, and to travel at a speed of 150 feet per minute with 2,000 
 pounds on the platform, and shall be capable of lifting 7,000-pound 
 safes at a slow speed by means of a safe lifting pump. 
 
 The safe deposit elevator No. 2 shall rise from sub-basement to 
 first floor and shall have a live load lifting capacity of 2,500 pounds 
 at a speed of 50 feet per minute and 150 feet per minute with 1,500 
 pounds live load. 
 
 Cars: 
 
 The floor of cars shall be of hard wood and that of No. 1 shall 
 be covered with diamond steel plate. The cage for No. 2 will be 
 furnished by the Ornamental Iron Contractor. 
 
 Elevator No. 1 shall have locking device for locking platform flush 
 with sidewalk and at other floors for loading safes. 
 
 Operating Devices: 
 
 The freight elevator shall be operated by hand rope, controlling 
 a balanced valve with graduated opening, and the passenger elevator
 
 282 
 
 by a lever in car in connection with pilot valve. Arrangements must 
 be made to stop cars automatically at top and bottom limits of travel. 
 
 Guide Posts and Guides: 
 
 Steel tees properly reinforced where necessary shall be provided 
 for guides. 
 
 Cylinders, Casings and Plungers: 
 
 The cylinders shall be enclosed full depth in steel casings not less 
 than |" thick, provided with outside couplings and anchored in such a 
 manner as to prevent any settlement. 
 
 The cylinders shall be made of heavy wrought pipe of standard 
 dimensions, that for the freight extra heavy, with long thread coup- 
 lings and with ends butted together. Cylinders shall be put together 
 above ground and made water tight under double the maximum work- 
 ing pressure. In case of any leaks the joints shall be made over, and 
 under no circumstances will any caulking of joints be allowed. 
 
 The plungers shall be made of heavy steel tubing, surfaced and 
 polished in lathe, and put together with inside couplings. 
 
 Counterweights : 
 
 Each elevator shall be equipped with a counterweight similar to 
 those specified under "Traction Elevators," but without safety ap- 
 paratus. 
 
 Bumpers: 
 
 Under each car and counterweight shall be spring or rubber bump- 
 ers of ample strength and compression. 
 
 Pumps : 
 
 Furnish and install two (2) Duplex, Steam Driven Pumps, each 
 of a capacity to allow each of the two elevators to make round-trips 
 every two minutes. Steam pressure at throttle will be 150 pounds. 
 
 The pumps shall be properly lagged and painted ; they shall be of 
 the outside packed plunger pot valve type and shall perform the serv- 
 ice called for at not over forty (40) strokes per side per minute. 
 
 Provide each pump with a steam regulating valve and force feed 
 lubricator which will deliver oil in proportion to the number of strokes 
 as also with a sight feed lubricator.
 
 283 
 
 Provide a safe lifting pump of the duplex, steam driven type, of a 
 capacity to lift 7,000-pound safes at a speed of fifteen (15) feet per 
 minute of a type and lagged similar to the main elevator pumps. This 
 pump shall be provided with a sight feed lubricator and the plungers 
 shall be of bronze. 
 
 Provide two (2) steam driven, vertical, air compressors of the 
 locomotive type, the air cylinders of which to compress air to 250 
 pounds per square inch ; it being understood, of course, in so pumping 
 the two pumps will be compounded on the air ends or will receive air 
 from the 75-pound air system of the building compressed air system. 
 Each pump, however, to be able to deliver compressed air at 100 pounds 
 per square inch with free air suction. 
 
 All steam, drip and exhaust connections for all the above pumps 
 shall be installed. 
 
 Tanks : 
 
 Furnish and install pressure and discharge tanks of such a size 
 that both hydraulic elevators will be able to start at the same time and 
 fulfill the speed and load conditions as hereinbefore outlined. 
 
 Pressure tank, or tanks, shall be equipped with all necessary tank 
 fittings, safety valves, gauges and automatic self-closing gauge cocks, 
 as also all necessary nozzles and flanges for pipe connections. 
 
 Provide for air pumps a receiver for intermediate pressure of 100 
 gallons capacity, as also a terminal pressure storage tank of 100 gal- 
 lons capacity. 
 
 Piping: 
 
 Make all pipe connections between cylinders, valves, automatic 
 stops, pilot valve, pumps, tanks and all piping, valves, gauges, etc., to 
 make this hydraulic elevator system properly operative. 
 
 Between each pump and its delivery gate valve shall be placed an 
 adequate water relief valve, and all pumps shall have bye-passes so 
 that they may be operated at moderate speeds with delivery valve 
 closed. Provide a sniffing valve on regular service pumps. 
 
 The safe lifting pump and its elevator shall be piped such that 
 main valve shall not be subjected to safe lifting pressure, the manip- 
 ulation of the machine to be directly from the pump and by bye-passes 
 of small diameter.
 
 284 
 
 A bell, wire and battery system shall be installed from the safe 
 lifting elevator to the safe lifting pnmp for the purpose of signals from 
 the elevator to the pump operator. 
 
 All pipe valves and fittings subjected to safe lifting pressure shall 
 be extra heavy. 
 
 Make connections from compressed air house system and connect 
 to intermediate air tank and make air connections between air pumps 
 and air tanks so that either or both pumps can deliver free air to in- 
 termediate tank or take air from intermediate tank and deliver to 
 high pressure tank. Make all pipe connections from the high pressure 
 tank to the elevator pressure tank or tanks and the three house service 
 cushion tanks. All air piping, valves and fittings for pressures above 
 150 pounds shall be extra heavy. 
 
 All necessary valves, check valves, safety vales, gauges, etc., shall 
 be provided to make this air system complete and operative. 
 
 Annunciators : 
 
 Equip each of the two direct lifts with an annunciator and push 
 buttons at floors served and connect same to one of the motor genera- 
 tor sets as also to a battery set, all in a manner similar to annunciators 
 in traction elevators. Annunciator box and push buttons for the pas- 
 senger elevator (No. 2) to match surroundings. 
 
 Each elevator shall be equipped with a telephone and connected to 
 elevator exchange as previously specified. 
 
 Propositions. 
 
 A close approximation shall be submitted of the average overall 
 K. W. H. per car mile of all the elevators considered as one unit under 
 the following conditions: 
 
 Number of elevators in service (Nos. 11 to 68, inclusive), number 
 of floors served as per "Normal Class of Service." 
 
 Loads and number of stops as would obtain in this building un- 
 der normal service running conditions. 
 
 Figures to be based on normal service between 8 a. m. and 6 p. m. 
 
 Main Proposition. 
 
 In accordance with the plans and specifications.
 
 285 
 
 Alternate "A": 
 
 Substitution of 2 to 1 rope-geared traction winding engines 
 for the 1 to 1. 
 
 Alternate "B": 
 
 Substitution of double helical spur gear traction winding en- 
 gines in place of the 1 to 1. The operation of same to be prac- 
 tically noiseless and without appreciable vibration in car. 
 
 Alternate 'C": 
 
 Substitution of worm gear winding engines specially de- 
 signed for this service.
 
 286 
 
 BOILERS. 
 
 In General: 
 
 Furnish all labor and materials to execute, install and complete 
 the Boiler work, in accordance with the plans and the following speci- 
 fications. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The work covered by these specifications includes the boilers and 
 breeching and all work in connection with same. 
 
 Working Drawings: 
 
 The Contractor shall submit complete working drawings for all 
 work called for under these specifications, showing layout of boilers 
 and connections, with size of piping and connections, for the written 
 approval of the Architect, which approval must be obtained before 
 beginning the work. 
 
 Inspection and Insurance: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of inspection from an 
 inspection and insurance company approved by the Architect, that 
 the boilers have been properly tested and inspected, which work shall 
 be done twice for each boiler as follows: 
 
 First: When it is in the shop. 
 
 Second: When it has been set up complete on its foundation; it 
 shall then be made tight under the pressure hereinafter specified. 
 
 He shall also furnish an insurance policy in favor of the owner, 
 from the same company in the amount of $5,000.00, to cover a period 
 from the time the boilers are installed until one (1) year after date of 
 acceptance by the Architect and issuance of final certificate. 
 
 Fainting: 
 
 After installation all covering shall be painted two (2) coats of 
 lead and oil, and all exposed iron work shall be painted two (2) coats 
 of asphaltum paint; doors and frames shall be relieved with a light 
 colored line striping put on as directed by the Architect.
 
 287 
 
 Units: 
 
 There shall be the following water tube boilers, set and bricked up 
 in place: 
 
 2—525 H. P. each (set in battery). 
 
 2—525 H. P. each (set singly). 
 
 1— 450 H. P. (set singly). 
 
 2—350 H. P. each (set singly). 
 
 They shall be of a make approved by the Architect, and dimen- 
 sions shall be such as to adapt them to the space allotted to them as 
 shown on the drawings. The tubes shall be not less than three and one- 
 quarter (3£") inches in diameter. 
 
 All tubes shall be of charcoal iron and properly expanded into 
 their headers and arranged for removal and cleaning of same through 
 proper openings protected in an approved manner. These headers 
 shall be of forged steel, and all covering plates for tubes shall be ar- 
 ranged so as to make tight joints inside of header. 
 
 Heating Surfaces: 
 
 Boilers shall each have not less than ten square feet of effective 
 heating surface per horse power. 
 
 Pressure : 
 
 The boilers shall be of a type adapted to work under a pressure 
 of 160 pounds per square inch, and must be tested and made tight 
 under hydrostatic pressure of 300 pounds per square inch. 
 
 Drums: 
 
 Each boiler shall have two (2) or more steam and water drums, 
 cylindrical in form and made of O. H. steel. Longitudinal seams shall 
 be butt jointed, having inside and outside cover plates with two (2) 
 rows of rivets on each side of joint. Provide nozzles for safety valves 
 and steam connections. All connections shall be flanged, properly faced 
 and drilled. Each drum shall be complete with a forged steel manhole 
 plate. All flanges shall be forged steel. 
 
 Boiler Settings: 
 
 Each boiler shall be set upon a foundation of concrete, made with 
 washed gravel or broken cobble stone, and shall be enclosed in brick
 
 288 
 
 walls not less than seventeen inches thick, the outside of which shall 
 he hard burned brick. 
 
 All brick work exposed to the fire and hot gases shall be lined with 
 Maurer No. 1 first brick laid in fire clay mortar and well ground down, 
 with every other course a header. 
 
 Provide a fire arch over fire and use steel mixture cast clay door 
 jambs and wedge brick arches in cast iron frames. Fire clay joints 
 between brickwork must be as thin as possible. Boilers shall be pro- 
 vided with drop dead plates of bull nose fire brick four inches deep. 
 Front, rear and side walls of boilers to be faced with light gray vitri- 
 fied pressed brick. 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install all brick work necessary 
 for side and rear walls, bridge wall, or any other brick work necessary 
 back of bridge wall and for iron front furnished by him, of height re- 
 quired for the future installation of stokers, which shall not be less 
 than eight (8) feet from floor line to bottom of front header. The 
 foundations shall be carried down to a depth as required by the nature 
 of soil and the depth of the ash pits as required. 
 
 Settings shall be arranged so that freed draft equipment may be 
 installed if desired. 
 
 Each boiler shall be supported on wrought iron beams resting on 
 wrought iron columns with cast iron bases or on beams and brick work. 
 Any brick work which would otherwise rest on the building footings 
 shall be carried over same by steel beams, protected by concrete and 
 properly supported on piers. 
 
 Each boiler shall be furnished with a neat ornamental iron front 
 provided with all necessary openings and doors for access, and so con- 
 structed that a stoker can be installed in the future with the minimum 
 of change and expense. Each boiler shall be furnished with a neat 
 number and name plate, of a design approved by the Architect. 
 
 All portions of the boiler shall be made accessible, and if any addi- 
 tional doors or openings are required, the Contractor shall provide 
 same. 
 
 All parts shall be of a substantial construction, well jointed and 
 neatly finished.
 
 289 
 
 Valves and Fittings: 
 
 On each boiler provide the following: Two (2) or more, as re- 
 quired, nickel-seated pop safety valves of a make and type approved 
 by the Architect, set to blow off at a pressure as directed by the Archi- 
 tect, and of ample size. 
 
 One (1) steam gauge, iron case, with 12-inch dial face with nickel- 
 plated frame. Gauge shall be graduated to read from to 300 pounds, 
 with 150 pounds at center line. 
 
 One (1) safety water column complete with standpipe and large 
 size glass water gauge fitted with independent cleaning pipes and 
 valves. Try cocks shall be provided with lifting handles arranged 
 to be operated from the boiler room floor; the column sLall be pro- 
 vided witb a high and low water alarm. It shall be provided with cop- 
 per funnel with drip pipe carried to the ash pit. Provide guard rods 
 for the water glasses and shut-offs for renewal under pressure, ar- 
 ranged to be operated from boiler room floor. All metal work in con- 
 nection with these water columns shall be brass. 
 
 One (1) globe valve and one (1) flanged check valve for boiler feed. 
 
 One (1) approved blow-off valve for each blow-off connection, so 
 arranged as to be easily accessible. 
 
 One (1) valve for tube cleaning connection. 
 
 One connection of such size as required and provided with check 
 and globe valves for connections for discharge from the high pressure 
 drip system. 
 
 The Contractor shall provide and install all necessary pipe and 
 fittings for attaching the above mentioned fixtures to the boilers in 
 order to make a complete working plant. 
 
 All valves on above mentioned connections, except blow-off valves, 
 shall be of extra heavy polished brass; pipe and fittings used in mak- 
 ing up the above mentioned connections, except for blow-off, shall be 
 brass, and all changes in direction shall be made with crosses and tees, 
 and not ells. 
 
 Breeching and Smoke Connections: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install the main breeching to 
 the stack, the smoke connection from each boiler to the main breeching 
 made of sheet steel, No. 10 U. S. gauge, thoroughly bolted and riveted
 
 290 
 
 at connections. Smoke connections shall enter breeching on a curved 
 line with adjustable deflectors inside of main breeching. Breeching 
 and smoke connections shall be provided with ample sized cast iron 
 cleaning doors, with frames, made to close air tight. 
 
 Main breeching and each smoke connection to same shall be fur- 
 nished with a heavy damper, arranged to be operated from boiler room 
 floor and provided with quadrant and chained pin. A second main 
 damper shall be installed in the breeching and arranged to be operated 
 by a damper regulator. 
 
 Fixtures : 
 
 Each boiler shall be equipped with flame bridge plates, bridge wall, 
 ignition arch, girders and bars, all the necessary bolts and pipes, all 
 the requisite openings in the walls and bars for same, buck stays and 
 anchor bolts. There shall be furnished and installed in front of each 
 boiler a steel ash pit plate set in iron frame. 
 
 Furnaces : 
 
 Provide all labor and do all work necessary to equip each boiler 
 with a hand-fired furnace complete with dumping grates arranged for 
 No. 3 buckwheat coal and not less than ten (10) feet in depth. Grates 
 shall be sloped to rear, J inch to a foot, and have 3/16-inch air space. 
 Pins connecting dumping bars with dumping rods shall be cold rolled 
 steel with bronze cotter pins. 
 
 Tools: 
 
 Provide all necessary tools for the regular operation of boilers 
 and tube scrapers with gas pipe handles, also scale cutting machine 
 of approved make, with necessary hose. 
 Flanges : 
 
 All flanges shall be of the thickness and drilled according to the 
 pipe fitters' standards as specified in Steam Fitting specifications. 
 
 Coverings: 
 
 All steam drums and connections thereto shall be covered with 85 
 per cent, magnesia blocks two (2) inches thick, so applied as to be 
 easily removed. Cover all blocks with 4-inch thick asbestos cement. 
 All connections up to the flanges shall be covered in a similar manner.
 
 291 
 
 On top of drums the magnesia blocks and cement are to be covered 
 with a rowlock course of brick. 
 
 Lining: 
 
 This Contractor shall line the entire inside of the breeching and 
 smoke connections with vitrified asbestos stack lining not less than 
 two (2) inches thick, furnishing all the necessary fastenings to secure 
 the lining in place, supported upon angle irons, and all joints made 
 perfectly tight with specially treated asbestos cement.
 
 292 
 
 ENGINES. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The work covered by these specifications includes the engines fur- 
 nished and installed complete and the placing of same in successful 
 operation. 
 
 Foundations : 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish all labor and material and do all 
 work necessary to install the foundations required by the machinery 
 furnished by him. Foundations shall be of such a character that no 
 jarring or vibration will be perceptible when the entire plant is run- 
 ning under full load conditions. No foundations shall go below or 
 come in contact with the building footings, and the Contractor shall 
 furnish steel beams thoroughly protected by concrete and properly 
 supported on piers to relieve building foundations of all vibration 
 where engine foundations would otherwise rest on same. 
 
 Foundations shall be of best cement concrete and shall extend not 
 less than four (4) inches above floor line, and shall be neatly finished 
 with white enameled brick above floor line and in wheel pits. A 4x4- 
 inch curb shall be provided all around generator pit, beveled on side 
 away from pit, to prevent surface water running into pit from floor; 
 the curb to be neatly finished with white enameled brick. 
 
 After the engine and generator sub-bases are set upon founda- 
 tions the Contractor shall grout them in position with the best ce- 
 ment concrete. 
 
 Painting: 
 
 Before shipment all engines and accessories shall have all ex- 
 posed surfaces which are not machined, filled and rubbed down to a 
 smooth finish. The generators will be furnished filled and rubbed 
 down to a smooth finish. 
 
 After installation is complete the Contractor shall paint all en- 
 gines, generators, balancer sets and accessories two (2) coats of pure 
 linseed oil and white lead, tinted as directed by the Architect, then 
 striped and finished with two (2) coats of best grade varnish. Each 
 unit shall be properly numbered.
 
 293 
 
 Submitting; Bid: 
 
 The Contractor shall submit specifications in triplicate, stating 
 the kind and make of apparatus and material he proposes to furnish 
 for all parts of the work covered by these specifications, all of which 
 shall be approved by the Architect in writing. 
 
 Proposal shall give a detailed description of lubricating system 
 and the means of adjusting the various moving parts. Also the fol- 
 lowing detailed information for each size of engine: 
 
 Size of steam pipe. 
 
 Size of exhaust pipe. 
 
 Size of receiver. 
 
 Diameter of each cylinder. 
 
 Length of stroke. 
 
 Length of main bearing. 
 
 Diameter of main bearing. 
 
 Diameter of shaft at generator fit. 
 
 Diameter of crank pins. 
 
 Length of crank pins. 
 
 Diameter of cross head pins. 
 
 Length of cross head pins. 
 
 Width of cross head shoes. 
 
 Length of cross head shoes. 
 
 Diameter of piston rods. 
 
 Diameter and width of face of fly wheel. 
 
 Net weight of fly wheel. 
 
 Net weight of engine complete. 
 
 Units: 
 
 There will be installed six generating units, three of GOO K. W. at 
 110 R. P. M., two of 300 K. W. at 110 R. P. M. and one of 200 K. W. 
 at 110 R. P. M. 
 
 The engines furnished and installed under this specification shall 
 be of ample capacity for this work when operating as hereinafter 
 specified.
 
 294 
 
 Type of Engines; 
 
 The 600 K. W. and 300 K. W. engines shall be of the horizontal, 
 cross compound, Corliss releasing valve gear type, non-condensing. 
 
 The 200 K. W. engine shall be of the horizontal, simple, non-con- 
 densing, Corliss releasing valve gear type. 
 
 Generator field frames will be horizontally divided and engine 
 sub-bases shall be so arranged as to permit of sliding the generator field 
 frames sideways in the direction of the axis of the shaft a sufficient 
 distance to clear the armature for the purpose of repair. 
 
 After each engine is placed upon its foundation the space between 
 the cylinder and outside casings shall be packed with a high pressure 
 moulded asbestos non-conducting covering. 
 
 Bodies of cylinders shall be thick enough to allow reboring and 
 operation under the same steam pressure. 
 
 Each engine shall be equipped with a soft packing of a make ap- 
 proved by the Architect, but shall be so designed that a metallic pack- 
 ing may be substituted later. 
 
 Main bearings shall be provided with chain oilers. 
 
 Regulation and Load: 
 
 All engines will operate on a combined power, electric elevator, 
 and lighting load and shall be provided with fly wheels of sufficient 
 weight to insure successful operation. 
 
 Each engine must regulate within one and one-half (1£%) P er 
 cent, from no load to full load and two (2%) per cent, from no load to 
 125% of full load; also the percentage of momentary change in speed 
 due to 100% change in load during two seconds shall not exceed 3%. 
 
 Each engine must be capable of carrying full load for twenty-four 
 (24) hours continuously, and then carry 25% overload for two (2) 
 hours and 50% overload for one (1) hour additional and 100% over- 
 load momentarily without undue heating in any of the bearings and 
 without undue straining of parts or any sign of distress. 
 
 Steam Consumption: 
 
 Steam consumption shall not exceed 27 pounds per I. H. P.-hour 
 at full load nor 30 pounds per I. H. P.-hour at half load for the 200 
 K. W. unit.
 
 295 
 
 Steam consumption shall not exceed 22 pounds per T. H. P.-hour 
 at full load nor 30 pounds per I. H. P.-hour at half load for the 300 
 K. W. unit. 
 
 Steam consumption shall not exceed 20 pounds per I. H. P.-hour 
 at full load nor 27 pounds per I. H. P.-hour at half load for each 600 
 K. W. unit. 
 
 Engines will be operated non-condensing, exhaust steam to be 
 used for heating; back pressure 3 lbs. gauge. 
 
 Fly Wheel: 
 
 The flywheel of each engine shall be cast in halves and shall be 
 bolted together at the hub with reamed bolts carefully fitted in holes 
 drilled from the solid, and the parts shall be planed true where they 
 join. The wheel shall be carefully designed throughout in order to 
 have a large factor of safety, and both edges and face of rim shall be 
 turned true. Provide bar holes and apparatus for conveniently turn- 
 ing engine. 
 
 Materials Used in Construction : 
 
 All steel castings used must be thoroughly annealed. All cast 
 iron must be hard, close grained, sound, tough and of uniform quality 
 throughout. All castings shall be sound, free from sand and blow- 
 holes, cold shorts and mill cinder, shrinkage cracks and all other im- 
 perfections, and shall be carefully inspected to insure uniform density 
 throughout the piece. No plugging or filling of holes or cracks will 
 be allowed. 
 
 All castings shall be true to form and dimensions, smooth and 
 thoroughly cleaned on the outside and inside surfaces and all cores 
 removed with wire brushes and scrapers and shall be free from loam, 
 sand, dirt and rust, all scabs and other surface imperfections; and 
 shall be neatly chipped and filed off to the proper line of surface of 
 the casting. 
 
 All brass, bronze and composition metal must be made of new 
 material only, to comply in proportions with the standard alloys and 
 especially adapted to the work which will be required in each instance 
 where brass or other composition will be used in the construction of 
 the engine.
 
 296 
 
 All babbitt metal must be well hammered in all boxes and sleeves 
 before boring. 
 
 Steam Pressure: 
 
 All guarantees shall be based upon steam pressure at the throttle 
 of one hundred and fifty (150) pounds per square inch, and containing 
 two (2) per cent, of moisture. 
 
 Covering : 
 
 The receiver and all pipe work in and around these engines and 
 connections, including throttle valve, which are installed by the Con- 
 tractor, shall be encased with an 85% magnesia covering having walls 
 34 inches thick, heavily covered with canvas. Paint this covering two 
 (2) coats of lead and oil, final coat tinted as directed by the Architect. 
 
 All coverings shall be neatly and thoroughly applied, special care 
 being taken with fittings and joints. All covering shall be of a make 
 approved by the Architect. 
 
 Tools and Equipment: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish for each engine a full equipment of 
 all necessary wrenches, tool board, studs, dowel pins and special appli- 
 ances, a set of polished brass oilers, including trays and stands, #20 
 planished copper drip pans for all bearings, approved automatic nickel- 
 plated cylinder lubricating pumps of a make approved by the Archi- 
 tect, as also nickel-plated sight feed lubricators of ample size, and 
 approved throttle, exhaust and drip valves. 
 
 Each engine shall be provided with a complete system of nickel- 
 plated brass oil piping, terminating in a sight feed tip at each point 
 on engine needing lubrication. These pipes to be brought together at 
 one point on the engine. Each engine frame to have a drain connec- 
 tion for oil. 
 
 Each engine shall be provided with a type of automatic engine 
 stop which will insure stopping any unit the speed of which exceeds 
 normal by 10%. 
 
 Each engine shall be provided with nickel-plated indicator cocks. 
 Furnish also two approved indicators with accurate reducing motions.
 
 297 
 
 Railing: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install for each engine a railing 
 which shall run around the accessible sides of the fly wheel and gen- 
 erator pit and terminate in an approved manner. All pipe stanchions 
 and fittings shall he of polished steel. The stanchions to be screwed 
 into polished iron floor flanges. 
 
 Bids: 
 
 Alternate "A": The installation of a steam turbine plant, with 
 generators and all appurtenances, with or without condensers, which 
 will fulfill the load conditions specified for engines and generators. 
 
 Alternate "B": The substitution of simple for compound en- 
 gines in the 600 K. W. and 300 K. W. units.
 
 298 
 
 GENERATORS. 
 
 Shop Drawings: 
 
 Supplementing section headed "Shop Drawings," page 9, it is 
 intended that drawings submitted by the Contractor shall show de- 
 tails of generators, connections and sizes of leads necessary to con- 
 nect generators to the switchboard. He shall exchange the necessary 
 drawings and data with the Engine Contractor without delay. 
 
 Scope of the Work: 
 
 The work covered by these specifications includes generators, bal- 
 ancer sets, etc., furnished and installed complete, and the placing of 
 same in successful operation. 
 
 Painting: 
 
 Before shipment all generators and balancer sets shall have all 
 exposed surfaces which are not machined, filled and rubbed down to a 
 smooth finish ready for final painting after installation. 
 
 Submitting Bid: 
 
 The Contractor shall submit specification in triplicate stating 
 the efficiencies of the different sized generators at full load, three- 
 quarter load, half load and 25 per cent, overload, number of poles, net 
 weights of yokes and armatures, diameter and width of face of com- 
 mutator, guaranteed wearing depth of commutator bars, and give a 
 complete description of all apparatus together with all guarantees. 
 Efficiencies shall take into account all losses except bearing friction 
 and windage. 
 
 Tests: 
 
 Each generator and balancer shall be subjected at the shop to a 
 continuous heat run of eight (8) hours at full load, followed by con- 
 tinuous run of two (2) hours at 25 per cent, overload. 
 
 Machines shall be in good mechanical balance and shall operate 
 practically noiselessly and without jar or vibration. 
 
 Regulation, heating and sparking limits, efficiencies, etc., shall be 
 as herein specified. 
 
 All tests are to be made in accordance with tbe rules of the Amer- 
 ican Institute of Electrical Engineers.
 
 299 
 
 Notify the Architect when generators and balancers are ready for 
 factory test, so that he may be represented at the test if he so desires, 
 and furnish the Architect with a complete copy of the shop tests be- 
 fore shipment. 
 
 Units: 
 
 There shall be installed six generating units of the two-wire, 
 direct current, direct connected type, one of 200 K. W. normal capacity 
 at 110 K. P. M., two of 300 K. W. normal capacity at 110 R. P. M. and 
 three of 600 K. W. normal capacity at 110 R. P. M. 
 
 The normal full load ampere capacities shall be based upon a 
 nominal rating of two hundred and fifty (250) volts, although nor- 
 mally operated at 240-244 volts. 
 
 Generators : 
 
 All generators shall be compound wound, with series and shunt 
 field windings wound and insulated separately. 
 
 Frames shall be horizontally split, of high magnetic permeability 
 and of ample proportions to insure mechanical stability. 
 
 Provide connection boards for each generator, equipped with suit- 
 able lugs to receive generator leads and cables. The Contractor shall 
 properly mount on each generator frame slate terminal block, carrying 
 ammeter shunt, connecting it to the proper machine leads. Generator 
 terminal connections shall be so arranged as to permit of location of 
 circuit breaker panel adjacent to each generator. 
 
 All generators shall be provided with detached sole plates of suf- 
 ficient length to allow field frames to be slid sideways so as to expose 
 the armature and field coils for inspection and repair. 
 
 Armature shall have laminated core built up of carefully annealed 
 sheet steel discs, securely keyed to the spider, which shall be so de- 
 signed as to possess great strength and rigidity with a minimum of 
 shrinkage strains. Armature discs shall be thoroughly japanned to 
 prevent eddy currents. 
 
 Coils shall be continuous without joints from segment to segment 
 of commutator, and shall be thoroughly insulated and held in the slots 
 by wedges. 
 
 The commutators shall be of a construction enabling them to with-
 
 300 
 
 stand strains due to expansion, contraction and centrifugal force. Seg- 
 ments shall be of the best hard drawn copper and of sufficient depth to 
 allow ample wearing surface, and shall be insulated from each other 
 and the cast iron center by the best grade of mica suitable for the 
 purpose. Mica and copper shall present a uniform wearing surface 
 to the brushes. 
 
 The commutators shall be turned so as to run perfectly true and 
 have a smooth surface and, if necessary in the opinion of the Archi- 
 tect, shall be turned after the installation without extra charge. 
 
 Brush rigging shall be so constructed that all brushes may be 
 skifted simultaneously. Brush holders shall be so constructed that 
 tension springs and sliding contacts are not depended upon to carry 
 the current from the holders. Brushes shall be set so as not to get 
 out of alignment as they wear down. Brush tension shall be individ- 
 ually adjustable without the use of tools. 
 
 Brushes shall be of carbon and the current density shall not ex- 
 ceed thirty (30) amperes per square inch of surface contact at full 
 load. 
 
 All generators shall operate successfully in parallel, dividing the 
 load between them in proportion to their normal ratings. 
 
 Heating and Sparking: 
 
 Each generator shall carry its full rated load continuously for a 
 period of eight (8) hours without heating in any part more than 35 
 degrees C. above the temperature of the surrounding atmosphere. 
 
 Immediately following the above mentioned full load run each 
 generator shall carry 125% of its full rated load for two (2) hours 
 without heating in any part more than 50 degrees C. above the tem- 
 perature of the surrounding atmosphere. 
 
 Each generator shall operate without sparking and without cut- 
 ting or blackening of the commutator at all loads from no load to 125% 
 of full load without shifting of the brushes, and shall carry 150% of 
 full load for a period of one (1) hour immediately following full load 
 run and 200% of full load momentarily without injury, and without 
 shifting the brushes.
 
 301 
 
 Regulation : 
 
 The machines shall operate successfully on a combined power, 
 electric elevator and lighting load. They shall have good inherent reg- 
 ulation and shall show on actual factory test a smooth compounding 
 voltage curve between no load and full load, which shall not vary at 
 any point more than two (2) per cent, from a straight line drawn be- 
 tween the no load and full load voltage points. 
 
 The field windings shall be so proportioned as to give 240 volts 
 across the terminals of the machine at no load and 244 volts at full 
 load with constant setting of the field rheostat and at the rated speeds, 
 allowing 2% drop in engine speed from no load to full load. 
 
 The machines preferably shall be so designed as to give the above 
 specified over-compounding without the use of a shunt across the se- 
 ries windings, but in no case shall the machines show a greater rise in 
 voltage than ten (10) volts from no load to full load without the use of 
 a shunt on the series, as it is desired to keep the amount of shunted 
 series current down to a minimum, to improve the voltage regulation 
 on fluctuating loads. Tf this condition is not met when the generators 
 are tested, they must be provided with different and suitably designed 
 field coils before they will be accepted. 
 
 Efficiency: 
 
 The efficiencies, including brush friction, shall not be less than 
 92% between one-half and full load for any generator. 
 
 Insulation : 
 
 The generators and balancers must withstand a factory insulation 
 test of an alternating current of at least fifteen hundred (1,500) volts 
 continuously applied for one (1) minute after the final heat runs have 
 been made. 
 
 Materials Used in Construction: 
 
 All castings shall be of the first quality, with smooth surfaces, 
 free from blow-holes, scabs, chipping marks or other defects; all pieces 
 at joints shall be dressed fair with each other, making well finished 
 joints. Nuts and bolt heads shall be hexagonal, finished and case 
 hardened. 
 
 All polished work shall be free from tool marks. No plugging or 
 filling of holes and cracks allowed.
 
 302 
 
 Field Rheostats: 
 
 There shall he furnished and installed under this contract motor 
 operated field rheostats with all necessary accessories required for the 
 parallel operation of the generators. The control switches, indicators, 
 etc., shall be mounted directly upon the switchboard panels, as des- 
 cribed under "Switchboard." Emergency means for hand operation 
 shall be provided for rheostats. 
 
 Balancer Sets: 
 
 The Contractor shall furnish and install on foundations finished 
 similarly to the engine foundations and provided by him, two balancer 
 
 sets. Each set shall be of sufficient capacity to take care of 200 amperes 
 flowing in the neutral. Balancer sets shall be built by the same firm 
 that manufactures the generators supplied under this contract. Each 
 6et shall consist of two separate machines with three bearings mounted 
 on single cast iron bed plate. Each set shall be compound wound 
 with adjustable German silver field shunts which shall be mounted on 
 the frame. The sets shall be so designed that they will maintain 
 equality of voltage on the two sides of the three-wire system within 
 1^ per cent, without hand regulation or adjujstment. That is, with 
 200 amperes unbalanced current, the voltage on one side shall not ex- 
 ceed 122 and on the other 118, with 240 volts between positive and 
 negative. It is desired that the design of the sets he such that they 
 may be operated to secure the above conditions without the use of field 
 rheostats. However, if required by the system contemplated, all neces- 
 sary field rheostats shall be provided. 
 
 Rise in temperature in balancer sets after 8 hours run at full load 
 in the neutral (200 amperes) shall not exceed 40° C. in any part except 
 the commutator which may rise 45° above the surrounding air. The 
 speed of these sets shall not exceed approximately 1300 R. P. M. They 
 shall operate sparklessly at all loads from no load to 125 per cent. load.
 
 m Efri iwj ukj I®, 
 
 *smmm& ^sm\miw *otmm& y oxmm^ 
 
 ra 
 
 
 % 
 
 ^UBRARVfe 
 
 ^•UBRARYQ^ 
 
 <^EUNIVER%. 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOI?^ 
 
 £~ ** 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 ^EUNIVER% 
 
 <TiHOWS01^ 
 
 ^EUNIVEW/^ 
 
 %133NVSOV^ 
 
 <tfH!BRARY0/^ 
 
 acunwio^ 
 
 ^OFCAIIFOR^ 
 
 ^lOSANCEL^ 
 
 ^tfTJDNVSOV^ 
 
 ^EUBRARYQ^ 
 § 1 \C* £ 
 
 ~^ismm?v0 
 
 .^HIBRARYQ^ 
 
 
 ttOJUVDJO^ 
 
 .•5j\EUNIVERy/A. ^lOSANGElftx ^OF-CAUFOfyv ^OFCAIIFO% 
 
 ^(MITCHO^ 
 
 .^0FCAIIFC% 
 c= n 
 
 ^Ayvaain^ 
 
 AWE-UNIVntf/A. 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 • Box 951388 
 
 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library from which it was borrowed. 
 
 OCT 8 2002 
 RECEIVED 
 
 AUG 2 1 Z002 
 ARTS LIBRARY 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 ^lOSANCElf^K 
 
 f 
 
 JNVSOV^ 
 !NIVER%. 
 
 -I 
 
 ^IflSANCELfj^. 
 
 f 
 QNV-SOV^ 
 
 ^saBMNnawv' 
 
 IBRARYQf 
 
 
 ^EUBRARYQ^ 
 
 $ 
 
 CALIFOR^ ^OFCAUFOfy^ 
 
 m 
 
 Hvaani^ 
 
 ^Aavaani^ 
 
 UNIVERS/A ^lOSANCElfjv. 
 
 ^BONVSOV^ "%HAINIHr\V 
 
 
 n\ 
 
 m 
 
 «AWEUNIVERr/A 
 
 ft- -a 
 
 
 "ftUDNVSOV^ 
 
 ^10SANCEI% 
 o 
 
 ^HQAINlHft^ 
 
 ^OFCALIFOfy* ^OFCAIIFOR^ 
 
 5\\E UNIVERSE ^AOS-AHCELftv 
 
 *%umutoj$' ^AHvaan^ 
 
 =3 
 
 <fJUDNVSO# ^/iJUAINnJrW^
 
 <?> t" 
 
 ^Aavaam^ 
 
 
 
 v/SJHAIN(l-J«^ 
 
 ^lOSANCEl^x. 
 
 5g<- 
 
 
 'jflaAinu'in*' 
 
 <$HIBRARY0/. <$U!BRARY0/. 
 
 
 
 
 "SiSHMNiHtf^ y 0Aavaam^ ^AavaarB^ 
 
 VS % JJ 
 
 
 J\EUNIVER% 
 
 =£1 if 
 
 
 D 000 569 550 7 
 
 
 UftV* 
 
 PJ 
 
 a>suii 
 
 gJL 
 
 CAL!F(%. *$H 
 
 # y 0)& 
 
 e. ^tUBRABYO/. 
 
 ES 
 
 %jnvojo^ 
 
 V \WUNIVER%. ^lOSANGElfr*. 
 
 I i^o<r 
 
 ^■UBRARYOa ^iUBRARY^. <5tfEUNIVER%. ^101 
 
 i^ irrl £i irri Jh<xrl l/r 
 
 «ii^~>«^ 
 
 UUjtlfJ JV 
 
 J- I I VJ JV 
 
 
 * ^OFCAUFOfy* 
 
 
 ^Aavaam^ 
 
 
 'JUJlVfUll ***' 
 
 ^OFCALIFORfc 
 
 v/vj vuun a* 
 
 
 
 ^MEUNIVERT/^ 
 
 ^umngei^ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 "^MHAINMI^ 
 
 
 ■%JAINIH¥^ 
 
 ^t-UBRAF 
 
 y 0Aavaan^ 
 
 ^EtlNIVERS^ 
 
 
 ^0FCAIIFC% ^V\EUNIVER% 
 
 
 o<r 
 
 
 a vl*— — i * 
 
 ^C)l %>^\ 
 
 "ftlJDKVSCn^ 
 
 %83AIN(HV8^ 
 
 ^E-UBRARVO? 
 
 \w\m^ ^0: 
 
 -tOF-CALIFQBfc 
 
 f. ^UBRARYQ* 
 
 %unv>jo^ 
 
 
 AWEUNIVERJ/a 
 
 ^iJHMW-Sffl^ 
 
 * ^OFCALIFOfy* <^EUNIVERty$ 
 
 y <?Aavaan^ 
 
 ^lOSANCEl^. 
 
 "^bainmiS? 
 
 ^lOSANCEiar^. 
 
 <ttl3DNVS0V^ 
 
 ^/SJUMN(l-3ftV N 
 
 ^tUBRARYQ^ ^t-UBRARYO/C 
 
 ^WEUNIVER% ^105 
 
 %0jnVDJO^ %0JHVDJO^ ^BWSDl 5 ^ "^MJ 
 
 ^OFCAUFORfe 
 
 ^OFCAllFOfi^ 
 
 k \tiEUNIVER%. ^10S 
 
 ^ahvmih^ y <?AavaarB^ 'ftiwso^ %ai